WO2018192383A1 - Receiving method and transmitting method of feedback information, apparatus, and system - Google Patents

Receiving method and transmitting method of feedback information, apparatus, and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018192383A1
WO2018192383A1 PCT/CN2018/082383 CN2018082383W WO2018192383A1 WO 2018192383 A1 WO2018192383 A1 WO 2018192383A1 CN 2018082383 W CN2018082383 W CN 2018082383W WO 2018192383 A1 WO2018192383 A1 WO 2018192383A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
time
feedback information
harq process
terminal
uplink data
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/082383
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
郑娟
官磊
李�远
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201710807400.7A external-priority patent/CN108737036B/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2018192383A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018192383A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a feedback information receiving method, a transmitting method, an apparatus, and a system.
  • the feedback information refers to the information that the access network device feeds back to the terminal after receiving the uplink data sent by the terminal.
  • the feedback information is used to indicate whether the access network device correctly receives the uplink data sent by the terminal.
  • the feedback information usually includes an Acknowledgement (ACK) and a Non-Acknowledgement (NACK).
  • ACK is used to indicate that the access network has correctly received the uplink data sent by the terminal
  • NACK is used to indicate that the access network device does not correctly receive the uplink data sent by the terminal.
  • the feedback information also includes discontinuous transmission (DTX). When the terminal sends uplink data, but the access network device does not receive the uplink data, DTX can be used for feedback.
  • DTX discontinuous transmission
  • the process of transmitting uplink data from a terminal to receiving feedback information by the terminal includes the following steps: the terminal sends a scheduling request (SR) to the access network device; The network device sends a first uplink scheduling grant (UL grant) to the terminal according to the SR; the terminal receives the first UL grant, and transmits uplink data to the access network device according to the control information in the first UL grant; the access network device After receiving the uplink data sent by the terminal, the GPRS is fed back to the terminal by the Physical Hybrid-ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH), and the terminal initially confirms that the access network device has correctly received the uplink data (the ACK can be occupied.
  • SR scheduling request
  • UL grant uplink scheduling grant
  • UL grant uplink scheduling grant
  • the terminal receives the first UL grant, and transmits uplink data to the access network device according to the control information in the first UL grant
  • the access network device After receiving the uplink data sent by the terminal, the GPRS is fed back to the terminal by
  • the access network device when the terminal still has data to be transmitted, the access network device continues to send a second UL grant to the terminal, and when the second UL grant is used to indicate that new data is transmitted, the terminal receives the data according to The ACK and the second UL grant determine again that the access network device has correctly received the uplink data, and according to the second UL gr Ant continues to send other uplink data to the access network device.
  • the entire transmission process of the uplink data is long. If the statistics are based on the Transmission Time Interval (TTI), a transmission delay of 12*TTI+0.5*(N*TTI) is usually required. N*TTI is the transmission period of the SR.
  • TTI Transmission Time Interval
  • N*TTI is the transmission period of the SR.
  • URLLC Ultra-Reliability Low Latency Communication
  • the UL grant free transmission refers to the uplink transmission resource that the terminal does not need to wait for the access network device to allocate through the UL grant.
  • the terminal can select the uplink transmission resource in the preset resource to send the uplink data, which greatly reduces the transmission of the uplink data. Delay.
  • the access network device does not need to send the UL grant to the terminal in most cases, for example, for the initial transmission data. Therefore, the current HARQ feedback mechanism in the LTE system is not suitable as a feedback mechanism for the UL grant free transmission. .
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a feedback information receiving method, a sending method, a device, and a system.
  • the terminal device misses the feedback corresponding to the second HARQ process even before receiving the feedback information including the first feedback information and the second feedback information.
  • the information may also be used to determine the feedback information corresponding to the second HARQ process by using the feedback information including the first feedback information and the second feedback information, thereby increasing the robustness of the second HARQ process feedback information, and is particularly suitable for transmission reliability.
  • transport services such as URLLC.
  • the terminal before receiving the feedback information on the first time unit, the terminal further includes: the terminal sending, by using the first HARQ process, the first uplink data on the third time unit; Before a time unit.
  • the terminal selects the uplink transmission resource to transmit the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process. At this time, the access network device receives the first uplink data. After the feedback information is sent, the terminal can learn the first uplink data or retransmit the scheduling information of the first uplink data. The access network device does not need to send the scheduling information, such as a UL grant, to meet the UL grant free transmission. Scenes.
  • the terminal sends the uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit according to the first feedback information, including: the terminal according to the first feedback Transmitting, by the first HARQ process, the first uplink data on the second time unit; or, the terminal first transmitting the second uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit according to the first feedback information;
  • the uplink data sent by the first HARQ process includes first uplink data and/or second uplink data.
  • the first feedback information can be used for the terminal to retransmit the first uplink data and the second uplink data for the terminal, so that the access network device does not need to send the UL grant before the terminal sends the first uplink data, and the UL grant is satisfied. Free transmission scenario.
  • the receiving state includes an acknowledgement receiving state ACK and a non-acknowledging receiving state NACK; the second feedback information is further used to indicate the first The receiving state corresponding to the HARQ process; when the receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process is the acknowledgment receiving state, the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to initially transmit the second uplink data in the second time unit by using the first HARQ process; When the receiving state corresponding to the HARQ process is the non-acknowledgment receiving state, the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to retransmit the first uplink data on the second time unit by using the first HARQ process.
  • the second feedback information is used to carry the receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process, so that the terminal can determine, according to the receiving state in the second feedback information, that the first feedback information is used to schedule retransmission of the first uplink by using the first HARQ process.
  • the data is used to schedule the first uplink data to be transmitted through the first HARQ process; and the second feedback information does not need to carry the retransmission or the initial transmission indication, and the information length of the second feedback information is reduced.
  • the first feedback information is further used to schedule the terminal to pass the n
  • the m second HARQ processes in the two HARQ processes send uplink data, 1 ⁇ m ⁇ n, and m is an integer.
  • the uplink data is sent by scheduling the m second HARQ processes in the n second HARQ processes, so that the access network device can dynamically configure the uplink corresponding to the m second HARQ processes according to factors such as the current load, the channel status, and the network status.
  • the transmission resource improves the success rate of the terminal transmitting other uplink data through the second HARQ process.
  • the first feedback information is used to schedule the m second HARQ processes to send the uplink data, and the control signaling overhead for scheduling the uplink data may also be reduced.
  • the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to retransmit the corresponding other uplink data by using the s second HARQ processes; and/or, the first The feedback information is used to schedule other uplink data corresponding to the initial transmission of the terminal by the ms second HARQ processes; where s is an integer not less than zero, and s ⁇ m.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal, configuration information, where the configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal receives the first feedback information and the second channel on the downlink channel. Feedback.
  • the access network device can simultaneously send the first feedback information and the second feedback information by using the manner that the access network device dynamically configures the terminal to receive the first feedback information and the second feedback information, and can separately send the first feedback information separately.
  • the second feedback information improves the flexibility of the access network device to send feedback information.
  • the second feedback information is represented in the form of a bitmap.
  • the bitmap includes the preset number of bits, each bit is used to indicate the receiving state corresponding to the corresponding uplink HARQ process. Therefore, the second feedback information does not need to carry the process number of each uplink HARQ process, so that the terminal can learn the second.
  • the correspondence between the receiving state and the uplink HARQ process in the feedback information reduces the information length of the second feedback information.
  • the access network device and the terminal can have a consistent understanding of the receiving state of the uplink data, and the receiving state of the feedback is not caused by the uplink data sent by the access network device due to the leak detection terminal. The exact impact.
  • the terminal can determine the correspondence between the receiving state and the HARQ process according to the correspondence between the time indication information and the receiving state, and ensure that the terminal determines each HARQ. The accuracy of the receiving status corresponding to the process.
  • the time indication information indicates a time range of a time unit corresponding to a reception state of the n second HARQ processes.
  • the time indication information includes a time start point and a time end point of the time range; or the time indication information includes a time start time and a time length of the time range; or the time indication information includes a time end point and a time length of the time range; or, the time The indication information includes the length of time of the time range, and the time start or time end of the time range is pre-configured; or, the time indication information includes a time start or a time end of the time range, and the time length of the time range is pre-configured.
  • the time start point is the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units; and/or, the time end point is the latest time unit in the time domain among the n time units; and/or, the time length is The length of time between the earliest time unit in the time domain and the latest time unit in the time domain among the n time units.
  • the time indication information indication is avoided by setting the time start point to the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units, and/or setting the time end point to the latest time unit in the time domain among the n time units.
  • the redundant time unit saves the signaling overhead of the access network device.
  • the length of time is associated with the number of bits corresponding to the received states of the n second HARQ processes.
  • the access network device By associating the length of time with the number of bits corresponding to the receiving state of the n second HARQ processes, the access network device does not need additional signaling to indicate the time length of the time range, which saves the signaling overhead of the access network device.
  • the time range includes a sub-time range, where the time start of the sub-time range is a time unit corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition in the n second HARQ processes, and the time end point of the sub-time range is the first time unit Or the time unit before the first time unit,
  • the receiving state of the uplink data is received before the terminal automatically retransmits the uplink data, thereby ensuring the validity of the receiving state fed back by the access network device.
  • the retransmission waiting time further includes a feedback delay, where the feedback delay is a time when the terminal sends the uplink data by using the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and receives the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition. The length of time between the moments of the state.
  • the preset condition is at least one of the following conditions:
  • the corresponding time unit is a second HARQ process of the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units;
  • the second HARQ process with the shortest duration of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer
  • Corresponding automatic retransmission timer has a timing duration greater than a preset length of the second HARQ process
  • the HARQ process that retransmits the upstream data at the earliest in the time domain.
  • n is greater than or equal to two.
  • a method for receiving feedback information includes: the terminal sends uplink data by n hybrid automatic retransmission HARQ processes on n time units, where n is a positive integer; the terminal receives on the first time unit.
  • the feedback information includes a receiving state and time indication information of the n HARQ processes, where the time indication information is used to indicate a time unit corresponding to the receiving state of the n HARQ processes, and the n time units are located before the first time unit.
  • the time indication information indicates a time range corresponding to the n time units.
  • the time indication information includes a time start point and a time end point of the time range; or the time indication information includes a time start time and a time length of the time range; or the time indication information includes a time end point and a time length of the time range; or, the time The indication information includes the length of time of the time range, and the time start or time end of the time range is pre-configured; or, the time indication information includes a time start or a time end of the time range, and the time length of the time range is pre-configured.
  • the time start point is the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units; and/or, the time end point is the latest time unit in the time domain among the n time units; and/or, the time length is The length of time between the earliest time unit in the time domain and the latest time unit in the time domain among the n time units.
  • the length of time is associated with the number of bits corresponding to the received state of the n HARQ processes.
  • the time range includes a sub-time range, where the time start of the sub-time range is a time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition in the n HARQ processes, and the time end point of the sub-time range is the first time unit or the first time The time unit before the unit,
  • the length of the sub-time range is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time.
  • the retransmission waiting time includes the timing of the automatic retransmission timer.
  • the automatic retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal to retransmit the uplink data sent by the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  • the start time of the automatic retransmission timer is after the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  • the retransmission waiting time further includes a feedback delay, where the feedback delay is a time when the terminal sends the uplink data by the HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and receives the receiving state of the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  • the length of the interval is a time when the terminal sends the uplink data by the HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and receives the receiving state of the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  • the preset condition is at least one of the following conditions: the corresponding time unit is a HARQ process of the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units; the timing of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer is the shortest The HARQ process; the HARQ process of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer is greater than the preset length of the HARQ process; and the HARQ process of the uplink data is retransmitted at the earliest in the time domain.
  • n is greater than or equal to two.
  • the feedback information includes the first feedback information and the second feedback information, where the first feedback information is used to indicate that the terminal sends the uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit, where the second feedback information includes the n HARQ processes.
  • Receive status and time indication information Receive status and time indication information.
  • a method for receiving feedback information includes: the terminal sends uplink data by n hybrid automatic retransmission HARQ processes on n time units, where n is a positive integer; the terminal receives on the first time unit.
  • the feedback information includes the receiving state of the n HARQ processes, and the length of time between the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process and the first time unit in the n HARQ processes is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time, and the retransmission is performed.
  • the waiting duration includes the timing of the automatic retransmission timer, and the automatic retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal to retransmit the uplink data sent by the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  • a fourth aspect provides a method for receiving feedback information, where the method includes: the access network device sends feedback information on the first time unit, where the feedback information includes the first feedback information and the second feedback information through the same downlink channel, where The feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to send uplink data by using the first HARQ process; the second feedback information is the receiving state of the n second HARQ processes, the second HARQ process is the HARQ process of the terminal, and n is a positive integer; the access network device is The second time unit receives the uplink data sent by the terminal through the first HARQ process; the second time unit is located after the first time unit.
  • the method before the access network device sends the feedback information on the first time unit, the method further includes: the access network device is on the third time unit, and the receiving terminal passes the first The first uplink data sent by the HARQ process; the third time unit is located before the first time unit.
  • the access network device receives the uplink data sent by the terminal by using the first HARQ process, including: the access network device On the second time unit, the receiving terminal retransmits the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process; or the access network device sends the second uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit;
  • the uplink data sent by the first HARQ process includes first uplink data and/or second uplink data.
  • the receiving state includes the acknowledgement receiving state ACK and the non-acknowledging receiving state NACK; the second feedback information is further used to indicate the first The receiving state corresponding to the HARQ process; when the receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process is the acknowledgment receiving state, the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to initially transmit the second uplink data in the second time unit by using the first HARQ process; When the receiving state corresponding to the HARQ process is the non-acknowledgment receiving state, the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to retransmit the first uplink data on the second time unit by using the first HARQ process.
  • the first feedback information is further used to schedule the terminal to pass the n second
  • the m second HARQ processes in the HARQ process send the second uplink data, 1 ⁇ m ⁇ n, and m is an integer.
  • the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to retransmit the corresponding other uplink data by using the s second HARQ processes; and/or, the first The feedback information is used to schedule other uplink data corresponding to the initial transmission of the terminal by the ms second HARQ processes; where s is an integer not less than zero, and s ⁇ m.
  • the method further includes: the access network device sends configuration information, The configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal receives the first feedback information and the second feedback information on the downlink channel.
  • the second feedback information is represented in the form of a bitmap.
  • the receiving state of the n second HARQ processes includes: a receiving state when the terminal sends other uplink data by using the second HARQ process, and/or, the terminal does not The default reception status when other uplink data is transmitted through the second HARQ process.
  • the maximum value of the uplink HARQ process supported by the terminal is n+1; or the maximum value of the uplink HARQ process supported by the terminal for assisting the UL grant free transmission. Is n+1.
  • the first feedback information includes time domain resource configuration information and/or frequency domain resource configuration information.
  • the time interval between the third time unit and the first time unit, the time interval between the second time unit and the first time are predefined, Or pre-configured by the access network device, or dynamically notified by the access network device.
  • the frequency band in which the third time unit, the second time unit, and the first time unit are located is an unlicensed frequency band, and the third time unit and the second time unit are once The time unit included in the uplink duration in the transmission opportunity TxOP.
  • the third time unit may belong to the same TxOP or may belong to a different TxOP.
  • the second feedback information further includes time indication information, where the time indication information is used to indicate a time unit corresponding to a receiving state of the n second HARQ processes.
  • the access network device before the sending network device sends the feedback information on the first time unit, the access network device further includes:
  • the access network device receives the uplink data sent by the terminal through the n second HARQ processes on the n time units, and the n time units are located before the first time unit in the time domain.
  • the second feedback information is further used to indicate a receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process
  • the time indication information is further used to indicate a time unit corresponding to the receiving state of the first HARQ process.
  • the time indication information indicates a time range of a time unit corresponding to a reception state of the n second HARQ processes.
  • the time indication information includes a time start point and a time end point of the time range; or,
  • the time indication information includes the time start and length of time of the time range; or,
  • the time indication information includes the time end of the time range and the length of time; or,
  • the time indication information includes the length of time of the time range, and the time start or time end of the time range is pre-configured; or,
  • the time indication information includes a time start or a time end of the time range, and the time length of the time range is pre-configured.
  • the time start is the earliest time unit in the time domain of the n time units.
  • the end of time is the latest time unit in the time domain of n time units; and/or,
  • the length of time is the length of time between the earliest time unit in the time domain and the latest time unit in the time domain in n time units.
  • the length of time is associated with the number of bits corresponding to the received states of the n second HARQ processes.
  • the time range includes a sub-time range, where the time start of the sub-time range is a time unit corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition in the n second HARQ processes, and the time end point of the sub-time range is the first time unit Or the time unit before the first time unit,
  • the length of the sub-time range is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time.
  • the retransmission waiting time includes the timing of the automatic retransmission timer.
  • the automatic retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal to retransmit the uplink data sent by the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  • the start time of the automatic retransmission timer is after the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  • the retransmission waiting time further includes a feedback delay, where the feedback delay is a time when the terminal sends the uplink data by using the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and receives the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition. The length of time between the moments of the state.
  • the preset condition is at least one of the following conditions:
  • the corresponding time unit is a second HARQ process of the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units;
  • the second HARQ process with the shortest duration of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer
  • Corresponding automatic retransmission timer has a timing duration greater than a preset length of the second HARQ process
  • the HARQ process that retransmits the upstream data at the earliest in the time domain.
  • n is greater than or equal to two.
  • a fifth aspect provides a method for sending feedback information, where the method includes: the access network device receives, on n time units, uplink data sent by the terminal through the n hybrid automatic retransmission HARQ processes, where n is a positive integer; The network device sends feedback information on the first time unit, where the feedback information includes a receiving state and time indication information of the n HARQ processes, where the time indication information is used to indicate a time unit corresponding to the receiving state of the n HARQ processes, where the n time units are located. Before the first time unit.
  • the time indication information indicates a time range corresponding to the n time units.
  • the time indication information includes a time start point and a time end point of the time range; or the time indication information includes a time start time and a time length of the time range; or the time indication information includes a time end point and a time length of the time range; or, the time The indication information includes the length of time of the time range, and the time start or time end of the time range is pre-configured; or, the time indication information includes a time start or a time end of the time range, and the time length of the time range is pre-configured.
  • the time start point is the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units; and/or, the time end point is the latest time unit in the time domain among the n time units; and/or, the time length is The length of time between the earliest time unit in the time domain and the latest time unit in the time domain among the n time units.
  • the length of time is associated with the number of bits corresponding to the received state of the n HARQ processes.
  • the time range includes a sub-time range, where the time start of the sub-time range is a time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition in the n HARQ processes, and the time end point of the sub-time range is the first time unit or the first time
  • the time unit in front of the unit, the time length of the sub-time range is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time length, and the retransmission waiting time length includes the timing duration of the automatic retransmission timer, and the automatic retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal retransmission by satisfying the preset condition.
  • the uplink data sent by the HARQ process, the start time of the automatic retransmission timer is after the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  • the retransmission waiting time further includes a feedback delay, where the feedback delay is a time when the terminal sends the uplink data by the HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and receives the receiving state of the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  • the length of the interval is a time when the terminal sends the uplink data by the HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and receives the receiving state of the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  • the preset condition is at least one of the following conditions: the corresponding time unit is a HARQ process of the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units; the timing of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer is the shortest The HARQ process; the HARQ process of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer is greater than the preset length of the HARQ process; and the HARQ process of the uplink data is retransmitted at the earliest in the time domain.
  • n is greater than or equal to two.
  • the feedback information includes the first feedback information and the second feedback information, where the first feedback information is used to indicate that the terminal sends the uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit, where the second feedback information includes the n HARQ processes.
  • Receive status and time indication information Receive status and time indication information.
  • a method for sending feedback information comprising: the access network device receiving, by the n hybrid units, n uplink automatic retransmission HARQ processes to send uplink data, where n is a positive integer; The device sends the feedback information on the first time unit, where the feedback information includes the receiving state of the n HARQ processes, and the time length between the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition in the n HARQ processes and the first time unit is less than or
  • the retransmission waiting duration includes the timing of the automatic retransmission timer, and the automatic retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal to retransmit the uplink data sent by the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  • a feedback information receiving apparatus comprising at least one unit, configured to implement feedback information receiving provided by any one of the first aspect or the first aspect of the first aspect.
  • a feedback information transmitting apparatus comprising at least one unit, wherein the at least one unit is configured to implement any one of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect or any one of the possible implementations.
  • the transmitter and receiver are configured to be controlled by a processor for implementing the feedback information receiving method provided by any one of the first aspect or the first aspect of the first aspect; or the second aspect The feedback information receiving method provided; or the feedback information receiving method provided by the above third aspect.
  • a tenth aspect provides an access network device, where the access network device includes: a processor, a transmitter and a receiver connected to the processor;
  • the transmitter and the receiver are configured to be controlled by a processor, and the processor is configured to implement the feedback information sending method provided by any one of the foregoing fourth aspect or the fourth aspect; or the fifth aspect The method for transmitting feedback information provided; or the method for transmitting feedback information provided by the sixth aspect above.
  • a computer readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a terminal, cause the terminal to perform any one of the first aspect or the first aspect described above
  • a computer readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on an access network device, cause the access network device to perform the fourth or fourth aspect described above.
  • the feedback information sending method provided by any one of the possible implementations; or the feedback information sending method provided by the fifth aspect; or the feedback information sending method provided by the sixth aspect.
  • a ninth aspect provides a feedback information system, where the system includes a terminal and an access network device, where the terminal is configured to perform the feedback information receiving method provided by the first aspect; or the feedback information receiving method provided by the second aspect Or the feedback information receiving method provided by the third aspect; the access network device is configured to perform the feedback information sending method provided by the fourth aspect; or the feedback information sending method provided by the fifth aspect; or, the sixth The method of sending feedback information provided by the aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a mobile communication system according to an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device according to an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 4A is a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • 4B is a schematic diagram of feedback information provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • 4C is a schematic diagram of a time delay provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • 4D is a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by another exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • 4E is a schematic diagram of a third time unit provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • 4F is a schematic diagram of second feedback information provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • 4G is a schematic diagram of a time unit provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • 4H is a schematic diagram of a time unit provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • 4I is a schematic diagram of a time range provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • 4J is a schematic diagram of an automatic retransmission timer provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • 4K is a schematic diagram of a relationship between a time range and an automatic retransmission timer provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
  • 4L is a schematic diagram of a relationship between a time range and an automatic retransmission timer provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
  • 4N is a schematic diagram of a relationship between a time range and an automatic retransmission timer provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 4O is a schematic diagram of an automatic retransmission timer provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of second feedback information provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of second feedback information provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of feedback information provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by another exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9A is a schematic diagram of a primary TxOP provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • 9B is a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • 9C is a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a block diagram of a feedback information transmission apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • a “module” as referred to herein generally refers to a program or instruction stored in a memory that is capable of performing certain functions;
  • "unit” as referred to herein generally refers to a functional structure that is logically divided, the "unit” It can be implemented by pure hardware or a combination of hardware and software.
  • Multiple as referred to herein means two or more. "and/or”, describing the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that there are three cases where A exists separately, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists separately.
  • the character "/" generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
  • Permitted frequency band The spectrum resource that can be used only after being approved by the management department of the communication industry.
  • Unlicensed frequency band refers to the spectrum resources that can be directly used without the permission of the management department of the communication industry on the premise of meeting the relevant technical requirements. The operator can realize the network capacity diversion by transmitting data using the unlicensed frequency band.
  • LBT For the unlicensed frequency band, before each communication device (access network device or terminal) sends data on a certain channel, it needs to detect whether the current channel is idle, that is, whether other nearby communication devices are occupying the channel. To transmit data; if the channel is detected to be idle for a period of time, the communication device can transmit data on the current channel, but the length of time during which the communication device transmits data is limited, within the limited time range The communication device does not need to perform the process of detecting whether the current channel is idle again; if it is detected that the channel is occupied, the communication device cannot transmit data on the current channel. The process of detecting whether the current channel is idle is also referred to as Clear Channel Assessment (CCA). This embodiment does not limit the specific name of the process of detecting whether the current channel is idle.
  • CCA Clear Channel Assessment
  • Transmission Opportunity refers to the communication device that does not need to re-evaluate the channel through the CCA after the opportunity to compete for the use of the unlicensed band through Clear Channel Assessments (CCA).
  • CCA Clear Channel Assessments
  • the TxOP may include only the time unit in the downlink duration, or may only include the time unit in the uplink duration, and may include both the time unit in the downlink duration and the time unit in the uplink duration.
  • the time unit in the downlink duration refers to a time unit for transmitting downlink data
  • the time unit in the uplink duration refers to a time unit used for transmitting uplink data.
  • the TxOP may also be referred to as a Channel Occupancy, or the TxOP may also be referred to as a Maximum Channel Occupancy Time (MCOT), which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • MCOT Maximum Channel Occupancy Time
  • Uplink Grant refers to the control information sent to the terminal when the access network device allows the terminal to transmit uplink data.
  • the UL grant includes control information for controlling an uplink transmission resource used by the terminal to transmit uplink data and a transmission mode used.
  • No uplink scheduling grant (UL grant free) transmission refers to the uplink scheduling resource that the terminal does not need to access the network device, and can select the uplink transmission resource directly from the pre-configured or predefined resource pool.
  • the resource pool includes a first resource pool for initial transmission of uplink data during a UL grant free transmission and/or a second resource pool for retransmitting uplink data during a UL grant free transmission.
  • the first resource pool and the second resource pool may be the same.
  • LAA Licensed Assisted Access
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • CA Carrier Aggregation
  • non-CA Non-CA
  • the usage scenario of the LAA-LTE system is a scenario in which the licensed frequency band and the unlicensed frequency band are jointly used by the CA
  • the cell working in the licensed frequency band is used as the primary cell
  • the cell working in the unlicensed frequency band is used as the secondary cell.
  • the primary cell and the secondary cell may be deployed in a common station or in a non-common station, and an ideal backhaul path between the primary cell and the secondary cell.
  • the usage scenario of the LAA-LTE system is not a scenario in which the licensed band and the unlicensed band are jointly used by the CA, such as a dual connectivity (DC) scenario
  • the cell working on the licensed band is used as the primary.
  • the cell working in the unlicensed band is used as the secondary cell, and there is no ideal backhaul path between the primary cell and the secondary cell. For example, the backhaul delay is large.
  • the carrier and the cell are regarded as equivalent concepts, that is, the terminal accesses one carrier and accesses one cell is equivalent.
  • the cell mentioned in this application is a cell corresponding to the access network device, and the cell may belong to the macro access network device, or may belong to the access network device corresponding to the small cell, where the small cell may include : Metro cell, Micro cell, Pico cell, Femto cell, etc.
  • the small cell has the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and is suitable for providing high rate. Data transfer service.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a mobile communication system provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile communication system may be an LTE system; it may be a LAA-LTE system, a Standalone ULTE system, or a 5G system, and the 5G system is also called a New Radio (NR) system, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the mobile communication system includes an access network device 120 and a terminal 140.
  • the access network device 120 can be a base station, and the base station can be used to convert the received radio frame with the IP packet message, and can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • the base station may be an evolved base station (eNB or e-NodeB) in LTE, or a base station employing a centralized distributed architecture in a 5G system.
  • eNB evolved base station
  • e-NodeB evolved base station
  • the access network device 120 adopts a centralized distributed architecture it generally includes a central unit (CU) and at least two distributed units (DUs).
  • a centralized data unit is provided with a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer, a Radio Link Control (RLC) layer, and a Media Access Control (MAC) layer protocol stack;
  • PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • a physical layer (Physical, PHY) protocol stack is provided in the unit.
  • the specific implementation manner of the access network device 120 in this embodiment of the present application is not limited.
  • the access network device may further include a home base station (Home eNB, HeNB), a relay, a pico base station Pico, and the like.
  • the access network device 120 and the terminal 140 establish a wireless connection through the wireless air interface.
  • the wireless air interface is a wireless air interface based on a 5G standard, for example, the wireless air interface is a New Radio (NR); or the wireless air interface may also be a wireless technology based on a 5G-based next-generation mobile communication network technology standard.
  • the air interface; or the wireless air interface may also be a wireless air interface based on the 4G standard (LTE system).
  • the access network device 120 can receive the uplink data transmitted by the terminal 140 through a wireless connection.
  • Terminal 140 may refer to a device that is in data communication with access network device 120.
  • the terminal 140 can communicate with one or more core networks via a Radio Access Network (RAN), which can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal.
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • the terminal 140 can be a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device.
  • the terminal 140 may also be a relay device, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the terminal 140 can transmit uplink data to the access network device 120 through a wireless connection with the access network device 120.
  • the sending, by the terminal 140, the uplink data to the access network device 120 may be based on the UL grant free transmission, that is, the terminal 140 selects the uplink transmission resource from the resource pool to transmit the uplink data; or, based on the UL grant transmission, ie, the terminal
  • the sending of the scheduling request (SR) to the access network device, the access network device transmitting the UL grant to the terminal according to the SR, or the transmission resource corresponding to the uplink data transmitted by the terminal 140 is the access network device passing the UL grant
  • the scheduling is implemented by the terminal, and the terminal transmits the uplink data according to the control information in the UL grant, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • multiple access network devices 120 and/or multiple terminals 140 may be included, and one access network device 120 and one terminal 140 are shown in FIG.
  • this embodiment does not limit this.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal may be the terminal 140 in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1. This embodiment is described by taking the terminal 140 as an LTE system or a UE in a 5G system.
  • the terminal includes a processor 21, a receiver 22, a transmitter 23, a memory 24, and a bus 25.
  • the processor 21 includes one or more processing cores, and the processor 21 executes various functional applications and information processing by running software programs and modules.
  • the memory 24 is connected to the processor 21 via a bus 25.
  • the memory 24 stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal.
  • the processor 21 is operative to execute program instructions and data in the memory 24 to implement the functions of the various steps in the various method embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 21 controls the receiver 22 to execute the following steps 402, 802, and the terminal-side receiving function implied in each step by running at least one program instruction in the memory 24; the processor 21 runs through the memory 24. At least one program instruction controls the transmitter 23 to implement steps 403, 405 and the terminal side transmission functions implied in the respective steps.
  • memory 24 can be implemented by any type of volatile or non-volatile memory device, or a combination thereof, such as static random access memory (SRAM), electrically erasable programmable read only memory (EEPROM), erasable In addition to Programmable Read Only Memory (EPROM), Programmable Read Only Memory (PROM), Read Only Memory (ROM), Magnetic Memory, Flash Memory, Disk or Optical Disk.
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read only memory
  • EPROM Programmable Read Only Memory
  • PROM Programmable Read Only Memory
  • ROM Read Only Memory
  • Figure 2 only shows a simplified design of the terminal.
  • the terminal may include any number of transmitters, receivers, processors, controllers, memories, communication units, etc., and all terminals that can implement the present application are within the scope of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal may be the network access device 120 in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1.
  • the access network device 120 is an eNB in an LTE system, or a gNB in a 5G system, where the access network device includes: a processor 31, a receiver 32, a transmitter 33, a memory 34, and a bus. 35.
  • the processor 31 includes one or more processing cores, and the processor 31 executes various functional applications and information processing by running software programs and modules.
  • the memory 34 is connected to the processor 31 via a bus 35.
  • the memory 54 stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal.
  • the processor 51 is operative to execute program instructions and data in the memory 54 to implement the functions of the various steps in the various method embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 31 controls the receiver 32 to implement the following steps 404, 406 and the receiving function of the access network device side implied in each step by running at least one program instruction in the memory 34; the processor 31 operates by running the memory 34. At least one program instruction controls the transmitter 33 to implement the transmission function of the access network device side implied in step 401, step 801 and each step.
  • Figure 3 only shows a simplified design of the access network device.
  • the access network device can include any number of transmitters, receivers, processors, controllers, memories, communication units, etc., and all access network devices that can implement the present application are in the present application. Within the scope of protection.
  • FIG. 4A shows a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, which is used in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1.
  • the method includes the following steps.
  • Step 401 The access network device sends feedback information on the first time unit.
  • the length of time of the first time unit may be represented by the length of time of the transmission time interval TTI.
  • TTI can be measured in milliseconds (ms) or Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM).
  • the length of a TTI is 0.5 ms, or 7 symbols, 4 Symbol, 3 symbols or 2 OFDM symbols or 1 OFDM symbol. Since a variable TTI mechanism is introduced in the 5G system, this embodiment does not limit the specific length of the TTI.
  • a time unit may be understood as a minimum unit for carrying data transmission, where the data includes control data and/or service data.
  • the access network device sends feedback information when the scheduling terminal needs to send uplink data; and/or, the access network device sends feedback information when it needs to feed back the receiving state of the uplink data.
  • the feedback information is control information included in the UL grant; or is control information that has the same function as the UL grant but other signaling with different signaling names, such as feedback information for scheduling uplink data transmission.
  • the UL grant may be the signaling transmitted by the downlink control information (DCI) format 0, 0A, 0B, 4, 4A, 4B in the LTE system, or may be the downlink control information of the 5G system.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the signaling of the format transmission, of course, the downlink control information may also be other types of downlink control information, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the feedback information is described below.
  • the feedback information includes first feedback information and second feedback information.
  • the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to send uplink data by using the first HARQ process.
  • the uplink data sent by the first HARQ process is the second uplink data that is initially transmitted by the first HARQ process, or the uplink data sent by the first HARQ process is the first uplink data that is retransmitted by the first HARQ process.
  • the first HARQ process is one of all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal; or the first HARQ process is one of all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal for UL grant free transmission.
  • the first HARQ process corresponds to an index number HPN#i
  • the terminal first transmits the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process; and/or, the terminal retransmits the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process; And/or, the terminal first transmits the second uplink data by using the first HARQ process.
  • the second uplink data is different from the first uplink data.
  • the access network device When the access network device receives the first uplink data that is sent by the terminal through the first HARQ process, and determines that the receiving state of the first uplink data is the acknowledged receiving state ACK, the first feedback information is used by the first network. And transmitting, by the first HARQ process, the second uplink data, that is, the second uplink data that is first transmitted by the first HARQ process.
  • the access network device When the access network device receives the first uplink data sent by the terminal through the first HARQ process before the first time unit, and determines that the receiving state of the first uplink data is the non-acknowledgment receiving state NACK, the first feedback information is used.
  • the scheduling terminal retransmits the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process.
  • the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to initially transmit the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process.
  • the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to initially transmit uplink data through the first HARQ process.
  • the second feedback information is a reception state of n second HARQ processes, the second HARQ process is a HARQ process of the terminal, and n is a positive integer.
  • the feedback information is terminal-specific control information, and may be scrambled by the terminal-specific C-RNTI, and the terminal may determine, according to the specific C-RNTI, that the second feedback information is the n second HARQs of the terminal. The receiving status of the process.
  • n second HARQ processes are used for the terminal to send other uplink data on other time units.
  • the other time unit refers to a time unit different from the first time unit, or the other time unit refers to a time unit that sends uplink data by using the first HARQ process; other uplink data refers to and passes the first HARQ.
  • the upstream data sent by the process has different uplink data.
  • the time unit of the uplink data sent by the first HARQ process may be the same in the frequency division duplex (FDD) scenario. Not limited.
  • the other time unit may also be the same time unit as the first time unit, that is, in this scenario, the terminal may have the capability of transmitting multiple HARQ processes on one same time unit, and at this time, the terminal further The ability to support transmission of multiple HARQ processes on one time unit can be reported to the access network device so that the access network device can determine whether other time units need to be different from the first time unit.
  • the n second HARQ processes are n uplink HARQ processes in all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal; or, the n second HARQ processes are all in the uplink HARQ process supported by the terminal for UL grant free transmission.
  • the number of all uplink HARQ processes used for UL grant free transmission may be equal to n.
  • the maximum value of all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal is n+1, that is, all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal include: n second HARQ processes and a first HARQ process; or, the terminal
  • the maximum value of all supported uplink HARQ processes for UL grant free transmission is n+1, that is, all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal for UL grant free transmission include: n second HARQ processes and first HARQ process
  • the maximum value of all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal for UL grant free transmission is n, that is, all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal for UL grant free transmission include: n second HARQ processes.
  • the maximum value of all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal for UL grant free transmission is less than or equal to the maximum value of all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal.
  • each of the second HARQ processes in the n second HARQ processes corresponds to a process number
  • the process IDs in the different second HARQ processes are different
  • the process ID of each second HARQ process is first.
  • the process number of the HARQ process is different.
  • the terminal supports four uplink HARQ processes, and the process numbers corresponding to the four uplink HARQ processes are 0, 1, 2, and 3, respectively. If the process number of the first HARQ process is 0, the process number of the second HARQ process is It is 1, 2, and 3.
  • the terminal may not send the other uplink data by using the second HARQ process, that is, when the access network device sends the feedback information to the terminal, the terminal may not receive the terminal.
  • the other uplink data sent by the second HARQ process cannot determine the receiving state of the other uplink data.
  • the access network device sets the receiving state of the other uplink data to the default receiving state.
  • the default receiving state is a non-acknowledgment receiving state NACK; or the default receiving state is DTX.
  • the receiving state of the n second HARQ processes includes: a receiving state when the terminal sends other uplink data through the second HARQ process (in this case, the second HARQ process is the second HARQ process that the terminal has used) And/or a default receiving state when the terminal does not send other uplink data through the second HARQ process (in this case, the second HARQ process is a second HARQ process that is not used by the terminal).
  • the second feedback information generated by the access network device includes the receiving state of the n second HARQ processes, and the length of the second feedback information is fixed. Therefore, the complexity of blindly checking the second feedback information by the terminal is reduced, thereby saving The overhead of the terminal.
  • the second feedback information generated by the access network device may also indicate only the receiving status of a part of the second HARQ process.
  • the partial HARQ process is a second HARQ process that receives a non-acknowledgement state NACK; or, the partial HARQ process is a valid second HARQ process.
  • the effective second HARQ process refers to the second HARQ process corresponding to each other uplink data received by the access network device before the feedback information is sent.
  • the second feedback information may include a process number corresponding to a part of the second HARQ process.
  • the second feedback information is further used to indicate a receiving state that the terminal corresponds to by the first HARQ process.
  • the second feedback information includes a receiving state corresponding to the n uplink HARQ processes and the first HARQ process.
  • the feedback information is composed of two parts: DCI group 1 (second feedback information) and DCI group 2 (first feedback information).
  • the DCI group 1 is used to indicate the receiving state corresponding to the n+1 uplink HARQ processes; the DCI group 2 is used to schedule the terminal to send the uplink data through the first HARQ process.
  • DCI indicates Downlink Control Information.
  • the reception status is described below.
  • the reception status includes an acknowledgement reception status ACK and a non-acknowledgement reception status NACK.
  • the acknowledgement reception status ACK is used to indicate that the uplink data is correctly received by the access network device.
  • the non-acknowledged reception status NACK includes an unreceived state and/or an incorrectly received state.
  • the unreceived state is used to indicate that the uplink data is not received by the access network device;
  • the incorrectly received state is used to indicate that the uplink data is received by the access network device, but the uplink data received by the access network device and the uplink sent by the terminal The data is different, that is, the wrong upstream data is received.
  • Step 402 The terminal receives feedback information on the first time unit.
  • the distance between the access network device and the terminal is a certain distance. Therefore, from the perspective of the absolute time, the location of the first time unit in which the access network sends the feedback information in the embodiment, and the first time the terminal receives the feedback information The location of the time unit is different. In other words, the time unit in which the access network device sends the feedback information has a certain delay compared to the time unit in which the terminal receives the feedback information.
  • the terminal transmits feedback information at the third time unit 46
  • the access network device receives the feedback information at the third time unit 48, and there is a certain transmission delay 49 between the third time unit 48 and the third time unit 46.
  • the terminal After receiving the feedback information, the terminal parses the feedback information to obtain the first feedback information and the second feedback information.
  • Step 403 The terminal sends uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit according to the first feedback information.
  • the time interval between the second time unit and the first time unit is predefined; or, is pre-configured by the access network device; or is dynamically notified by the access network device; or The terminal dynamically notifies the access network device.
  • the terminal If the terminal sends the first uplink data to the access network device by using the first HARQ process, the terminal determines whether the first uplink data needs to be retransmitted, and first transmits the second uplink data according to the first feedback information. , or retransmit the first uplink data.
  • the terminal If the terminal does not send the uplink data to the access network device by using the first HARQ process before the first time unit, the terminal first transmits the first uplink data according to the first feedback information.
  • Step 404 The access network device receives the uplink data sent by the terminal through the first HARQ process on the second time unit.
  • the feedback information transmission method is that the first feedback information and the second feedback information are jointly sent to the terminal through the access network device, so that after receiving the feedback information, the terminal can learn other uplink data correspondingly.
  • the receiving state can be used to learn the resources required for retransmitting the first uplink data or the first uplink data; the first feedback information and the second feedback information are sent to the terminal without the access network device, so that the terminal only needs to be
  • the blind feedback is performed by receiving the feedback information, and the first feedback information and the second feedback information are separately subjected to blind detection, thereby reducing the number of blind detections of the terminal.
  • the terminal device misses the feedback corresponding to the second HARQ process even before receiving the feedback information including the first feedback information and the second feedback information.
  • the information may also be used to determine the feedback information corresponding to the second HARQ process by using the feedback information including the first feedback information and the second feedback information, thereby increasing the robustness of the second HARQ process feedback information, and is particularly suitable for transmission reliability.
  • transport services such as URLLC.
  • each independent DCI needs to be scrambled by using a user-specific identification code, that is, the first feedback information and the second After the feedback information, add a user-specific identification code.
  • the user-specific identification code refers to a Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier (C-RNTI) including 16 bits.
  • C-RNTI Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • the first feedback information and the second feedback information are jointly fed back, so that the access network device only needs to add a specific identification code after the feedback information, thereby reducing the channel occupied by one identification code. Resources, which saves channel overhead.
  • the timeliness of the access network device feeding back the receiving status of the uplink data is improved.
  • the access network device needs to perform the LBT before transmitting the feedback information, and the feedback information can be transmitted by using the unlicensed spectrum when the channel is detected to be idle. After the competition to the unlicensed band resource, the access network device feeds back all the second HARQ processes corresponding to the terminal, or all the receiving states of the second HARQ process for the UL grant free, to ensure the adoption.
  • the timeliness of the feedback of the uplink data by the access network device helps to facilitate the transmission of uplink data on the licensed spectrum.
  • the steps 401 and 404 can be implemented as a method embodiment on the access network device side.
  • the steps 402 and 403 can be implemented as a method on the terminal side.
  • the time lengths of different time units may be the same or different.
  • the first time unit and the second time unit may be in the same TTI or in different TTIs; the third time unit and the first time unit may be in the same TTI or in different TTIs.
  • the uplink data includes uplink service data and/or uplink control data, where the uplink data includes the first uplink data and the second uplink data in this step.
  • the access network device and the terminal transmit uplink data based on the UL grant mechanism, and the access network device first schedules the terminal to send uplink data through the first HARQ process.
  • the terminal needs to know the uplink transmission resource required for sending the uplink data. Therefore, the access network device needs to send the first feedback information to the terminal to notify the terminal of the uplink transmission resource.
  • the access network device needs to send the uplink transmission resource required for transmitting the first uplink data to the terminal before the terminal sends the first uplink data through the first HARQ process.
  • the access network device and the terminal transmit uplink data based on the UL grant free mechanism.
  • the terminal selects the uplink transmission resource from the resource pool and uses the transmission resource to send the first HARQ process.
  • the access network device may schedule the terminal to retransmit the first uplink data or first transmit the second uplink data by using the first feedback information.
  • FIG. 4D shows a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by another exemplary embodiment of the present application, which is used in FIG. In a mobile communication system.
  • the method includes the following steps.
  • Step 405 The terminal sends the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the third time unit.
  • the third time unit is located before the first time unit.
  • the third time unit may be the time unit closest to the time at which the terminal has the need to transmit the first uplink data.
  • the terminal needs to process the first uplink data, for example, encoding, modulating, etc., the first uplink data, and the processing takes a certain time.
  • the third time unit may also be a time unit having a certain time delay from the time when the terminal has a demand for transmitting the first uplink data.
  • the third time unit is a time unit determined by the terminal based on the UL grant free transmission mechanism.
  • the time position corresponding to the UL grant free transmission resource is determined by a predefined or pre-configured mode of the access network device, where the time position can be represented by a time unit.
  • a time unit that is closest to the required time and after the required time may be selected as the third time unit.
  • the terminal processes the first uplink data, and sends the first HARQ process in the third time unit 44 (ie, the third TTI). First uplink data.
  • the uplink data sent by the first HARQ process includes first uplink data and/or second uplink data.
  • the first uplink data sent by the terminal on the third time unit may be based on uplink scheduling, or may be based on UL grant free.
  • Step 406 The access network device receives, on the third time unit, the first uplink data that is sent by the terminal by using the first HARQ process.
  • the distance between the access network device and the terminal is a certain distance. Therefore, from the perspective of the absolute time, the terminal sends the location of the third time unit of the first uplink data, and the access network device receives the first.
  • the location of the third time unit of the uplink data is different. In other words, the time unit in which the access network device receives the uplink data has a certain delay compared to the time unit in which the terminal transmits the uplink data.
  • the access network device After receiving the first uplink data, the access network device processes the received first uplink data to recover the first uplink data sent by the terminal, for example, the terminal demodulates, decodes, and the like the first uplink data. deal with. During processing, the access network device determines the reception status of the first uplink data.
  • the manner in which the access network device determines the receiving status of the first uplink data includes, but is not limited to, decoding and/or Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC).
  • CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
  • step 401 After the access network device determines the receiving state of the first uplink data, the receiving state needs to be fed back to the terminal, that is, step 401 is performed.
  • the access network device determines that the receiving state of the first uplink data is the acknowledgment receiving state ACK
  • the first feedback information generated by the access network device schedules the terminal to initially transmit the uplink data by using the first HARQ process.
  • the terminal first transmits the second uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit according to the first feedback information.
  • step 403 the terminal needs to determine whether to retransmit the first uplink data or the first transmission of the second uplink data.
  • the terminal determines, according to the receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process in the second feedback information, that the first feedback information is used for scheduling terminal retransmission.
  • the scheduling terminal For uplink data, the scheduling terminal also transmits the second uplink data.
  • the terminal determines, according to the indication information carried in the first feedback information, that the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to retransmit the first uplink. Data, or the scheduling terminal first transmits the second uplink data.
  • the terminal determines, according to other control information included in the downlink channel that carries the feedback information, that the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to retransmit the first uplink data.
  • the scheduling terminal first transmits the second uplink data.
  • the indication information or other control information is used to indicate whether the terminal retransmits the first uplink data.
  • the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to retransmit the first uplink data on the third time unit.
  • the indication information in the first feedback information indicates that the terminal initially transmits the second uplink data
  • the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to initially transmit the second uplink data on the third time unit.
  • the terminal selects an uplink transmission resource for initial transmission of the second uplink data from the configured first resource pool according to the configuration information of the first resource pool.
  • the second uplink data is initially transmitted by selecting the uplink transmission resource.
  • the terminal selects an uplink transmission resource for retransmitting the first uplink data from the configured second resource pool according to the configuration information of the second resource pool.
  • the first uplink data is retransmitted by the selected uplink transmission resource.
  • the first feedback information includes a process ID of the first HARQ process, so that the terminal can determine that the first feedback information is used to schedule uplink data corresponding to the first HARQ process.
  • the first feedback information does not include the process ID of the first HARQ process, so that when the terminal receives the first feedback information on the first time unit, the terminal can be configured according to the time between the third time unit and the first time unit.
  • the interval is determined by the first feedback information for scheduling the uplink data corresponding to the first HARQ process, that is, the process number of the first HARQ process is implicitly indicated by the time interval between the third time unit and the first time unit.
  • the maximum value of all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal is 8, and the process numbers of the eight uplink HARQ processes are #0, #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, respectively. #7.
  • the second HARQ process is the remaining uplink HARQ process, that is, HPN#0, HPN#1, HPN#3- Upstream HARQ process corresponding to HPN#7.
  • the meaning of HPN is the HARQ Process Number.
  • the second feedback information generated by the time units may include at least the receiving state of the uplink data corresponding to the five uplink HARQ processes (ie, the receiving states of other uplink data corresponding to HPN#0, HPN#1, HPN#3-HPN#5) .
  • the second feedback information may further include a receiving state of the uplink data corresponding to the HPN #2.
  • the second feedback information further includes receiving states of other uplink data corresponding to HPN #6 and HPN #7. Due to the processing delay, the receiving status of other uplink data corresponding to HPN #6 and HPN #7 in the second feedback information generated by the access network device does not truly reflect the receiving status of the two second HARQ processes. At this time, the reception state of HPN #6 and HPN #7 can be reflected by the default reception state.
  • the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to retransmit the first uplink data or the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process.
  • the first feedback information is further used to schedule the second HARQ process to send other uplink data.
  • the first feedback information shown in FIG. 4F is used to schedule uplink data corresponding to the first HARQ process HPN#2, and the second feedback information is HPN#0, HPN#1, HPN#3, HPN#. 4.
  • the receiving state corresponding to HPN#5, HPN#6, and HPN#7, and the first feedback information and the second feedback information are all received in the first time unit.
  • the line connecting the first feedback information and the second feedback information in FIG. 4F is not used to indicate the time unit, but is used to indicate the process number of the associated uplink HARQ process.
  • the terminal sends other uplink data by using the second HARQ process before sending the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process; and/or, after the first uplink data is sent by the first HARQ process, the terminal passes the second HARQ.
  • the process sends other uplink data, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the second UL grant sent by the access network device to the terminal also includes the receiving status corresponding to the multiple uplink HARQ processes.
  • the access network The device carries a new data indicator (NDI) in the first UL grant, where the NDI is used to indicate the process ID corresponding to each uplink HARQ process.
  • the terminal can determine the corresponding uplink HARQ according to the NDI. Process to determine the corresponding receiving status.
  • the access network device When the uplink data is transmitted between the access network device and the terminal based on the UL grant free, the access network device does not send the first UL grant to the terminal, and the terminal selects the uplink transmission resource to transmit the uplink data. At this time, in the LTE system. The manner of determining the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process is no longer applicable.
  • the second feedback information when the second feedback information includes a receiving state corresponding to the multiple uplink HARQ processes, in order to ensure that the terminal can confirm which uplink data is associated with each receiving state, the second feedback information adopts a bitmap.
  • the form indicates the receiving status.
  • the bitmap includes a preset number of bits, and for each bit in the bitmap, the bit is used to indicate a receiving state corresponding to an uplink HARQ process, and different bits are used to indicate a receiving state corresponding to the corresponding uplink HARQ process.
  • the uplink HARQ process corresponding to each receiving state can be implicitly indicated in the form of a bitmap, so that the uplink data corresponding to each receiving state can be implicitly indicated. Therefore, the second feedback information may not include each The process ID of the upstream HARQ process.
  • the reception state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process corresponding to the bit is represented by a different state of each bit in the bitmap.
  • the bit number of the bitmap is 8 bits, and the representation is X. 1 X 2 X 3 X 4 X 5 X 6 X 7 X 8 .
  • the value of X i is 0 or 1, for indicating the reception state of the uplink HARQ process corresponding to the i-th, or process ID for indicating the reception state #HPN (i-1) corresponding to the uplink HARQ process.
  • 0 indicates that the reception status is the acknowledgment reception status ACK
  • 1 indicates that the reception status is the non-acknowledgment reception status NACK.
  • 1 indicates that the status is ACK and 0 indicates NACK.
  • the access network device determines that the reception status of the uplink data corresponding to HPN#0 and HPN#1 is the acknowledgement reception status ACK, and the reception status of the uplink data corresponding to HPN#2-HPN#5 is the non-acknowledgment reception status. NACK, then the representation of X 1 X 2 X 3 X 4 X 5 X 6 X 7 X 8 is 11000000, wherein the access network device can process the uplink data corresponding to HPN#6 and HPN#7 in the future, therefore, HPN#
  • the reception status of the uplink data corresponding to HPN#7 may be the default reception status NACK.
  • the number of bits (bit number) of the bitmap is equal to the number of uplink HARQ processes in the second feedback information; or, the number of bits (bit number) of the bitmap is greater than the number of uplink HARQ processes in the second feedback information.
  • the access network device does not use a bitmap to indicate the receiving status, but uses a non-bitmap form to indicate the receiving status.
  • each bit combination and the 1 bit constitute a receiving state corresponding to each uplink HARQ process, thereby obtaining second feedback information.
  • n+1 is the maximum value of the uplink HARQ process supported by the terminal, or n+1 is the maximum value of the uplink HARQ process supported by the terminal for UL grant free transmission.
  • the access network device indicates the reception status by one bit, where 0 indicates that the reception status is the acknowledgment reception status ACK, and 1 indicates that the reception status is the non-acknowledgment reception status NACK.
  • the access network device determines that the reception status of the uplink data corresponding to HPN#0 and HPN#1 is the acknowledgment reception status ACK, and the reception status of the uplink data corresponding to HPN#2-HPN#5 is the non-acknowledgment reception status.
  • the second feedback information is 0001 (the receiving state of the uplink HARQ process with the process number 0 is the acknowledged receiving state ACK), and the 0011 (the receiving state of the uplink HARQ process indicating the process number 1 is the acknowledged receiving state ACK), 0100 (received that the receiving state of the uplink HARQ process with the process number 2 is the non-acknowledgment receiving state NACK), 0110 (the receiving state of the uplink HARQ process with the process number 3 is the non-acknowledged receiving state NACK), and 1000 (the process number is The reception state of the uplink HARQ process of 4 is the non-acknowledgment reception state NACK), 1010 (the reception state of the uplink HARQ process indicating the process number 5 is the non-acknowledgment reception state NACK), and 1100 (the uplink HARQ process indicating the process number of 6)
  • the receiving state is the default receiving state NACK)
  • 1110 the receiving state of the uplink HARQ process indicating the process
  • the second feedback information includes a receiving state corresponding to the multiple uplink HARQ processes
  • the second feedback information includes multiple receiving states. It is also possible to have a specific correspondence with the time position at which the terminal transmits uplink data.
  • the reception state may correspond to a time unit set included between the (#nx) time unit and the (#ny) time unit, where the time unit set may include a (#nx) time unit and a (#ny) time unit, where x and y may be pre-configured by the access network device, or dynamically notified, or notified by the terminal to the access network device, or may be notified by other means.
  • the second feedback information transmitted by the access network device in the (#n) time unit includes 5 bits, respectively, the terminal is at (#n-6), (# The reception state corresponding to the uplink data transmitted by the time unit of n-5), (#n-4), (#n-3), and (#n-2).
  • the access network device feeds back the second feedback information, only the uplink data sent by the terminal in the (#n-6) and (#n-4) time units is received, and the two uplink data are determined.
  • the corresponding receiving state is the acknowledged receiving state ACK, and the access network device can only set the bit information corresponding to the two time units in 5 bits as ACK, and the remaining 3 bits information adopts the default receiving state NACK.
  • the second feedback information may also not include the process number of the uplink HARQ process.
  • the second feedback information generated by the access network device is fed back for each codeword.
  • each codeword corresponds to one uplink.
  • the second feedback information generated by the access network device is jointly fed back to multiple codewords transmitted by the same time unit.
  • multiple codewords transmitted by the same time unit correspond to the same uplink HARQ process.
  • the value of n is 1; or, the value of n is greater than or equal to 2. In the present application, the value of n is greater than or equal to 2 as an example.
  • the sending, by the terminal, the uplink data by using the n second HARQ processes on the n time units means that each time unit corresponds to one second HARQ process, and the terminal sends the uplink data in each time unit through the corresponding second HARQ process.
  • n time units are consecutive in the time domain; or, n time units are discontinuous in the time domain.
  • the terminal sends uplink data through the uplink HARQ process with the process number 0 on the jth-5th time unit; and sends the uplink data through the uplink HARQ process with the process number 1 on the j-4th time unit; Sending uplink data through the uplink HARQ process with process number 2 on j-3 time units; transmitting uplink data through the uplink HARQ process with process number 3 on the j-2th time unit; receiving n on the jth time unit
  • the receiving state and time indication information corresponding to the second HARQ process, that is, the jth time unit is the first time unit.
  • the time unit corresponding to each uplink HRAQ process is continuous in the time domain.
  • the terminal sends the uplink data by using the uplink HARQ process of the HARQ process number i. It can be understood that the terminal sends the uplink data of the HARQ process ID i, where i can be an integer not less than 0.
  • the terminal sends uplink data through the uplink HARQ process with the process number 1 on the j-5th time unit; and sends the uplink data through the uplink HARQ process with the process number 2 on the j-3th time unit;
  • the uplink data is sent by the uplink HARQ process with the process number 3 on the j-1 time units; the reception state and the time indication information corresponding to the n second HARQ processes are received on the jth time unit, that is, the jth time unit Is the first time unit.
  • the time unit corresponding to each uplink HRAQ process is discontinuous in the time domain.
  • the time indication information indicates a time unit corresponding to the receiving state of each uplink HARQ process by using a display indication manner. That is, the second feedback information includes information bits corresponding to the time indication information.
  • the time unit corresponding to the receiving state of each uplink HARQ process refers to a time unit for transmitting uplink data by the uplink HARQ process.
  • the second feedback information includes a 3 bit receiving state, where the 3 bit receiving state is a receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process of the HARQ process number 1 in FIG. 4H, and the time unit corresponding to the receiving state is the j-5th
  • the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process of the time unit and the HARQ process number is 2, and the time unit corresponding to the receiving state is the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process of the j-3th time unit and the HARQ process number 3, and the receiving state
  • the corresponding time unit is the j-1th time unit.
  • the time indication information in the second feedback information indicates a time unit corresponding to a receiving state of each second HARQ process.
  • the time indication information indicates the j-5th time unit, the j-3th time unit, and the j-1th time unit.
  • the time indication information in the second feedback information indicates a time range, where the time range includes a time unit corresponding to a receiving state of the n second HARQ processes.
  • the time indication information indicates a time range including n time units.
  • the terminal determines a time unit for performing uplink data transmission from a time range indicated by the time indication information, and each time unit for uplink data transmission corresponds to one receiving.
  • the state and an uplink HARQ process can determine an uplink HARQ process corresponding to each receiving state.
  • the j-5th time unit corresponds to an uplink HARQ process with a HARQ process number of 1
  • the j-3th time unit corresponds to an uplink HARQ process with a HARQ process number of 2
  • the j-1th time unit Corresponding to the uplink HARQ process with the HARQ process number 3.
  • the receiving status in the second feedback information is 3 bits, respectively, used to indicate: ACK, NACK, and ACK; and the time range indicated by the time indication information in the second feedback information is [j-5, j-1], then the time is from the time
  • the time unit (#j-5) for the uplink data transmission in the time domain determined in the range corresponds to the reception status ACK corresponding to the first bit information, and the reception status ACK is the uplink HARQ process with the HARQ process number 1 a receiving state;
  • a second time unit (#j-3) for the uplink data transmission determined from the time range corresponds to a receiving state NACK corresponding to the second bit information, and the receiving state NACK is a HARQ process number a receiving state of the uplink HARQ process of 2;
  • a third time unit (#j-1) for uplink data transmission determined from the time range corresponds to a receiving state ACK corresponding to the third bit information, the receiving state ACK
  • the time indication information indicates a time range including n time units
  • the time indication information includes, but is not limited to, the following representations.
  • the first type the time indication information includes the time start and time end of the time range.
  • the time range is [j-5, j-1]
  • the time indication information includes (#j-5) time unit and (#j-1) time unit.
  • the time indication information includes the time start and length of time of the time range.
  • the time range is [j-5, j-1]
  • the time indication information includes (#j-5) time units and time lengths of 5 time units.
  • the time indication information includes the time end of the time range and the length of time.
  • the time range is [j-5, j-1]
  • the time indication information includes (#j-1) time unit and time length 5 time units.
  • the time indication information includes the length of time of the time range, and the time start or time end of the time range is pre-configured.
  • the time starting point of the access network device configuring the time range for the terminal is the pth time unit before the first time unit, and p is a positive integer.
  • the time end point of the access network device pre-configuring the time range for the terminal is the qth time unit before the first time unit, and q is a positive integer.
  • p is greater than q.
  • the time end of the time range configured by the access network device for the terminal is a time unit or a first time unit before the first time unit.
  • the time range is [j-5, j-1]
  • the time indication information includes a time length of 5 time units
  • the time end of the time range configured by the access network device for the terminal is the first time.
  • the fifth type the time indication information includes a time start or a time end of the time range, and the time length of the time range is pre-configured.
  • the time length of the time range configured by the access network device for the terminal is associated with the number of bits corresponding to the receiving states of the n second HARQ processes.
  • the time unit of the time range includes three time units for uplink data transmission. Illustratively, in FIG.
  • the time range is [j-5, j-1]
  • the time indication information includes the time end point (#j-1), and the time length and reception time of the time range configured by the access network device for the terminal
  • the number of bits of the state is associated, and the length of time is determined from the end of time (#j-1) to determine three time units for uplink data transmission, respectively, time unit (#j-1), time unit (#j-3) and time unit (#j-5), the time range of the time range is 5 time units.
  • the time start or the time end corresponding to the time range indicated by the time indication information is predefined, and the time length of the time range is associated with the number of bits corresponding to the receiving status of the n HARQ processes.
  • the feedback information sent by the access network device in the first time unit may include only the receiving state of the n HARQ processes, and the n time units corresponding to the receiving states of the n HARQ processes.
  • the length of time of the time range is associated with the number of bits used to indicate the receiving status of the n HARQ processes. It can be understood that, at this time, the time range indicated by the time indication information is determined by a predefined time start or time terminal and The length of the implicit association is determined by the length of time.
  • the feedback information of the first time unit includes the receiving status without including the explicit time indication information, or it can be understood that the time indication information shares the control field included in the feedback information with the receiving status of the n HARQ processes.
  • the control field consists of one or more bits. Assuming that the feedback information included in the first time unit includes X bits, the specific value of each bit of the X bits may indicate the receiving state of the corresponding HARQ process, and the number of X bits, that is, X may represent the X bits. The length of time in the time range in which the HARQ process corresponds to the bit.
  • both the time start point and the time end point are represented by the first time unit as a reference time unit, and may be represented by the sequence order of the corresponding time unit in actual implementation.
  • the second time unit, the fifth time unit, and the like the present embodiment does not limit the representation of the time start point and the time end point.
  • the length of time is represented by the number of time units.
  • the length of time may also be represented by a duration, such as 1 ms, 2 ms, or the like.
  • the time start of the time range may be the start boundary of a certain time unit included in the time range
  • the time end point of the time range may be the end boundary of a certain time unit included in the time range.
  • the time start or the time end point described as the time range may be simplified as a certain time unit included in the time range.
  • the following two descriptions are equivalent.
  • a description is that the time start of the time range is the start boundary of the time unit that is the earliest in time, and the time end of the time range is the end boundary of the time unit that is the latest in the time range.
  • Another equivalent description is that the time start of the time range is the time unit that is the earliest in time, and the time end of the time range is the time unit that is the latest in the time range.
  • each representation form of the foregoing time indication information it is required to ensure that the number of bits of the receiving state in the second feedback information is associated with the length of time of the time range indicated by the time indication information.
  • the number of bits of the receiving state in the second feedback information is associated with the time length of the time range indicated by the time indication information, so that the terminal can directly determine the correspondence between the receiving state and the time unit, thereby saving the access network device. Signaling overhead.
  • the number of bits of the receiving state in the second feedback information may not be associated with the time length of the time range indicated by the time indication information.
  • the number of bits in the receiving state in the second feedback information is 5 bits.
  • the time range indicated by the time indication information includes 7 time units for uplink data transmission.
  • the terminal cannot directly determine the correspondence between the 7 time units and the 5 bit receiving state, and the access network device needs to send additional signaling to the terminal to notify the terminal to determine the correspondence between the time unit and the receiving state.
  • the manner of the relationship; or, by a preset rule the manner in which the terminal can determine the correspondence between the time unit and the reception state time.
  • the preset rule may be that the receiving state in the second feedback information corresponds to a time unit in the time domain position included in the time range indicated by the time indication information, for example, in this example, 5 bits respectively correspond to Time units numbered 1-5.
  • the time start of the time range is the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units, for example, in FIG. 4H, the time start of the time range is the time unit (#j-5). . In this way, the signaling overhead of the access network device is saved.
  • the time end point is the latest time unit in the time domain among the n time units.
  • the time end of the time range is the time unit (#j-1). In this way, the signaling overhead of the access network device is saved.
  • the time length is n The length of time between the earliest time unit in the time domain and the latest time unit in the time domain.
  • the access network device cannot predetermine the time position at which the terminal sends the uplink data. Generally, the access network device determines whether the terminal sends uplink data by blind detection, for example, detecting whether a reference signal exists. At this time, the access network device may have a missed detection condition, that is, the terminal sends the uplink data on the pre-configured resource, but the access network device does not detect it.
  • the access network device can configure an automatic retransmission timer for the terminal through the high layer signaling, and the terminal starts the automatic retransmission timer after transmitting the uplink data. If the terminal has not received the receiving status of the uplink data when the timing of the automatic retransmission timer arrives, the terminal automatically retransmits the uplink data. In this way, the terminal does not wait for the receiving state of the uplink data, and reduces the processing delay of the uplink data.
  • the retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal to retransmit the uplink data by using the uplink HARQ process, and the start time of the automatic retransmission timer is after the time unit corresponding to the uplink HARQ process.
  • the start time of the automatic retransmission timer is located in the k+1th time unit, that is, after the terminal sends the uplink data in the kth time unit, from the kth +1 time unit starts to start the automatic retransmission timer.
  • the automatic retransmission timer can be represented by m time units
  • the terminal does not receive the access network device for the terminal if it is not in the k+m time unit.
  • the receiving status feedback of the uplink data sent by the kth time unit the terminal may automatically retransmit the uplink data sent in the kth time unit in the k+m+1 time unit; or, the automatic retransmission timer is started.
  • the terminal can initiate an automatic retransmission timer for timing.
  • the terminal may start the automatic retransmission timer in the k+thth time unit or the k+h+1th time unit.
  • the automatic retransmission timer can be represented by m time units
  • the terminal may automatically retransmit in the kth time unit at the k+h+m+1 or at the k+h+m+2 time units The uplink data sent.
  • the feedback time delay is determined according to at least one of a transmission delay between the terminal and the access network device, a delay of the access network device demodulating the uplink data, and a delay of the access network device modulating the second feedback information.
  • the terminal can receive the receiving state corresponding to the uplink data before automatically retransmitting the uplink data, that is, The validity of the receiving state received by the terminal is ensured, or the validity of the access network device is guaranteed to be fed back.
  • the time range includes the sub-time range, and the length of the sub-time range is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time.
  • the retransmission waiting duration includes the timing duration of the automatic retransmission timer.
  • the time start of the sub-time range is the same as the time start of the time range; and/or, the time end of the sub-time range is the same as the time end of the time range.
  • the start time of the automatic retransmission timer is located in the k+1th time unit, and each uplink HARQ process corresponds to
  • the timing of the automatic retransmission timer is equal to three time units; in this case, in order to ensure that the uplink HARQ process 0 receives the corresponding reception state before retransmitting the uplink data, the time unit of the latest feedback of the uplink HARQ process 0
  • the 4th time unit is located after the first time unit, or the 4th time unit is the first time unit.
  • the time unit of the latest feedback of the uplink HARQ process 1 is the 5th time unit, the 5th time unit is located after the first time unit, or the 5th time unit is the first time unit; the uplink HARQ process 3
  • the latest feedback time unit is the 6th time unit, the 6th time unit is located after the first time unit, or the 6th time unit is the first time unit.
  • the time range is described below based on the relationship between the sub-time range and the time range.
  • the time start of the time range is the time unit corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the time end point is the first time unit.
  • the time start of the sub-time range is the same as the time start of the time range, and the time end of the sub-time range is the same as or different from the time end of the time range.
  • the time starting point of the time range is a time unit corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the time end point is a certain time unit before the first time unit.
  • the time start of the sub-time range is the same as the time start of the time range, and the time end of the sub-time range is the same as or different from the time end of the time range.
  • the time range is smaller than the timing of the automatic retransmission timer corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  • the terminal may receive at least the uplink HARQ process before retransmitting the uplink data corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 0.
  • the receiving state corresponding to optionally, the terminal may also receive the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 1 before retransmitting the uplink data corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 0.
  • the time start of the time range is the time unit before the time unit corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the time end point is the first time unit.
  • the time start of the sub-time range is different from the time start of the time range, and the time end of the sub-time range is the same as or different from the time end of the time range.
  • the sub-time range in the time range is smaller than the timing duration of the automatic retransmission timer corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the terminal may receive at least the uplink before retransmitting the uplink data corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 0.
  • the terminal may also receive the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ processes 1 and 2 before retransmitting the uplink data corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 0.
  • the time start of the time range is the time unit before the time unit corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the time end point is the time unit before the first time unit.
  • the time start of the sub-time range is different from the time start of the time range, and the time end of the sub-time range is the same as or different from the time end of the time range.
  • the sub-time range in the time range is smaller than the timing of the automatic retransmission timer corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  • the terminal may retransmit at least the uplink data corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 0.
  • the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 0 is received.
  • the terminal may further receive the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 1 before retransmitting the uplink data corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 0.
  • the terminal waits for one time unit, and then starts the uplink HARQ process with the HARQ process number 0.
  • the corresponding automatic retransmission timer that is, the start time of the automatic retransmission timer is located in the third time unit, and the timing of the automatic retransmission timer corresponding to the uplink HARQ process is equal to three time units;
  • the time unit of the latest feedback of the uplink HARQ process with the HARQ process number 0 is the fifth time unit, the fifth time.
  • the time unit is located after the first time unit, or the fifth time unit is the first time unit.
  • the time unit of the latest feedback of the uplink HARQ process with the HARQ process number 1 is the sixth time unit, the sixth time unit is located after the first time unit, or the sixth time unit is the first time unit.
  • the time unit of the latest feedback of the uplink HARQ process with the HARQ process number 2 is the 7th time unit, the 7th time unit is located after the first time unit, or the 7th time unit is the first time unit.
  • FIG. 4K to FIG. 4N the relationship between the length of the time range and the timing of the automatic retransmission timer is shown in FIG. 4K to FIG. 4N.
  • the start timing of the automatic retransmission timer in FIG. 4K to FIG. 4N is backward. Move a time unit.
  • the preset condition is at least one of the following conditions:
  • the corresponding time unit is a second HARQ process of the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units;
  • the second HARQ process with the shortest duration of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer
  • the timing of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer is greater than the second HARQ process of the preset length.
  • the corresponding time unit is the first of the n time units in the time domain.
  • the second HARQ process is a second HARQ process that satisfies a preset condition. Since the access information of the n second HARQ processes is included in the second feedback information sent by the access network device in the first time unit, the time position of the first time unit in time is ensured in order to ensure the validity of the feedback receiving state. No later than the earliest time unit of the n automatic retransmission time units corresponding to the n second HARQ processes.
  • the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition is the second HARQ process corresponding to the earliest time unit in the time domain in the n time units, because the timings of the automatic retransmission timers corresponding to the respective uplink HARQ processes are equal. .
  • the second HARQ process that retransmits the uplink data in the n second HARQ processes is the second HARQ that meets the preset condition, when the timings of the automatic retransmission timers of the respective uplink HARQ processes are not equal. process.
  • the second HARQ process that transmits the uplink data at the earliest is the second HARQ process that automatically retransmits the uplink data in the first time after experiencing the timing duration of an automatic retransmission timer in the n HARQ processes.
  • the timing of the automatic retransmission timer corresponding to the fth second HARQ processes is less than or equal to the preset length, and the value of f/n is less than the preset threshold, the terminal will In the n second HARQ processes, the second automatic HARQ process whose timing duration is greater than the preset length is determined to be the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  • the n HARQ processes correspond to q automatic retransmission time units, where q is less than or equal to n. If the corresponding automatic retransmission time unit is different after each HARQ process in the n HARQ processes experiences the timing of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer, q is equal to n; or, if n HARQ processes are in the process After there are at least two HARQ processes experiencing the timing duration of the respective automatic retransmission timers, the corresponding automatic retransmission time units are the same, then q is less than n.
  • the first time unit is located before the preset time unit in the time domain; or the first time unit is the preset time unit.
  • the position of the preset time unit in the time domain satisfies the following feature: the automatic retransmission time unit corresponding to the e HARQ processes in the n HARQ processes precedes the preset time unit.
  • the ratio of e/n is pre-configured; or, e is pre-configured.
  • the automatic retransmission time unit is a time unit corresponding to the timing duration after an automatic retransmission timer is passed after the terminal transmits data through one HARQ process.
  • the automatic retransmission time unit with the HARQ process number of 0 is the fifth time unit.
  • the time resource distribution used in the time may be pre-configured, for example, may occur periodically. If the period is not equal to 1, the time unit in which the terminal performs uplink data transmission based on the UL grant free is discontinuous.
  • the time indication information may correspond to a continuous time range, and the terminal may include the UL grant in the time range.
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the time unit of the free uplink data transmission corresponds to the reception state in the feedback information of the access network device.
  • the time length of the time unit on the terminal side may be the same as or different from the time length of the time unit on the access network device side. If not, the terminal can understand the time range indicated by the time indication information in the second feedback information according to the length of the local time unit.
  • the uplink HARQ process that has received the received status to the terminal if the access network device feeds back the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process, determine the current feedback to the next time. Between the feedback, the terminal continues to use the uplink HARQ process to transmit the uplink data, and the access network device may set the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process to the default receiving state after the feedback state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process is fed back. For example: NACK.
  • the access network device determines the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process next time, and determines that the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process is the acknowledgment receiving state ACK, the default receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process is NACK modification (replacement) ) is ACK.
  • the access network device sets the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process to the default receiving state, so that the packet loss situation can be avoided.
  • FIG. 5 there is shown a schematic diagram of an access network device feeding back a default reception state. It is assumed that the terminal transmits the first uplink data 502 in the first time unit 501 through the uplink HARQ process corresponding to the HPN #2, and receives the feedback information 504 sent by the access network device in the third time unit 503, the feedback information 504 indicating the The receiving status corresponding to an uplink data 502 is ACK.
  • the terminal After receiving the feedback information 504, the terminal continues to transmit the second uplink data 506 through the uplink HARQ process corresponding to HPN#2 in the fifth time unit 505.
  • the terminal receives the feedback information 507 sent by the access network device in the seventh time unit 508, and the feedback information 507 indicates the receiving status corresponding to the second uplink data 506.
  • the access network device does not set the reception status corresponding to HPN#2 to NACK after transmitting the feedback information 504. At this time, if the access network device leaks the second uplink data 506 (ie, the second uplink data 506 is not detected), the reception status corresponding to the HPN #2 indicated by the feedback information 507 is still ACK. In this case, the terminal may mistakenly think that the second uplink data 506 is correctly received by the access network device, so that the second uplink data 506 is lost, that is, the packet loss situation of the uplink service occurs.
  • the access state corresponding to the HPN #2 is set to NACK.
  • the access network device leaks the second uplink data 506, the reception status corresponding to the HPN #2 indicated by the feedback information 507 is NACK.
  • the terminal determines that the second uplink data 506 is not correctly received by the access network device, so that the second uplink data 506 is retransmitted, thereby avoiding the packet loss situation of the uplink service.
  • the access network device correctly receives the second uplink data 506, the NACK is modified to ACK, and the feedback information 507 is sent to the terminal on the seventh time unit 508, and the feedback information 507 is used.
  • the receiving state indicating that the second uplink data 506 is ACK correspondingly, the terminal receives the feedback information 507 on the seventh time unit 508.
  • the third time unit 503 can be regarded as the time unit in which "this feedback” is located, and the seventh time unit 508 can be regarded as the time unit in which "next feedback” is located.
  • the uplink HARQ process that has received the received status to the terminal if the access network device feeds back the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process, determine the current feedback to the next time. Between the feedback, the terminal does not use the uplink HARQ process to transmit uplink data, and the access network device may repeatedly transmit the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process.
  • FIG. 6 there is shown a schematic diagram of a receiving state in which an access network device repeatedly transmits an uplink HARQ process. It is assumed that the terminal transmits the first uplink data 602 in the first time unit 601 through the uplink HARQ process corresponding to the HPN #2, and the third time unit 603 receives the feedback information 604 sent by the access network device, the feedback information 604 indicating the first The receiving status of an uplink data 602 is ACK.
  • the time units included from the third time unit 603 to the fifth time unit 605 are all downlink time units (time units for downlink data transmission). If the access network device still feeds back the reception status corresponding to HPN#2 in the fifth time unit 605, the feedback information 606 sent by the access network device in the fifth time unit indicates that the reception status corresponding to HPN#2 is ACK. .
  • the access network device can continue to repeat feedback on the reception status of HPN#2 without considering the reception corresponding to HPN#2 after the feedback of the third time unit 603
  • the status changes to the default receiving status. This can improve the reliability of feedback information transmission.
  • the manner in which the access network device determines whether the terminal uses the uplink HARQ process corresponding to the received state of the current feedback to continue to transmit the uplink data is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the access network device determines whether the terminal continues to transmit uplink data by using an uplink HARQ process corresponding to the received state of the current feedback according to the number of uplink data to be transmitted. Alternatively, if the access network device determines that there is no uplink time unit for the terminal device to transmit uplink data between the time unit corresponding to the current feedback receiving state and the time unit corresponding to the next feedback receiving state, the access network device may Determining that the terminal does not use the uplink HARQ process corresponding to the received state of the feedback to continue to transmit uplink data between the time units corresponding to the two feedback receiving states; conversely, if the access network device determines that the feedback receiving state corresponds to the current feedback state Between the time unit and the time unit corresponding to the next feedback receiving state, there is an uplink time unit for the terminal device to transmit the uplink data.
  • the access network device can determine that the terminal is in the time unit corresponding to the two feedback receiving states. In the meantime, it is possible to continue to transmit uplink data by using the uplink HARQ process corresponding to the reception status of this feedback. Or, if the data transmitted by the uplink HARQ process corresponding to the received state of the current feedback is scheduled based on the access network device, the access network device may determine that the time unit range of the uplink HARQ process is continuously scheduled twice. The terminal does not continue to transmit uplink data by using the uplink HARQ process corresponding to the received state of the feedback.
  • the first feedback information is used to schedule, in addition to the first uplink data corresponding to the first HARQ process, the m second HARQ processes in the n second HARQ processes to send uplink data, 1 ⁇ m ⁇ n, m is an integer.
  • the first feedback information is further used by the scheduling terminal to retransmit the corresponding other uplink data by using the s second HARQ processes.
  • the access network device determines that the receiving state of the s second HARQ processes is a non-acknowledgment receiving state NACK, and passes the first feedback information. Indicates the resources required to retransmit the corresponding other uplink data.
  • the receiving state of the s second HARQ processes is a valid NACK.
  • the valid NACK is: when the default receiving state is NACK, the NACK except the default receiving state NACK, that is, the access network device is set when the processing time delay is too late to process part of the second HARQ process.
  • These second HARQ processes correspond to NACKs.
  • the NACK corresponding to HPN #6 and HPN #7 is not a valid NACK, that is, the first feedback information is not used to schedule other uplink data corresponding to HPN #6 and HPN #7.
  • the first feedback information is used for the scheduling terminal to retransmit the corresponding other uplink data by using the s second HARQ processes, and is used for scheduling the terminal to pass the ms second HARQ process. Pass the corresponding other uplink data.
  • the access network device determines that the receiving state of the s second HARQ processes is a non-acknowledgment receiving state NACK, and passes the first feedback information. Determining resources required for retransmitting the corresponding other uplink data; determining that the receiving state of the ms second HARQ processes is an acknowledgment receiving state ACK, and indicating, by using the first feedback information, resources required for initial transmission of other uplink data.
  • HPN#0, HPN#2-HPN#5 are the process numbers corresponding to the second HARQ process, and the access network device determines that the receiving status of other uplink data corresponding to HPN#0 is the acknowledged receiving status ACK.
  • the receiving state of the other uplink data corresponding to HPN#2-HPN#5 is the non-acknowledgment receiving state NACK, and the first feedback information is used for scheduling the terminal to retransmit other uplink data corresponding to HPN#2-HPN#5;
  • the scheduling terminal first transmits other uplink data corresponding to HPN#0.
  • the first feedback information is used to schedule other uplink data corresponding to the terminal to be initially transmitted through the m-s second HARQ processes.
  • the access network device determines that the receiving status of the ms second HARQ processes is the acknowledged receiving status ACK, and indicates by using the first feedback information.
  • HPN#0, HPN#2-HPN#5 are the process numbers corresponding to the second HARQ process, and the access network device determines that the receiving status of other uplink data corresponding to HPN#0 is the acknowledged receiving status ACK. Then, the first feedback information is used to schedule other uplink data corresponding to the initial transmission of HPN#0 by the terminal.
  • the first feedback information when the value of m is less than n, the first feedback information does not include scheduling information corresponding to all uplink HARQ processes in the second feedback information.
  • the feedback information is composed of two parts: DCI group 1 (second feedback information) and DCI group 2 (first feedback information).
  • the DCI group 1 is used to indicate the receiving state corresponding to the n+1 uplink HARQ processes; the DCI group 2 is used to schedule the uplink data sent by the terminal through the uplink HARQ process HPN#i to the uplink HARQ process HPN#j, where the first HARQ is included.
  • the upstream data sent by the process. i and j are not equal, and i and j are integers.
  • the access network device configures the state of the first feedback information.
  • the state of the first feedback information includes: scheduling information including only the first HARQ process, and scheduling information of the at least two uplink HARQ processes (at least two uplink HARQ processes include the first HARQ process).
  • the access network device adopts a high-level configuration manner to configure the first feedback, regardless of the number of the uplink HARQ processes that the first feedback information is used.
  • the information is for the first HARQ process or for multiple uplink HARQ processes. In this case, the access network device can also configure the number of multiple uplink HARQ processes.
  • the first feedback information includes time domain resource configuration information and/or frequency domain resource configuration information.
  • the time domain resource configuration information includes at least: a size of the time domain resource and/or a location of the time domain resource.
  • the frequency domain resource configuration information includes at least: a size of the frequency domain resource and/or a location of the frequency domain resource.
  • the first feedback information may be used at least for the terminal to initially transmit the second uplink data by using the first HARQ process.
  • the first feedback information may be used by the terminal to retransmit the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process.
  • the first feedback information may further include other control information for indicating uplink scheduling transmission, such as: Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS), Transmission Power Control (TPC), and retransmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • TPC Transmission Power Control
  • retransmission retransmission
  • the terminal when the first feedback is used by the scheduling terminal to send the uplink data by using the first HARQ process, and the scheduling terminal sends the uplink data by using the second HARQ process, the terminal sends the frequency domain resource and the terminal of the uplink data by using the first HARQ process.
  • the frequency domain resources for transmitting uplink data by using the second HARQ process may be the same or different, and the frequency domain resources include the size of the frequency domain resources and/or the location of the frequency domain resources.
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to the first HARQ process and the frequency domain resource corresponding to the second HARQ process are different when the frequency domain resource of the uplink data is sent by the terminal and the frequency domain resource of the second HARQ process is different.
  • the pre-configured relationship may be implemented by using Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling, or other manners, and is not specifically limited.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the feedback information is the specific control information of the terminal, and may be scrambled by the specific C-RNTI of the terminal, where the first feedback information and the second feedback information are carried in the same downlink.
  • the access network device sends the first feedback information and the second feedback information in the feedback information through the downlink channel.
  • the downlink channel is a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH); or an Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (EPDCCH); or a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel) , PDSCH); or, is a downlink channel in the 5G system, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • PDCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • EPDCCH Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel in the 5G system, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the access network device may configure whether the terminal receives the feedback information.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by another exemplary embodiment of the present application, which is used in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1 . Prior to step 402, the method includes the following further steps.
  • Step 801 The access network device sends configuration information to the terminal.
  • the configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal receives the first feedback information and the second feedback information on the same downlink channel. That is, the access network device combines the first feedback information and the second feedback information to generate feedback information.
  • the configuration information is configured by radio resource control (RRC) signaling; or is configured by physical layer signaling; or is configured by using MAC signaling, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • step 802 the terminal receives the configuration information.
  • the terminal determines, according to the configuration information, that the feedback information is received through the downlink information.
  • the terminal when the configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal receives the first feedback information and the second feedback information on different downlink channels, the terminal respectively receives the first feedback information and the second feedback information on two independent downlink channels.
  • the feedback information transmission method provided by the embodiment sends the configuration information to the terminal through the access network device, so that the terminal determines whether the first feedback information and the second feedback in the feedback information are received through the same downlink channel.
  • the information realizes the receiving mode of the dynamic configuration feedback information of the access network device.
  • the access network device may design the same downlink channel to include both the first feedback information and the second feedback information, which may save signaling overhead;
  • the access network device may design different downlink channels to include the first feedback information and the second feedback information, respectively, so as to avoid excessive downlink channel bearer.
  • step 801 can be implemented as a method embodiment on the access network device side.
  • Step 802 can be implemented as a method on the terminal side. This embodiment is not limited.
  • the access network device may not send configuration information to the terminal.
  • the terminal implicitly determines whether the first feedback information and the second feedback information are received through one downlink channel, or the first feedback information and the second feedback information are received through two independent downlink channels.
  • the terminal determines to receive the first feedback information and the second feedback information through a downlink channel, so that the access network device does not need to send configuration information to the terminal. , saving the overhead of the downlink channel.
  • the terminal determines to receive the first feedback information and the second feedback information through two independent downlink channels.
  • the first time unit, the second time unit, and the third time unit are located.
  • the frequency band is an unlicensed frequency band
  • the first time unit and the second time unit are time units included in the uplink duration (UL duration) in one TxOP.
  • the third time unit may belong to the secondary TxOP or may not belong to the secondary TxOP, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the UL duration may be pre-configured, or may be dynamically notified by the access network device, or may be dynamically notified to the access network device by the terminal, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the UL duration is configured by the access network device by sending Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling to the terminal.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the UL duration is configured by the access network device by transmitting a common control information indication to the terminal on a Common Physical Downlink Control Channel (C-PDCCH) on the unlicensed frequency band.
  • C-PDCCH Common Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • the terminal determines the UL duration through the common control information indication on the unlicensed band.
  • the common control information may indicate an end position of the downlink burst data transmission.
  • the UL duration notified by the C-PDCCH includes a third time unit 92 that belongs to the same TxOP 96 as the downlink TTI 94 where the C-PDCCH is located.
  • the terminal may send the uplink data to the access network device in the third time unit by using the UL grant, and may send the uplink data to the access network device in the third time unit by using the UL grant, which is not limited in this application.
  • the resources for the UL grant free transmission mentioned in the foregoing various embodiments include at least one of the following: a time resource used for uplink data transmitted based on the UL grant free, and an uplink data based on the UL grant free transmission.
  • the signature information includes at least one of the following: a codebook, a codeword, a sequence, an interleaving pattern, a mapping pattern, a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS), a preamble, a spatial dimension information, and a power dimension information.
  • DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
  • the resource used for the UL grant free transmission includes any resource corresponding to the uplink data transmitted by the UL grant free, where the resource includes resources in time, resources in frequency, resources in the spatial domain, and code. Domain resources, power information, resources needed to assist in uplink data demodulation (eg, reference signals, reference signals that assist in implementing time-frequency synchronization, and preamble sequences, etc.).
  • the signature information required for retransmitting the uplink data mentioned in the foregoing various embodiments may include at least one of the following: MCS, DMRS related control information (schematically, may include cyclic shift (Cyclic Shift, CS) and Orthogonal Cover Code (OCC)), codebook, codeword, sequence, interleaving pattern, mapping pattern, Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS), preamble, spatial dimension information , power dimension information.
  • the signature information required for retransmitting the uplink data includes any resource corresponding to the retransmission of the uplink data, where the resource includes resources in time, resources in the frequency, resources in the spatial domain, and code domain resources. Power information, and resources needed to assist in retransmission of uplink data demodulation, such as demodulation reference signals, reference signals that assist in implementing time-frequency synchronization, and one or more of the preamble sequences.
  • the uplink data sent by the terminal mentioned in each of the foregoing embodiments includes, for example, uplink data sent by the terminal in the third time unit, and the uplink data sent by the terminal in the second time unit may correspond to one transport block.
  • Transport Block, TB Transmission Block
  • CB code block
  • the reception status mentioned in the above various embodiments may include DTX in addition to ACK and/or NACK.
  • the reception status includes ACK, NACK, and DTX
  • 2 bits may be used to indicate the reception status corresponding to each HARQ process.
  • the receiving states of the n second HARQ processes mentioned in the foregoing various embodiments include: a receiving state when the terminal sends other uplink data by using the second HARQ process, and/or, the terminal does not pass the second HARQ
  • the default receiving status when the process sends other upstream data When the terminal sends other uplink data through the second HARQ process, but the data receiving processing delay and other problems, the access network device cannot feed back the receiving of other uplink data sent by the second HARQ process when sending the second feedback information.
  • the default receiving state may be used to feedback other uplink data corresponding to the second HARQ process.
  • the first feedback information and the second feedback information may be carried in a UL grant, where the UL grant is Downlink Control Information (DCI) for scheduling uplink data transmission.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the UL grant can be sent through the downlink control channel in the format of DCI format 0, DCI format 4, DCI format 0A, DCI format 0B, DCI format 4A, and DCI format 4B, or can be understood as: DCI. All downlink control information sent by the downlink control channel of the format 0, the DCI format 4, the DCI format 0A, the DCI format 0B, the DCI format 4A, and the DCI format 4B may be regarded as a UL grant.
  • the second feedback information may multiplex some redundant bits in the UL grant to indicate n second HARQ processes; or, n second HARQ processes and reception states of the first HARQ process.
  • the field information may be used to indicate the foregoing receiving state; for example, the frequency resource indicating information in the UL grant may also be used to indicate the foregoing receiving. status.
  • an extra bit may be added to the existing UL grant to indicate the n second HARQ processes, or the receiving states of the n second HARQ processes and the first HARQ process.
  • a specific one or more bits may be used in the UL grant after adding the extra bit to indicate that the UL grant after adding the extra bit is used only for scheduling uplink data (for example, It includes only the first feedback information, and is used for both scheduling uplink data and second feedback information. Further, the specific one or more bits are further used to indicate that the UL grant after adding the extra bit only includes the second feedback information.
  • the terminal detects the feedback information in the first downlink channel (for example, the feedback information is detected by using the UL grant), and further, the terminal may be configured according to the indication information included in the feedback information (for example, The status of the feedback information is determined by the indication information included in the UL grant, and the status of the feedback information includes at least one of the following: the feedback information includes the first feedback information and the second feedback information; and the feedback information includes only the first feedback information ( For example, the feedback information includes only scheduling information for uplink data transmission, and does not include a receiving state of the second HARQ process indicated by a bitmap or other form; the feedback information includes only the second feedback information (for example, only includes a bitmap or other form indication) The receiving state of the second HARQ process).
  • the feedback information includes only scheduling information for uplink data transmission, and does not include a receiving state of the second HARQ process indicated by a bitmap or other form
  • the feedback information includes only the second feedback information (for example, only includes a bitmap or other form indication) The receiving state
  • the terminal may detect feedback information in the second downlink channel (for example, detecting feedback information by using a UL grant), and further, the terminal may be configured according to the indication information included in the feedback information (for example, The status of the feedback information is determined by the indication information included in the UL grant.
  • the status of the feedback information may include: the feedback information includes the first feedback information and the second feedback information, and the feedback information includes only the first feedback information. This is especially applicable when the number of bits used by the first feedback information is large, and if the feedback information includes only the second feedback information, the number of redundant bits in the UL grant is increased.
  • the terminal may detect the control information including the second feedback information in the third downlink channel, for example, the control information includes only the receiving state of the second HARQ process indicated by a bitmap or other form, and, for example, the control The information includes not only the receiving status of the second HARQ process indicated by a bitmap or other forms, but also some other control information, such as Transmit Power Control (TPC) information, MCS information, etc., but does not include time domain resource configuration. Information and/or frequency domain resource configuration information.
  • TPC Transmit Power Control
  • MCS information Mobility Control
  • Information and/or frequency domain resource configuration information information.
  • the transmission format used by the downlink control information transmitted in the second downlink channel is different from the transmission format used by the downlink control information transmitted in the third downlink channel. That is, the terminal needs at least two blind detections to detect the feedback information carried in the second downlink channel and the control information including the second feedback information carried in the third downlink channel.
  • the above description also applies to the 5G communication system, although the DCI format carrying the uplink control information may be different from the LTE system, but is applicable to the design of the UL grant in the 5G system.
  • the access network device may only feed back the receiving state and the corresponding time indication information corresponding to the HARQ process to the terminal.
  • FIG. 9B there is shown a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, which is used in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1.
  • the method includes the following steps.
  • Step 901 The terminal sends uplink data through n HARQ processes on n time units.
  • Each time unit corresponds to one HARQ process, and the terminal sends uplink data in each time unit through a corresponding HARQ process.
  • n time units are consecutive in the time domain; or, n time units are discontinuous in the time domain.
  • Step 902 The access network device receives uplink data sent by the terminal through the n HARQ processes on the n time units.
  • the n time units on the access network device side are in one-to-one correspondence with the n time units on the terminal side.
  • step 404 For the description of this step, refer to step 404, and the embodiment is not described herein.
  • Step 903 The access network device sends feedback information on the first time unit.
  • the feedback information includes a receiving state and time indication information of the n HARQ processes, where the time indication information is used to indicate a time unit corresponding to the receiving state of the n HARQ processes, and the n time units are located before the first time unit.
  • the time indication information indicates a time unit corresponding to the receiving state of each uplink HARQ process by using a display indication manner. That is, the feedback information includes information bits corresponding to the time indication information.
  • the time indication information indicates the time unit corresponding to the receiving state of each uplink HARQ process by using an implicit indication manner.
  • the information bit used to indicate the receiving state in the second feedback information may also be used. Indicates time indication information.
  • the time unit corresponding to the receiving state of each uplink HARQ process refers to a time unit for transmitting uplink data by the uplink HARQ process.
  • the feedback information includes a 3-bit receiving state, where the 3-bit receiving state is a receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process with the sequence number 1 in FIG. 4H, and the time unit corresponding to the receiving state is the j-5th time unit.
  • the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process with sequence number 2 the time unit corresponding to the receiving state is the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process of the j-3th time unit and the sequence number 3, and the time unit corresponding to the receiving state is The j-1th time unit.
  • the time indication information in the feedback information indicates a time range corresponding to the n time units.
  • the first type the time indication information includes the time start and time end of the time range.
  • the time range is [j-5, j-1]
  • the time indication information includes (#j-5) time unit and (#j-1) time unit.
  • the time indication information includes the time start and length of time of the time range.
  • the time range is [j-5, j-1]
  • the time indication information includes (#j-5) time units and time lengths of 5 time units.
  • the time indication information includes the time end of the time range and the length of time.
  • the time range is [j-5, j-1]
  • the time indication information includes (#j-1) time unit and time length 5 time units.
  • the time indication information includes the length of time of the time range, and the time start or time end of the time range is pre-configured.
  • the time starting point of the access network device configuring the time range for the terminal is the pth time unit before the first time unit, and p is a positive integer.
  • the time end point of the access network device pre-configuring the time range for the terminal is the qth time unit before the first time unit, and q is a positive integer.
  • p is greater than q.
  • the time end of the time range configured by the access network device for the terminal is a time unit or a first time unit before the first time unit.
  • the time range is [j-5, j-1]
  • the time indication information includes a time length of 5 time units
  • the time end of the time range configured by the access network device for the terminal is the first time.
  • the time range is [j-5, j-1]
  • the time indication information includes the time end point (#j-1), and the time length and reception time of the time range configured by the access network device for the terminal
  • the number of bits of the state is associated, and the length of time is determined from the end of time (#j-1) to determine three time units for uplink data transmission, respectively, time unit (#j-1), time unit (#j-3) and time unit (#j-5), the time range of the time range is 5 time units.
  • both the time start point and the time end point are represented by the first time unit as a reference time unit, and may be represented by the sequence order of the corresponding time unit in actual implementation.
  • the second time unit, the fifth time unit, and the like the present embodiment does not limit the representation of the time start point and the time end point.
  • the length of time is represented by the number of time units.
  • the length of time may also be represented by a duration, such as 1 ms, 2 ms, or the like.
  • the time start of the time range may be the start boundary of a certain time unit included in the time range
  • the time end point of the time range may be the end boundary of a certain time unit included in the time range.
  • the time start or the time end point described as the time range may be simplified as a certain time unit included in the time range.
  • the following two descriptions are equivalent.
  • a description is that the time start of the time range is the start boundary of the time unit that is the earliest in time, and the time end of the time range is the end boundary of the time unit that is the latest in the time range.
  • time start of the time range is the time unit that is the earliest in time
  • time end of the time range is the time unit that is the latest in the time range.
  • the above equivalent description also applies to the case where the time start and time end of the time range are other time units included in the time range.
  • each representation form of the foregoing time indication information it is required to ensure that the number of bits of the reception status in the feedback information is associated with the time length of the time range indicated by the time indication information.
  • the number of bits of the receiving state in the second feedback information is associated with the time length of the time range indicated by the time indication information, so that the terminal can directly determine the correspondence between the receiving state and the time unit, thereby saving the access network device. Signaling overhead.
  • the number of bits of the receiving state in the feedback information may not be associated with the time length of the time range indicated by the time indication information.
  • the number of bits of the receiving state in the second feedback information is 5 bits, and time The time range indicated by the indication information includes 7 time units for uplink data transmission.
  • the terminal cannot directly determine the correspondence between the 7 time units and the 5 bit receiving state, and the access network device needs to send additional signaling to the terminal to notify the terminal to determine the correspondence between the time unit and the receiving state.
  • the manner of the relationship; or, by a preset rule the manner in which the terminal can determine the correspondence between the time unit and the reception state time.
  • the preset rule may be a time unit in the time range indicated by the receiving state corresponding to the time indication information in the two feedback information, for example, in the example, the 5 bit corresponding label is Time unit of 1-5.
  • the time start of the time range is the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units, for example, in FIG. 4H, the time start of the time range is the time unit (#j-5). .
  • the terminal does not need to detect whether the time unit before the start of the time is a time unit for uplink data transmission, which saves resources of the terminal.
  • the time end of the time range is the latest time unit in the time domain of the n time units.
  • the time end of the time range is the time unit (#j-1).
  • the terminal does not need to detect whether the time unit after the time end point is a time unit for uplink data transmission, which saves resources of the terminal.
  • the time length is n The length of time between the earliest time unit in the time domain and the latest time unit in the time domain.
  • the terminal can ensure that the terminal can automatically retransmit the uplink data before Receiving the receiving state corresponding to the uplink data, that is, ensuring the validity of the receiving state received by the terminal.
  • the time range includes a sub-time range, and the length of the sub-time range is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time, and
  • the transmission waiting duration includes the timing duration of the automatic retransmission timer.
  • the time start of the sub-time range is a time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition in the n HARQ processes, and the time end point of the sub-time range is the time unit before the first time unit or the first time unit.
  • the HARQ process that satisfies the preset condition refers to the HARQ process that is the oldest automatic retransmission in the time domain in the n HARQ processes.
  • the time start of the sub-time range in the time range is the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the time length of the sub-time range is less than the time duration of the automatic retransmission timer corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition. In this way, it is ensured that the receiving state of the uplink data is received before the terminal automatically retransmits the uplink data corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the validity of the receiving state is ensured.
  • the time range is described below based on the relationship between the sub-time range and the time range.
  • the time starting point of the time range is the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the time end point is the first time unit.
  • the time start of the sub-time range is the same as the time start of the time range, and the time end of the sub-time range is the same as or different from the time end of the time range.
  • the time starting point of the time range is the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the time end point is a certain time unit before the first time unit.
  • the time start of the sub-time range is the same as the time start of the time range, and the time end of the sub-time range is the same as or different from the time end of the time range.
  • the time starting point of the time range is the time unit before the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the time end point is the first time unit.
  • the time start of the sub-time range is different from the time start of the time range, and the time end of the sub-time range is the same as or different from the time end of the time range.
  • the preset condition is at least one of the following conditions: the corresponding time unit is a HARQ process of the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units; the corresponding automatic retransmission timer The HARQ process with the shortest duration; the timing of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer is greater than the preset length of the HARQ process.
  • the terminal time is the HARQ of the earliest time unit in the time domain in the n time units.
  • the process determines the HARQ process as a preset condition.
  • the terminal determines that the HARQ process with the shortest duration of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer determines that the HARQ process with the shortest duration of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer is the preset in the n HARQ processes, when the timings of the automatic retransmission timers of the respective uplink HARQ processes are not equal.
  • Conditional HARQ process when the timings of the automatic retransmission timers of the respective uplink HARQ processes are not equal.
  • the timing of the automatic retransmission timer corresponding to the f HARQ processes is less than or equal to the preset length, and the value of the f/n is less than the preset threshold, the terminal will be n HARQ processes.
  • the HARQ process in which the timing of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer is greater than the preset length is determined to be a HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  • step 904 the terminal receives the feedback information on the first time unit.
  • the present embodiment carries the receiving state and the time indication information of the n HARQ processes in the feedback information, so that the terminal can determine the HARQ process corresponding to the receiving state according to the time indication information, and does not need to send an additional network device.
  • the signaling notifies the terminal to receive the correspondence between the state and the HARQ process, which saves the signaling overhead of the access network device.
  • the feedback information generated by the access network device includes a receiving state corresponding to the n HARQ processes.
  • the present application provides a bitmap indication and a time unit indication to determine the correspondence between the receiving state and the HARQ process.
  • the manner of determining the correspondence between the receiving state and the HARQ process is not limited to the two modes provided by the present application. It is only necessary to ensure that the length of time between the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process and the first time unit in the n HARQ processes is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time.
  • FIG. 9C there is shown a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, which is used in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1.
  • the method includes the following steps.
  • Step 910 The terminal sends uplink data through n HARQ processes on n time units, where n is a positive integer.
  • Step 920 The access network device receives the uplink data sent by the terminal through the n HARQ processes on the n time units.
  • step 902. This embodiment is not described here.
  • step 930 the access network device sends feedback information on the first time unit.
  • n time units are located before the first time unit.
  • the feedback information includes the reception status of n HARQ processes.
  • the length of time between the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process and the first time unit in the n HARQ processes is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time, and the retransmission waiting time includes the time duration of the automatic retransmission timer.
  • the transmission timer is used to trigger the terminal to retransmit the uplink data that is sent by the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  • the startup time of the automatic retransmission timer is after the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  • step 903. This embodiment is not described here.
  • step 940 the terminal receives the feedback information on the first time unit.
  • step 904. This embodiment is not described herein.
  • the feedback information transmission method provided in this embodiment is configured to set the length of time between the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition in the n HARQ processes and the first time unit is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time. The validity of the receiving status fed back by the access network device is guaranteed.
  • FIG. 10 is a block diagram of a feedback information transmission apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the feedback information transmission device can be implemented as all or part of the terminal 140 or the access network device 120 in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1 by software, hardware or a combination of both.
  • This embodiment is described by taking the terminal 140 as the UE in the LTE system or the 5G system as an example.
  • the access network device 120 is an eNB in the LTE system, or the gNB in the 5G system is taken as an example for description.
  • the feedback information receiving apparatus may include: a transmitting unit 1010 and a receiving unit 1030.
  • the sending unit 1010 is configured to implement the foregoing steps 403, 405, 901, and 910 and the terminal side transmitting function implied in each step.
  • the receiving unit 1020 is configured to implement the functions of the foregoing steps 402, 802, 904, and 940 and the receiving function of the terminal side implied in each step.
  • the receiving unit 1020 can be implemented by a receiver in the terminal; the transmitting unit 1010 can be implemented by a transmitter in the terminal.
  • the feedback information transmission device is implemented as the access network device 120 in the mobile communication system.
  • the sending unit 1010 is configured to implement the foregoing steps 401, 801, 903, and 930 and the sending function of the access network device side implied in each step.
  • the receiving unit 1020 is configured to implement the functions of the foregoing steps 404, 406, 902, and 920 and the receiving function of the access network device side implied in each step.
  • the receiving unit 1020 can be implemented by a receiver in the access network device; the transmitting unit 1010 can be implemented by a transmitter in the access network device.
  • the disclosed apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit may be only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined. Or it can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the field of communications, and discloses a receiving method and a transmitting method of feedback information, an apparatus, and a system. The method comprises: a terminal receives feedback information in a first time unit, wherein the feedback information includes first feedback information and second feedback information transmitted on the same downlink channel; and the terminal transmits, according to the first feedback information, uplink data in a second time unit via a first HARQ process, wherein the second feedback information indicates a receiving state of n second HARQ processes, and the second HARQ process is a HARQ process of the terminal. The present application resolves a problem in which a HARQ feedback mechanism in a current LTE system is not suitable as a feedback mechanism for UL grant free transmission; and enables that upon receiving feedback information, a terminal can obtain a receiving state corresponding to other uplink data, and also obtain a resource required for retransmission of first uplink data or first transmission of second uplink data.

Description

反馈信息接收方法、发送方法、装置及***Feedback information receiving method, transmitting method, device and system
本申请要求于2017年04月18日提交中华人民共和国国家知识产权局、申请号为201710254780.6、申请名称为“反馈信息接收方法、发送方法、装置及***”的中国专利申请的优先权,以及于2017年09月08日提交中华人民共和国国家知识产权局、申请号为201710807400.7、申请名称为“反馈信息接收方法、发送方法、装置及***”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese Patent Application submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office of the People's Republic of China on April 18, 2017, the application number is 201710254780.6, and the application name is “Received Information Receiving Method, Transmission Method, Device and System”, and On September 8, 2017, the National Intellectual Property Office of the People's Republic of China, the application number is 201710807400.7, and the priority of the Chinese patent application entitled "Received Information Receiving Method, Transmission Method, Device and System" is incorporated by reference. In this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,特别涉及一种反馈信息接收方法、发送方法、装置及***。The present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a feedback information receiving method, a transmitting method, an apparatus, and a system.
背景技术Background technique
在混合自动重传(Hybrid Auto Repeat Request,HARQ)机制中,反馈信息是指接入网设备接收到终端发送的上行数据后,向终端反馈的信息。反馈信息用于指示接入网设备是否正确接收到终端发送的上行数据。反馈信息通常包括确认应答(Acknowledgement,ACK)和非确认应答(Non-Acknowledgement,NACK)。其中,ACK用于指示接入网已正确接收到终端发送的上行数据,NACK用于指示接入网设备未正确接收到终端发送的上行数据。有时,反馈信息也包括不连续发送(Discontinuoue Transmission,DTX),当终端发送了上行数据,但接入网设备没有接收到该上行数据时,可以使用DTX进行反馈。In the Hybrid Auto Repeat Request (HARQ) mechanism, the feedback information refers to the information that the access network device feeds back to the terminal after receiving the uplink data sent by the terminal. The feedback information is used to indicate whether the access network device correctly receives the uplink data sent by the terminal. The feedback information usually includes an Acknowledgement (ACK) and a Non-Acknowledgement (NACK). The ACK is used to indicate that the access network has correctly received the uplink data sent by the terminal, and the NACK is used to indicate that the access network device does not correctly receive the uplink data sent by the terminal. Sometimes, the feedback information also includes discontinuous transmission (DTX). When the terminal sends uplink data, but the access network device does not receive the uplink data, DTX can be used for feedback.
在长期演进技术(Long Term Evolution,LTE)***中,从终端发送上行数据至终端接收到反馈信息的过程大概包括如下步骤:终端向接入网设备发送调度请求(Scheduling Request,SR);接入网设备根据SR向终端发送第一上行调度许可(Uplink Grant,UL grant);终端接收第一UL grant,并根据第一UL grant中的控制信息向接入网设备传输上行数据;接入网设备在接收到终端发送的上行数据后,通过物理混合自动重传指示信道(Physical Hybrid-ARQ Indicator Channel,PHICH)向终端反馈ACK,终端初步确认接入网设备已正确接收该上行数据(ACK可以占用一个比特,存在识别错误的可能);在终端还存在待发送的数据时,接入网设备继续向终端发送第二UL grant,当第二UL grant用于指示传输新数据时,终端根据已收到的ACK和第二UL grant再次确定接入网设备已正确接收该上行数据,并根据第二UL grant向接入网设备继续发送其它上行数据。In the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, the process of transmitting uplink data from a terminal to receiving feedback information by the terminal includes the following steps: the terminal sends a scheduling request (SR) to the access network device; The network device sends a first uplink scheduling grant (UL grant) to the terminal according to the SR; the terminal receives the first UL grant, and transmits uplink data to the access network device according to the control information in the first UL grant; the access network device After receiving the uplink data sent by the terminal, the GPRS is fed back to the terminal by the Physical Hybrid-ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH), and the terminal initially confirms that the access network device has correctly received the uplink data (the ACK can be occupied. One bit, there is a possibility of identifying an error); when the terminal still has data to be transmitted, the access network device continues to send a second UL grant to the terminal, and when the second UL grant is used to indicate that new data is transmitted, the terminal receives the data according to The ACK and the second UL grant determine again that the access network device has correctly received the uplink data, and according to the second UL gr Ant continues to send other uplink data to the access network device.
由于在LTE***中,上行数据的整个传输过程较长,如果按照传输时间间隔(Transmission Time Interval,TTI)来统计,通常需要12*TTI+0.5*(N*TTI)的传输时延,其中,N*TTI是SR的传输周期。但在第五代移动通信技术(the 5th generation mobile communication,5G)***中的超可靠低时延通信(Ultra-Reliability Low Latency Communication,URLLC)终端对时延要求较高,LTE中上行数据的传输时延无法满足URLLC终端的时延要求,因此在5G***中的URLLC终端可以通过无上行调度许可(Uplink grant free,UL grant free)传输向接入网设备发送上行数据。UL grant free传输是指终端不需要等待接入网设备通过UL grant分配的上行传输资源,终端在预设的资源中自行选择上 行传输资源即可发送上行数据,极大地降低了上行数据的传输时延。由于在UL grant free传输中,接入网设备在大部分情况例如对于初传数据,都不需要向终端发送UL grant,因此,目前LTE***中HARQ反馈机制不适合作为UL grant free传输的反馈机制。In the LTE system, the entire transmission process of the uplink data is long. If the statistics are based on the Transmission Time Interval (TTI), a transmission delay of 12*TTI+0.5*(N*TTI) is usually required. N*TTI is the transmission period of the SR. However, Ultra-Reliability Low Latency Communication (URLLC) terminals in the 5th generation mobile communication (5G) system have higher delay requirements and uplink data transmission in LTE. The delay can not meet the delay requirement of the URLLC terminal. Therefore, the URLLC terminal in the 5G system can send uplink data to the access network device by using an uplink grant free (UL grant free) transmission. The UL grant free transmission refers to the uplink transmission resource that the terminal does not need to wait for the access network device to allocate through the UL grant. The terminal can select the uplink transmission resource in the preset resource to send the uplink data, which greatly reduces the transmission of the uplink data. Delay. In the UL grant free transmission, the access network device does not need to send the UL grant to the terminal in most cases, for example, for the initial transmission data. Therefore, the current HARQ feedback mechanism in the LTE system is not suitable as a feedback mechanism for the UL grant free transmission. .
发明内容Summary of the invention
为了解决目前LTE***中HARQ反馈机制不适合作为UL grant free传输的反馈机制的问题,本申请实施例提供了一种反馈信息接收方法、发送方法、装置及***。In order to solve the problem that the HARQ feedback mechanism in the LTE system is not suitable as the feedback mechanism of the UL grant free transmission, the embodiment of the present application provides a feedback information receiving method, a sending method, a device, and a system.
第一方面,提供了一种反馈信息接收方法,该方法包括:终端在第一时间单元上接收反馈信息,该反馈信息包括通过同一下行信道发送的第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息;终端根据该第一反馈信息,在第二时间单元上通过第一HARQ进程发送上行数据。其中,第二反馈信息为n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态,第二HARQ进程为终端的HARQ进程,n为正整数,第二时间单元位于第一时间单元之后。The first aspect provides a method for receiving feedback information, where the method includes: receiving, by the terminal, feedback information, where the feedback information includes first feedback information and second feedback information that are sent by using the same downlink channel; The first feedback information is sent by the first HARQ process on the second time unit. The second feedback information is a receiving state of the n second HARQ processes, the second HARQ process is a HARQ process of the terminal, n is a positive integer, and the second time unit is located after the first time unit.
通过接入网设备将第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息联合发送至终端,使得终端接收到反馈信息后,既可以获知其它上行数据对应的接收状态,又能够获知重传第一上行数据或初传第二上行数据所需的资源;无需接入网设备将第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息分别发送至终端,从而使得终端只需要在接收反馈信息进行一次盲检,而不需要对第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息分别进行盲检,减少了终端盲检的次数。同时,由于第二反馈信息包括n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态,因此,即使终端设备在接收包括第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息的反馈信息之前,漏检了第二HARQ进程对应的反馈信息,也可以通过包括第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息的反馈信息,确定第二HARQ进程对应的反馈信息,从而增加了第二HARQ进程反馈信息的鲁棒性,特别适用于对于传输可靠性有高要求的传输业务,例如URLLC。The first feedback information and the second feedback information are jointly sent to the terminal by the access network device, so that after receiving the feedback information, the terminal can learn the receiving state corresponding to the other uplink data, and can learn to retransmit the first uplink data or the initial data. Transmitting the resources required for the second uplink data; the first feedback information and the second feedback information are separately sent to the terminal without the access network device, so that the terminal only needs to receive the feedback information for a blind check, and does not need to be the first The feedback information and the second feedback information are separately subjected to blind detection, which reduces the number of blind detections of the terminal. Meanwhile, since the second feedback information includes the reception status of the n second HARQ processes, the terminal device misses the feedback corresponding to the second HARQ process even before receiving the feedback information including the first feedback information and the second feedback information. The information may also be used to determine the feedback information corresponding to the second HARQ process by using the feedback information including the first feedback information and the second feedback information, thereby increasing the robustness of the second HARQ process feedback information, and is particularly suitable for transmission reliability. There are highly demanding transport services, such as URLLC.
在第一方面的第一种实现中,终端在第一时间单元上接收反馈信息之前,还包括:终端在第三时间单元上通过第一HARQ进程发送第一上行数据;第三时间单元位于第一时间单元之前。In a first implementation of the first aspect, before receiving the feedback information on the first time unit, the terminal further includes: the terminal sending, by using the first HARQ process, the first uplink data on the third time unit; Before a time unit.
当接入网设备与终端之间通过UL grant free传输上行数据时,终端自行选择上行传输资源通过第一HARQ进程来传输第一上行数据,此时,接入网设备接收到该第一上行数据后,通过发送反馈信息,使得终端能够获知初传第二上行数据或者重传该第一上行数据的调度信息;无需接入网设备预先发送该调度信息例如UL grant,满足了UL grant free的传输场景。When the access network device and the terminal transmit the uplink data through the UL grant free, the terminal selects the uplink transmission resource to transmit the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process. At this time, the access network device receives the first uplink data. After the feedback information is sent, the terminal can learn the first uplink data or retransmit the scheduling information of the first uplink data. The access network device does not need to send the scheduling information, such as a UL grant, to meet the UL grant free transmission. Scenes.
结合第一方面的第一种实现,在第一方面的第二种实现中,终端根据第一反馈信息,在第二时间单元上通过第一HARQ进程发送上行数据,包括:终端根据第一反馈信息,在第二时间单元上通过第一HARQ进程重传第一上行数据;或者,终端根据第一反馈信息,在第二时间单元上通过第一HARQ进程初传第二上行数据;其中,通过第一HARQ进程发送的上行数据包括第一上行数据和/或第二上行数据。With reference to the first implementation of the first aspect, in a second implementation of the first aspect, the terminal sends the uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit according to the first feedback information, including: the terminal according to the first feedback Transmitting, by the first HARQ process, the first uplink data on the second time unit; or, the terminal first transmitting the second uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit according to the first feedback information; The uplink data sent by the first HARQ process includes first uplink data and/or second uplink data.
第一反馈信息既能够供终端重传第一上行数据,又能够供终端初传第二上行数据;使得接入网设备无需在终端发送第一上行数据之前,预先发送UL grant,满足了UL grant free的传输场景。The first feedback information can be used for the terminal to retransmit the first uplink data and the second uplink data for the terminal, so that the access network device does not need to send the UL grant before the terminal sends the first uplink data, and the UL grant is satisfied. Free transmission scenario.
结合第一方面的第一种实现或第二种实现,在第一方面的第三种实现中,接收状态包括确认接收状态ACK和非确认接收状态NACK;第二反馈信息还用于指示第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态;当第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态为确认接收状态时,第一反馈信息 用于调度终端通过第一HARQ进程在第二时间单元上初传第二上行数据;当第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态为非确认接收状态时,第一反馈信息用于调度终端通过第一HARQ进程在第二时间单元上重传第一上行数据。In conjunction with the first implementation or the second implementation of the first aspect, in a third implementation of the first aspect, the receiving state includes an acknowledgement receiving state ACK and a non-acknowledging receiving state NACK; the second feedback information is further used to indicate the first The receiving state corresponding to the HARQ process; when the receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process is the acknowledgment receiving state, the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to initially transmit the second uplink data in the second time unit by using the first HARQ process; When the receiving state corresponding to the HARQ process is the non-acknowledgment receiving state, the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to retransmit the first uplink data on the second time unit by using the first HARQ process.
通过在第二反馈信息中携带第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态,使得终端能够根据第二反馈信息中的接收状态,确定出第一反馈信息是用于调度通过第一HARQ进程重传第一上行数据,还是用于调度通过第一HARQ进程初传第二上行数据;而无需在第二反馈信息中携带重传或初传的指示,减少了第二反馈信息的信息长度。The second feedback information is used to carry the receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process, so that the terminal can determine, according to the receiving state in the second feedback information, that the first feedback information is used to schedule retransmission of the first uplink by using the first HARQ process. The data is used to schedule the first uplink data to be transmitted through the first HARQ process; and the second feedback information does not need to carry the retransmission or the initial transmission indication, and the information length of the second feedback information is reduced.
结合第一方面、或者第一方面的第一种实现至第三种实现中的任意一种实现,在第一方面的第四种实现中,第一反馈信息还用于调度终端通过n个第二HARQ进程中的m个第二HARQ进程发送上行数据,1≤m≤n,m为整数。With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the first implementation to the third implementation of the first aspect, in a fourth implementation of the first aspect, the first feedback information is further used to schedule the terminal to pass the n The m second HARQ processes in the two HARQ processes send uplink data, 1 ≤ m ≤ n, and m is an integer.
通过调度n个第二HARQ进程中的m个第二HARQ进程发送上行数据,使得接入网设备能够根据当前的负载、信道状况、网络状况等因素,动态配置m个第二HARQ进程对应的上行传输资源,提高了终端通过第二HARQ进程传输其它上行数据的成功率。同时通过第一反馈信息调度m个第二HARQ进程发送上行数据,还可以降低调度该上行数据的控制信令开销。The uplink data is sent by scheduling the m second HARQ processes in the n second HARQ processes, so that the access network device can dynamically configure the uplink corresponding to the m second HARQ processes according to factors such as the current load, the channel status, and the network status. The transmission resource improves the success rate of the terminal transmitting other uplink data through the second HARQ process. At the same time, the first feedback information is used to schedule the m second HARQ processes to send the uplink data, and the control signaling overhead for scheduling the uplink data may also be reduced.
结合第一方面的第四种实现,在第一方面的第五种实现中,第一反馈信息用于调度终端通过s个第二HARQ进程重传对应的其它上行数据;和/或,第一反馈信息用于调度终端通过m-s个第二HARQ进程初传对应的其它上行数据;其中,s为不小于零的整数,且s≤m。With reference to the fourth implementation of the first aspect, in a fifth implementation of the first aspect, the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to retransmit the corresponding other uplink data by using the s second HARQ processes; and/or, the first The feedback information is used to schedule other uplink data corresponding to the initial transmission of the terminal by the ms second HARQ processes; where s is an integer not less than zero, and s ≤ m.
结合第一方面的第四种实现,在第一方面的第五种实现中,该方法还包括:终端接收配置信息,该配置信息用于指示终端在下行信道上接收第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息。With reference to the fourth implementation of the first aspect, in a fifth implementation of the first aspect, the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal, configuration information, where the configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal receives the first feedback information and the second channel on the downlink channel. Feedback.
通过由接入网设备动态配置终端接收第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息的方式,使得接入网设备既可以同时发送第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息;又可以分别独立发送第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息,提高了接入网设备发送反馈信息的灵活性。The access network device can simultaneously send the first feedback information and the second feedback information by using the manner that the access network device dynamically configures the terminal to receive the first feedback information and the second feedback information, and can separately send the first feedback information separately. And the second feedback information improves the flexibility of the access network device to send feedback information.
结合第一方面、或第一方面第一种实现至第四种实现中的任意一种,在第一方面的第五种实现中,第二反馈信息采用位图的形式表示。In conjunction with the first aspect, or any one of the first implementation to the fourth implementation of the first aspect, in a fifth implementation of the first aspect, the second feedback information is represented in the form of a bitmap.
由于位图包括预设位数,每一位用于指示对应的上行HARQ进程所对应的接收状态,因此,第二反馈信息无需携带每个上行HARQ进程的进程号,就能够使得终端获知第二反馈信息中的接收状态与上行HARQ进程之间的对应关系,减少了第二反馈信息的信息长度。同时,通过位图的指示方式,可以让接入网设备和终端对上行数据的接收状态有一致的理解,不会受接入网设备由于漏检测终端发送的上行数据而导致反馈的接收状态不准确的影响。Since the bitmap includes the preset number of bits, each bit is used to indicate the receiving state corresponding to the corresponding uplink HARQ process. Therefore, the second feedback information does not need to carry the process number of each uplink HARQ process, so that the terminal can learn the second. The correspondence between the receiving state and the uplink HARQ process in the feedback information reduces the information length of the second feedback information. At the same time, through the indication mode of the bitmap, the access network device and the terminal can have a consistent understanding of the receiving state of the uplink data, and the receiving state of the feedback is not caused by the uplink data sent by the access network device due to the leak detection terminal. The exact impact.
可选地,第二反馈信息还包括时间指示信息,时间指示信息用于指示n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元。Optionally, the second feedback information further includes time indication information, where the time indication information is used to indicate a time unit corresponding to a receiving state of the n second HARQ processes.
通过在第二反馈信息中携带之间时间指示信息,使得终端能够根据时间指示信息与接收状态之间的对应关系,确定出接收状态与HARQ进程之间的对应关系,保证了终端确定每个HARQ进程对应的接收状态的准确性。By carrying the time indication information between the second feedback information, the terminal can determine the correspondence between the receiving state and the HARQ process according to the correspondence between the time indication information and the receiving state, and ensure that the terminal determines each HARQ. The accuracy of the receiving status corresponding to the process.
可选地,时间指示信息指示包括n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元的时间范围。Optionally, the time indication information indicates a time range of a time unit corresponding to a reception state of the n second HARQ processes.
可选地,时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间起点和时间终点;或者,时间指示信息包 括时间范围的时间起点和时间长度;或者,时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间终点和时间长度;或者,时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间长度,时间范围的时间起点或时间终点是预配置的;或者,时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间起点或时间终点,时间范围的时间长度是预配置的。Optionally, the time indication information includes a time start point and a time end point of the time range; or the time indication information includes a time start time and a time length of the time range; or the time indication information includes a time end point and a time length of the time range; or, the time The indication information includes the length of time of the time range, and the time start or time end of the time range is pre-configured; or, the time indication information includes a time start or a time end of the time range, and the time length of the time range is pre-configured.
可选地,时间起点是n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元;和/或,时间终点是n个时间单元中在时域上最晚的时间单元;和/或,时间长度是n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元至在时域上最晚的时间单元之间的时长。Optionally, the time start point is the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units; and/or, the time end point is the latest time unit in the time domain among the n time units; and/or, the time length is The length of time between the earliest time unit in the time domain and the latest time unit in the time domain among the n time units.
通过将时间起点设置为n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元,和/或,将时间终点设置为n个时间单元中在时域上最晚的时间单元,避免了时间指示信息指示了冗余的时间单元,节省了接入网设备的信令开销。The time indication information indication is avoided by setting the time start point to the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units, and/or setting the time end point to the latest time unit in the time domain among the n time units. The redundant time unit saves the signaling overhead of the access network device.
可选地,时间长度与n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的比特数相关联。Optionally, the length of time is associated with the number of bits corresponding to the received states of the n second HARQ processes.
通过将时间长度与n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的比特数相关联,使得接入网设备无需额外的信令指示时间范围的时间长度,节省了接入网设备的信令开销。By associating the length of time with the number of bits corresponding to the receiving state of the n second HARQ processes, the access network device does not need additional signaling to indicate the time length of the time range, which saves the signaling overhead of the access network device.
可选地,时间范围包括子时间范围,子时间范围的时间起点为n个第二HARQ进程中满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程对应的时间单元,子时间范围的时间终点为第一时间单元或第一时间单元之前的时间单元,Optionally, the time range includes a sub-time range, where the time start of the sub-time range is a time unit corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition in the n second HARQ processes, and the time end point of the sub-time range is the first time unit Or the time unit before the first time unit,
子时间范围的时间长度小于或等于重传等待时长,重传等待时长包括自动重传定时器的定时时长,自动重传定时器用于触发终端重传通过满足预设条件的HARQ进程发送的上行数据,自动重传定时器的启动时刻位于满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元之后。The length of the sub-time range is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time. The retransmission waiting time includes the timing of the automatic retransmission timer. The automatic retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal to retransmit the uplink data sent by the HARQ process that meets the preset condition. The start time of the automatic retransmission timer is after the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
通过设置子时间范围的时间长度小于或等于重传等待时长,使得在终端自动重传上行数据之前接收到该上行数据的接收状态,保证了接入网设备反馈的接收状态的有效性。By setting the length of the sub-time range to be less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time, the receiving state of the uplink data is received before the terminal automatically retransmits the uplink data, thereby ensuring the validity of the receiving state fed back by the access network device.
可选地,重传等待时长还包括反馈时延,其中,反馈时延为终端通过满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程发送上行数据的时刻至接收到满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程的接收状态的时刻之间间隔的时长。Optionally, the retransmission waiting time further includes a feedback delay, where the feedback delay is a time when the terminal sends the uplink data by using the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and receives the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition. The length of time between the moments of the state.
可选地,预设条件为以下条件中的至少一种:Optionally, the preset condition is at least one of the following conditions:
对应的时间单元为n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元的第二HARQ进程;The corresponding time unit is a second HARQ process of the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units;
对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长最短的第二HARQ进程;The second HARQ process with the shortest duration of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer;
对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长大于预设长度的第二HARQ进程;Corresponding automatic retransmission timer has a timing duration greater than a preset length of the second HARQ process;
在时域上最早重传上行数据的HARQ进程。The HARQ process that retransmits the upstream data at the earliest in the time domain.
可选地,n大于或等于2。Alternatively, n is greater than or equal to two.
第二方面,提供了一种反馈信息接收方法,该方法包括:终端在n个时间单元上通过n个混合自动重传HARQ进程发送上行数据,n为正整数;终端在第一时间单元上接收反馈信息,反馈信息包括n个HARQ进程的接收状态和时间指示信息,时间指示信息用于指示n个HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元,n个时间单元位于第一时间单元之前。In a second aspect, a method for receiving feedback information is provided. The method includes: the terminal sends uplink data by n hybrid automatic retransmission HARQ processes on n time units, where n is a positive integer; the terminal receives on the first time unit. The feedback information includes a receiving state and time indication information of the n HARQ processes, where the time indication information is used to indicate a time unit corresponding to the receiving state of the n HARQ processes, and the n time units are located before the first time unit.
可选地,时间指示信息指示包括n个时间单元对应的时间范围。Optionally, the time indication information indicates a time range corresponding to the n time units.
可选地,时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间起点和时间终点;或者,时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间起点和时间长度;或者,时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间终点和时间长度;或者,时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间长度,时间范围的时间起点或时间终点是预配置的;或者,时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间起点或时间终点,时间范围的时间长 度是预配置的。Optionally, the time indication information includes a time start point and a time end point of the time range; or the time indication information includes a time start time and a time length of the time range; or the time indication information includes a time end point and a time length of the time range; or, the time The indication information includes the length of time of the time range, and the time start or time end of the time range is pre-configured; or, the time indication information includes a time start or a time end of the time range, and the time length of the time range is pre-configured.
可选地,时间起点是n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元;和/或,时间终点是n个时间单元中在时域上最晚的时间单元;和/或,时间长度是n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元至在时域上最晚的时间单元之间的时长。Optionally, the time start point is the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units; and/or, the time end point is the latest time unit in the time domain among the n time units; and/or, the time length is The length of time between the earliest time unit in the time domain and the latest time unit in the time domain among the n time units.
可选地,时间长度与n个HARQ进程的接收状态对应的比特数相关联。Optionally, the length of time is associated with the number of bits corresponding to the received state of the n HARQ processes.
可选地,时间范围包括子时间范围,子时间范围的时间起点为n个HARQ进程中满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元,子时间范围的时间终点为第一时间单元或第一时间单元之前的时间单元,Optionally, the time range includes a sub-time range, where the time start of the sub-time range is a time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition in the n HARQ processes, and the time end point of the sub-time range is the first time unit or the first time The time unit before the unit,
子时间范围的时间长度小于或等于重传等待时长,重传等待时长包括自动重传定时器的定时时长,自动重传定时器用于触发终端重传通过满足预设条件的HARQ进程发送的上行数据,自动重传定时器的启动时刻位于满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元之后。The length of the sub-time range is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time. The retransmission waiting time includes the timing of the automatic retransmission timer. The automatic retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal to retransmit the uplink data sent by the HARQ process that meets the preset condition. The start time of the automatic retransmission timer is after the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
可选地,重传等待时长还包括反馈时延,其中,反馈时延为终端通过满足预设条件的HARQ进程发送上行数据的时刻至接收到满足预设条件的HARQ进程的接收状态的时刻之间间隔的时长。Optionally, the retransmission waiting time further includes a feedback delay, where the feedback delay is a time when the terminal sends the uplink data by the HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and receives the receiving state of the HARQ process that meets the preset condition. The length of the interval.
可选地,预设条件为以下条件中的至少一种:对应的时间单元为n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元的HARQ进程;对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长最短的HARQ进程;对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长大于预设长度的HARQ进程;在时域上最早重传上行数据的HARQ进程。Optionally, the preset condition is at least one of the following conditions: the corresponding time unit is a HARQ process of the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units; the timing of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer is the shortest The HARQ process; the HARQ process of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer is greater than the preset length of the HARQ process; and the HARQ process of the uplink data is retransmitted at the earliest in the time domain.
可选地,n大于或等于2。Alternatively, n is greater than or equal to two.
可选地,反馈信息包括第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息,第一反馈信息用于指示终端在第二时间单元上通过第一HARQ进程发送上行数据,第二反馈信息包括n个HARQ进程的接收状态和时间指示信息。Optionally, the feedback information includes the first feedback information and the second feedback information, where the first feedback information is used to indicate that the terminal sends the uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit, where the second feedback information includes the n HARQ processes. Receive status and time indication information.
上述本申请实施例第二方面所获得的技术效果与第一方面中对应的技术手段获得的技术效果近似,在这里不再赘述。The technical effects obtained by the second aspect of the embodiment of the present application are similar to those obtained by the corresponding technical means in the first aspect, and are not described herein again.
第三方面,提供了一种反馈信息接收方法,该方法包括:终端在n个时间单元上通过n个混合自动重传HARQ进程发送上行数据,n为正整数;终端在第一时间单元上接收反馈信息,反馈信息包括n个HARQ进程的接收状态,n个HARQ进程中满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元与第一时间单元之间的时间长度小于或等于重传等待时长,重传等待时长包括自动重传定时器的定时时长,自动重传定时器用于触发终端重传通过满足预设条件的HARQ进程发送的上行数据。In a third aspect, a method for receiving feedback information is provided. The method includes: the terminal sends uplink data by n hybrid automatic retransmission HARQ processes on n time units, where n is a positive integer; the terminal receives on the first time unit. The feedback information includes the receiving state of the n HARQ processes, and the length of time between the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process and the first time unit in the n HARQ processes is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time, and the retransmission is performed. The waiting duration includes the timing of the automatic retransmission timer, and the automatic retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal to retransmit the uplink data sent by the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
上述本申请实施例第三方面所获得的技术效果与第二方面中对应的技术手段获得的技术效果近似,在这里不再赘述。The technical effects obtained by the third aspect of the embodiment of the present application are similar to those obtained by the corresponding technical means in the second aspect, and are not described herein again.
第四方面,提供了一种反馈信息接收方法,该方法包括:接入网设备在第一时间单元上发送反馈信息,反馈信息包括通过同一下行信道第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息,第一反馈信息用于调度终端通过第一HARQ进程发送上行数据;第二反馈信息为n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态,第二HARQ进程为终端的HARQ进程,n为正整数;接入网设备在第二时间单元上,接收终端通过第一HARQ进程发送的上行数据;第二时间单元位于第一时间单元之后。A fourth aspect provides a method for receiving feedback information, where the method includes: the access network device sends feedback information on the first time unit, where the feedback information includes the first feedback information and the second feedback information through the same downlink channel, where The feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to send uplink data by using the first HARQ process; the second feedback information is the receiving state of the n second HARQ processes, the second HARQ process is the HARQ process of the terminal, and n is a positive integer; the access network device is The second time unit receives the uplink data sent by the terminal through the first HARQ process; the second time unit is located after the first time unit.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第一种实现中,接入网设备在第一时间单元上发送反馈 信息之前,还包括:接入网设备在第三时间单元上,接收终端通过第一HARQ进程发送的第一上行数据;第三时间单元位于第一时间单元之前。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a first implementation of the fourth aspect, before the access network device sends the feedback information on the first time unit, the method further includes: the access network device is on the third time unit, and the receiving terminal passes the first The first uplink data sent by the HARQ process; the third time unit is located before the first time unit.
结合第四方面的第一种实现,在第四方面的第二种实现中,接入网设备在第二时间单元上,接收终端通过第一HARQ进程发送的上行数据,包括:接入网设备在第二时间单元上,接收终端通过第一HARQ进程重传第一上行数据;或者,接入网设备在第二时间单元上,接收终端通过第一HARQ进程初传第二上行数据;其中,通过第一HARQ进程发送的上行数据包括第一上行数据和/或第二上行数据。With reference to the first implementation of the fourth aspect, in a second implementation of the fourth aspect, the access network device, on the second time unit, receives the uplink data sent by the terminal by using the first HARQ process, including: the access network device On the second time unit, the receiving terminal retransmits the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process; or the access network device sends the second uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit; The uplink data sent by the first HARQ process includes first uplink data and/or second uplink data.
结合第四方面的第一种实现或第二种实现,在第四方面的第三种实现中,接收状态包括确认接收状态ACK和非确认接收状态NACK;第二反馈信息还用于指示第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态;当第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态为确认接收状态时,第一反馈信息用于调度终端通过第一HARQ进程在第二时间单元上初传第二上行数据;当第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态为非确认接收状态时,第一反馈信息用于调度终端通过第一HARQ进程在第二时间单元上重传第一上行数据。With reference to the first implementation or the second implementation of the fourth aspect, in a third implementation of the fourth aspect, the receiving state includes the acknowledgement receiving state ACK and the non-acknowledging receiving state NACK; the second feedback information is further used to indicate the first The receiving state corresponding to the HARQ process; when the receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process is the acknowledgment receiving state, the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to initially transmit the second uplink data in the second time unit by using the first HARQ process; When the receiving state corresponding to the HARQ process is the non-acknowledgment receiving state, the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to retransmit the first uplink data on the second time unit by using the first HARQ process.
结合第四方面、或第四方面的第一种实现至第三种实现中的任意一种,在第四方面的第四种实现中,第一反馈信息还用于调度终端通过n个第二HARQ进程中的m个第二HARQ进程发送第二上行数据,1≤m≤n,m为整数。With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the first implementation to the third implementation of the fourth aspect, in a fourth implementation of the fourth aspect, the first feedback information is further used to schedule the terminal to pass the n second The m second HARQ processes in the HARQ process send the second uplink data, 1≤m≤n, and m is an integer.
结合第四方面的第四种实现,在第四方面的第五种实现中,第一反馈信息用于调度终端通过s个第二HARQ进程重传对应的其它上行数据;和/或,第一反馈信息用于调度终端通过m-s个第二HARQ进程初传对应的其它上行数据;其中,s为不小于零的整数,且s≤m。With reference to the fourth implementation of the fourth aspect, in a fifth implementation of the fourth aspect, the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to retransmit the corresponding other uplink data by using the s second HARQ processes; and/or, the first The feedback information is used to schedule other uplink data corresponding to the initial transmission of the terminal by the ms second HARQ processes; where s is an integer not less than zero, and s ≤ m.
结合第四方面、或第四方面的第一种实现至第五种实现中的任意一种,在第四方面的第六种实现中,该方法还包括:接入网设备发送配置信息,该配置信息用于指示终端在下行信道上接收第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the first implementation to the fifth implementation of the fourth aspect, in a sixth implementation of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: the access network device sends configuration information, The configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal receives the first feedback information and the second feedback information on the downlink channel.
结合第四方面、或第四方面的第一种实现至第六种实现中的任意一种,在第四方面的第七种实现中,第二反馈信息采用位图的形式表示。In conjunction with the fourth aspect, or any one of the first implementation to the sixth implementation of the fourth aspect, in a seventh implementation of the fourth aspect, the second feedback information is represented in the form of a bitmap.
上述本申请实施例第四方面所获得的技术效果与第一方面中对应的技术手段获得的技术效果近似,在这里不再赘述。The technical effects obtained by the fourth aspect of the present application are similar to those obtained by the corresponding technical means in the first aspect, and are not described herein again.
结合第一方面或第四方面或任意一种可能的实现方式,n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态,包括:终端通过第二HARQ进程发送其它上行数据时的接收状态,和/或,终端未通过第二HARQ进程发送其它上行数据时的默认接收状态。With reference to the first aspect, the fourth aspect, or any one of the possible implementation manners, the receiving state of the n second HARQ processes includes: a receiving state when the terminal sends other uplink data by using the second HARQ process, and/or, the terminal does not The default reception status when other uplink data is transmitted through the second HARQ process.
结合第一方面或第四方面或任意一种可能的实现方式,终端支持的上行HARQ进程的最大值为n+1;或者,终端支持的用于辅助UL grant free传输的上行HARQ进程的最大值为n+1。With reference to the first aspect or the fourth aspect, or any possible implementation manner, the maximum value of the uplink HARQ process supported by the terminal is n+1; or the maximum value of the uplink HARQ process supported by the terminal for assisting the UL grant free transmission. Is n+1.
结合第一方面或第四方面或任意一种可能的实现方式,第一反馈信息包括时域资源配置信息和/或频域资源配置信息。The first feedback information includes time domain resource configuration information and/or frequency domain resource configuration information.
结合第一方面或第四方面或任意一种可能的实现方式,第三时间单元和第一时间单元之间的时间间隔、第二时间单元和第一时间之间的时间间隔是预定义的,或由接入网设备预配置的,或由接入网设备动态通知的。In combination with the first aspect or the fourth aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners, the time interval between the third time unit and the first time unit, the time interval between the second time unit and the first time are predefined, Or pre-configured by the access network device, or dynamically notified by the access network device.
结合第一方面或第四方面或任意一种可能的实现方式,第三时间单元、第二时间单元 和第一时间单元所在的频段是免许可频段,第三时间单元、第二时间单元是一次传输机会TxOP中的上行持续时间中所包括的时间单元。第三时间单元可以属于相同的TxOP,也可以属于不同的TxOP。With reference to the first aspect or the fourth aspect, or any one of the possible implementation manners, the frequency band in which the third time unit, the second time unit, and the first time unit are located is an unlicensed frequency band, and the third time unit and the second time unit are once The time unit included in the uplink duration in the transmission opportunity TxOP. The third time unit may belong to the same TxOP or may belong to a different TxOP.
可选地,第二反馈信息还包括时间指示信息,时间指示信息用于指示n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元。Optionally, the second feedback information further includes time indication information, where the time indication information is used to indicate a time unit corresponding to a receiving state of the n second HARQ processes.
可选地,接入网设备在第一时间单元上发送反馈信息之前,还包括:Optionally, before the sending network device sends the feedback information on the first time unit, the access network device further includes:
接入网设备在n个时间单元上接收终端通过n个第二HARQ进程发送的上行数据,n个时间单元在时域上均位于第一时间单元之前。The access network device receives the uplink data sent by the terminal through the n second HARQ processes on the n time units, and the n time units are located before the first time unit in the time domain.
可选地,第二反馈信息还用于指示第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态,时间指示信息还用于指示第一HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元。Optionally, the second feedback information is further used to indicate a receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process, and the time indication information is further used to indicate a time unit corresponding to the receiving state of the first HARQ process.
可选地,时间指示信息指示包括n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元的时间范围。Optionally, the time indication information indicates a time range of a time unit corresponding to a reception state of the n second HARQ processes.
可选地,时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间起点和时间终点;或者,Optionally, the time indication information includes a time start point and a time end point of the time range; or,
时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间起点和时间长度;或者,The time indication information includes the time start and length of time of the time range; or,
时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间终点和时间长度;或者,The time indication information includes the time end of the time range and the length of time; or,
时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间长度,时间范围的时间起点或时间终点是预配置的;或者,The time indication information includes the length of time of the time range, and the time start or time end of the time range is pre-configured; or,
时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间起点或时间终点,时间范围的时间长度是预配置的。The time indication information includes a time start or a time end of the time range, and the time length of the time range is pre-configured.
可选地,时间起点是n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元;和/或,Optionally, the time start is the earliest time unit in the time domain of the n time units; and/or,
时间终点是n个时间单元中在时域上最晚的时间单元;和/或,The end of time is the latest time unit in the time domain of n time units; and/or,
时间长度是n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元至在时域上最晚的时间单元之间的时长。The length of time is the length of time between the earliest time unit in the time domain and the latest time unit in the time domain in n time units.
可选地,时间长度与n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的比特数相关联。Optionally, the length of time is associated with the number of bits corresponding to the received states of the n second HARQ processes.
可选地,时间范围包括子时间范围,子时间范围的时间起点为n个第二HARQ进程中满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程对应的时间单元,子时间范围的时间终点为第一时间单元或第一时间单元之前的时间单元,Optionally, the time range includes a sub-time range, where the time start of the sub-time range is a time unit corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition in the n second HARQ processes, and the time end point of the sub-time range is the first time unit Or the time unit before the first time unit,
子时间范围的时间长度小于或等于重传等待时长,重传等待时长包括自动重传定时器的定时时长,自动重传定时器用于触发终端重传通过满足预设条件的HARQ进程发送的上行数据,自动重传定时器的启动时刻位于满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元之后。The length of the sub-time range is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time. The retransmission waiting time includes the timing of the automatic retransmission timer. The automatic retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal to retransmit the uplink data sent by the HARQ process that meets the preset condition. The start time of the automatic retransmission timer is after the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
可选地,重传等待时长还包括反馈时延,其中,反馈时延为终端通过满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程发送上行数据的时刻至接收到满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程的接收状态的时刻之间间隔的时长。Optionally, the retransmission waiting time further includes a feedback delay, where the feedback delay is a time when the terminal sends the uplink data by using the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and receives the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition. The length of time between the moments of the state.
可选地,预设条件为以下条件中的至少一种:Optionally, the preset condition is at least one of the following conditions:
对应的时间单元为n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元的第二HARQ进程;The corresponding time unit is a second HARQ process of the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units;
对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长最短的第二HARQ进程;The second HARQ process with the shortest duration of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer;
对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长大于预设长度的第二HARQ进程;Corresponding automatic retransmission timer has a timing duration greater than a preset length of the second HARQ process;
在时域上最早重传上行数据的HARQ进程。The HARQ process that retransmits the upstream data at the earliest in the time domain.
可选地,n大于或等于2。Alternatively, n is greater than or equal to two.
上述本申请实施例第四方面所获得的技术效果与第一方面中对应的技术手段获得的技 术效果近似,在这里不再赘述。The technical effects obtained by the fourth aspect of the embodiment of the present application are similar to those obtained by the corresponding technical means in the first aspect, and are not described herein again.
第五方面,提供了一种反馈信息发送方法,该方法包括:接入网设备在n个时间单元上接收终端通过n个混合自动重传HARQ进程发送的上行数据,n为正整数;接入网设备在第一时间单元上发送反馈信息,反馈信息包括n个HARQ进程的接收状态和时间指示信息,时间指示信息用于指示n个HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元,n个时间单元位于第一时间单元之前。A fifth aspect provides a method for sending feedback information, where the method includes: the access network device receives, on n time units, uplink data sent by the terminal through the n hybrid automatic retransmission HARQ processes, where n is a positive integer; The network device sends feedback information on the first time unit, where the feedback information includes a receiving state and time indication information of the n HARQ processes, where the time indication information is used to indicate a time unit corresponding to the receiving state of the n HARQ processes, where the n time units are located. Before the first time unit.
可选地,时间指示信息指示包括n个时间单元对应的时间范围。Optionally, the time indication information indicates a time range corresponding to the n time units.
可选地,时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间起点和时间终点;或者,时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间起点和时间长度;或者,时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间终点和时间长度;或者,时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间长度,时间范围的时间起点或时间终点是预配置的;或者,时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间起点或时间终点,时间范围的时间长度是预配置的。Optionally, the time indication information includes a time start point and a time end point of the time range; or the time indication information includes a time start time and a time length of the time range; or the time indication information includes a time end point and a time length of the time range; or, the time The indication information includes the length of time of the time range, and the time start or time end of the time range is pre-configured; or, the time indication information includes a time start or a time end of the time range, and the time length of the time range is pre-configured.
可选地,时间起点是n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元;和/或,时间终点是n个时间单元中在时域上最晚的时间单元;和/或,时间长度是n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元至在时域上最晚的时间单元之间的时长。Optionally, the time start point is the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units; and/or, the time end point is the latest time unit in the time domain among the n time units; and/or, the time length is The length of time between the earliest time unit in the time domain and the latest time unit in the time domain among the n time units.
可选地,时间长度与n个HARQ进程的接收状态对应的比特数相关联。Optionally, the length of time is associated with the number of bits corresponding to the received state of the n HARQ processes.
可选地,时间范围包括子时间范围,子时间范围的时间起点为n个HARQ进程中满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元,子时间范围的时间终点为第一时间单元或第一时间单元之前的时间单元,子时间范围的时间长度小于或等于重传等待时长,重传等待时长包括自动重传定时器的定时时长,自动重传定时器用于触发终端重传通过满足预设条件的HARQ进程发送的上行数据,自动重传定时器的启动时刻位于满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元之后。Optionally, the time range includes a sub-time range, where the time start of the sub-time range is a time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition in the n HARQ processes, and the time end point of the sub-time range is the first time unit or the first time The time unit in front of the unit, the time length of the sub-time range is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time length, and the retransmission waiting time length includes the timing duration of the automatic retransmission timer, and the automatic retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal retransmission by satisfying the preset condition. The uplink data sent by the HARQ process, the start time of the automatic retransmission timer is after the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
可选地,重传等待时长还包括反馈时延,其中,反馈时延为终端通过满足预设条件的HARQ进程发送上行数据的时刻至接收到满足预设条件的HARQ进程的接收状态的时刻之间间隔的时长。Optionally, the retransmission waiting time further includes a feedback delay, where the feedback delay is a time when the terminal sends the uplink data by the HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and receives the receiving state of the HARQ process that meets the preset condition. The length of the interval.
可选地,预设条件为以下条件中的至少一种:对应的时间单元为n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元的HARQ进程;对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长最短的HARQ进程;对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长大于预设长度的HARQ进程;在时域上最早重传上行数据的HARQ进程。Optionally, the preset condition is at least one of the following conditions: the corresponding time unit is a HARQ process of the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units; the timing of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer is the shortest The HARQ process; the HARQ process of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer is greater than the preset length of the HARQ process; and the HARQ process of the uplink data is retransmitted at the earliest in the time domain.
可选地,n大于或等于2。Alternatively, n is greater than or equal to two.
可选地,反馈信息包括第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息,第一反馈信息用于指示终端在第二时间单元上通过第一HARQ进程发送上行数据,第二反馈信息包括n个HARQ进程的接收状态和时间指示信息。Optionally, the feedback information includes the first feedback information and the second feedback information, where the first feedback information is used to indicate that the terminal sends the uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit, where the second feedback information includes the n HARQ processes. Receive status and time indication information.
上述本申请实施例第五方面所获得的技术效果与第一方面中对应的技术手段获得的技术效果近似,在这里不再赘述。The technical effects obtained by the fifth aspect of the embodiment of the present application are similar to those obtained by the corresponding technical means in the first aspect, and are not described herein again.
第六方面,提供了一种反馈信息发送方法,该方法包括:接入网设备在n个时间单元上接收终端通过n个混合自动重传HARQ进程发送上行数据,n为正整数;接入网设备在第一时间单元上发送反馈信息,反馈信息包括n个HARQ进程的接收状态,n个HARQ进程中满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元与第一时间单元之间的时间长度小于或等 于重传等待时长,重传等待时长包括自动重传定时器的定时时长,自动重传定时器用于触发终端重传通过满足预设条件的HARQ进程发送的上行数据。In a sixth aspect, a method for sending feedback information is provided, the method comprising: the access network device receiving, by the n hybrid units, n uplink automatic retransmission HARQ processes to send uplink data, where n is a positive integer; The device sends the feedback information on the first time unit, where the feedback information includes the receiving state of the n HARQ processes, and the time length between the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition in the n HARQ processes and the first time unit is less than or The retransmission waiting duration includes the timing of the automatic retransmission timer, and the automatic retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal to retransmit the uplink data sent by the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
上述本申请实施例第五方面所获得的技术效果与第三方面中对应的技术手段获得的技术效果近似,在这里不再赘述。The technical effects obtained by the fifth aspect of the embodiment of the present application are similar to those obtained by the corresponding technical means in the third aspect, and are not described herein again.
第七方面,提供了一种反馈信息接收装置,该装置包括至少一个单元,该至少一个单元用于实现上述第一方面或第一方面中的任意一种可能的实现方式所提供的反馈信息接收方法;或者,上述第二方面所提供的反馈信息接收方法;或者,上述第三方面所提供的反馈信息接收方法。According to a seventh aspect, a feedback information receiving apparatus is provided, the apparatus comprising at least one unit, configured to implement feedback information receiving provided by any one of the first aspect or the first aspect of the first aspect. The method of receiving feedback information provided by the above second aspect; or the feedback information receiving method provided by the above third aspect.
第八方面,提供了一种反馈信息发送装置,该装置包括至少一个单元,该至少一个单元用于实现上述第四方面或第四方面中的任意一个方面或任意一种可能的实现方式所提供的反馈信息发送方法;或者,上述第五方面所提供的反馈信息发送方法;或者,上述第六方面所提供的反馈信息发送方法。According to an eighth aspect, there is provided a feedback information transmitting apparatus, the apparatus comprising at least one unit, wherein the at least one unit is configured to implement any one of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect or any one of the possible implementations. The method for transmitting feedback information; or the method for transmitting feedback information provided by the fifth aspect; or the method for transmitting feedback information provided by the sixth aspect.
第九方面,提供了一种终端,该终端包括:处理器、与所述处理器相连的发射器和接收器;According to a ninth aspect, a terminal is provided, the terminal comprising: a processor, a transmitter and a receiver connected to the processor;
该发射器和接收器被配置为由处理器控制,该处理器用于实现上述第一方面或第一方面中的任意一种可能的实现方式所提供的反馈信息接收方法;或者,上述第二方面所提供的反馈信息接收方法;或者,上述第三方面所提供的反馈信息接收方法。The transmitter and receiver are configured to be controlled by a processor for implementing the feedback information receiving method provided by any one of the first aspect or the first aspect of the first aspect; or the second aspect The feedback information receiving method provided; or the feedback information receiving method provided by the above third aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种接入网设备,该接入网设备包括:处理器、与所述处理器相连的发射器和接收器;A tenth aspect provides an access network device, where the access network device includes: a processor, a transmitter and a receiver connected to the processor;
该发射器和接收器被配置为由处理器控制,该处理器用于实现上述第四方面或第四方面中的任意一种可能的实现方式所提供的反馈信息发送方法;或者,上述第五方面所提供的反馈信息发送方法;或者,上述第六方面所提供的反馈信息发送方法。The transmitter and the receiver are configured to be controlled by a processor, and the processor is configured to implement the feedback information sending method provided by any one of the foregoing fourth aspect or the fourth aspect; or the fifth aspect The method for transmitting feedback information provided; or the method for transmitting feedback information provided by the sixth aspect above.
第十一方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在终端上运行时,使得终端执行上述第一方面或第一方面中的任意一种可能的实现方式所提供的反馈信息接收方法;或者,上述第二方面所提供的反馈信息接收方法;或者,上述第三方面所提供的反馈信息接收方法。In an eleventh aspect, a computer readable storage medium is provided, wherein the computer readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a terminal, cause the terminal to perform any one of the first aspect or the first aspect described above A feedback information receiving method provided by a possible implementation; or a feedback information receiving method provided by the above second aspect; or a feedback information receiving method provided by the above third aspect.
第八方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在接入网设备上运行时,使得接入网设备执行上述第四方面或第四方面中的任意一种可能的实现方式所提供的反馈信息发送方法;或者,上述第五方面所提供的反馈信息发送方法;或者,上述第六方面所提供的反馈信息发送方法。In an eighth aspect, a computer readable storage medium is provided, wherein the computer readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on an access network device, cause the access network device to perform the fourth or fourth aspect described above The feedback information sending method provided by any one of the possible implementations; or the feedback information sending method provided by the fifth aspect; or the feedback information sending method provided by the sixth aspect.
第九方面,提供了一种反馈信息***,该***包括终端和接入网设备,该终端用于执行第一方面所提供的反馈信息接收方法;或者,第二方面所提供的反馈信息接收方法;或者,第三方面所提供的反馈信息接收方法;该接入网设备用于执行第四方面所提供的反馈信息发送方法;或者,第五方面所提供的反馈信息发送方法;或者,第六方面所提供的反馈信息发送方法。A ninth aspect provides a feedback information system, where the system includes a terminal and an access network device, where the terminal is configured to perform the feedback information receiving method provided by the first aspect; or the feedback information receiving method provided by the second aspect Or the feedback information receiving method provided by the third aspect; the access network device is configured to perform the feedback information sending method provided by the fourth aspect; or the feedback information sending method provided by the fifth aspect; or, the sixth The method of sending feedback information provided by the aspect.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的移动通信***的结构示意图;1 is a schematic structural diagram of a mobile communication system according to an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的终端的结构示意图;2 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的接入网设备的结构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device according to an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4A是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的反馈信息传输方法的流程图;4A is a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图4B是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的反馈信息的示意图;4B is a schematic diagram of feedback information provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图4C是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的时间延迟的示意图;4C is a schematic diagram of a time delay provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图4D是本申请另一个示例性实施例提供的反馈信息传输方法的流程图;4D is a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by another exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图4E是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的第三时间单元的示意图;4E is a schematic diagram of a third time unit provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图4F是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的第二反馈信息的示意图;4F is a schematic diagram of second feedback information provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图4G是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的时间单元的示意图;4G is a schematic diagram of a time unit provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图4H是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的时间单元的示意图;4H is a schematic diagram of a time unit provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图4I是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的时间范围的示意图;4I is a schematic diagram of a time range provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图4J是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的自动重传定时器的示意图;4J is a schematic diagram of an automatic retransmission timer provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图4K是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的时间范围与自动重传定时器之间的关系的示意图;4K is a schematic diagram of a relationship between a time range and an automatic retransmission timer provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图4L是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的时间范围与自动重传定时器之间的关系的示意图;4L is a schematic diagram of a relationship between a time range and an automatic retransmission timer provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图4M是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的时间范围与自动重传定时器之间的关系的示意图;4M is a schematic diagram of a relationship between a time range and an automatic retransmission timer provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图4N是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的时间范围与自动重传定时器之间的关系的示意图;4N is a schematic diagram of a relationship between a time range and an automatic retransmission timer provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图4O是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的自动重传定时器的示意图;FIG. 4O is a schematic diagram of an automatic retransmission timer provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图5是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的第二反馈信息的示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of second feedback information provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图6是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的第二反馈信息的示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of second feedback information provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图7是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的反馈信息的示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of feedback information provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图8是本申请另一个示例性实施例提供的反馈信息传输方法的流程图;FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by another exemplary embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图9A是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的一次TxOP的示意图;9A is a schematic diagram of a primary TxOP provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图9B是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的反馈信息传输方法的流程图;9B is a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图9C是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的反馈信息传输方法的流程图;9C is a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请一个实施例提供的反馈信息传输装置的框图。FIG. 10 is a block diagram of a feedback information transmission apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
本文所提及的“第一”、“第二”以及类似的词语并不表示任何顺序、数量或者重要性,如无特殊说明,只是用来区分不同的组成部分。同样,“一个”或者“一”等类似词语也不表示数量限制,而是表示存在至少一个。“连接”或者“相连”等类似的词语并非限定于物理的或者机械的连接,而是可以包括电性的连接,不管是直接的还是间接的。The words "first", "second" and similar words referred to herein do not denote any order, quantity or importance, and are used to distinguish different components, unless otherwise specified. Similarly, the words "a" or "an" and the like do not denote a quantity limitation, but mean that there is at least one. The words "connected" or "connected" and the like are not limited to physical or mechanical connections, but may include electrical connections, whether direct or indirect.
本文所提及的“第一”、“第二”以及类似的词语并不表示任何顺序、数量或者重要性,如无特殊说明,只是用来区分不同的组成部分。同样,“一个”或者“一”等类似词语也不表示数量限制,而是表示存在至少一个。“连接”或者“相连”等类似的词语并非限定于物理的或者机械的连接,而是可以包括电性的连接,不管是直接的还是间接的。The words "first", "second" and similar words referred to herein do not denote any order, quantity or importance, and are used to distinguish different components, unless otherwise specified. Similarly, the words "a" or "an" and the like do not denote a quantity limitation, but mean that there is at least one. The words "connected" or "connected" and the like are not limited to physical or mechanical connections, but may include electrical connections, whether direct or indirect.
在本文提及的“模块”通常是指存储在存储器中的能够实现某些功能的程序或指令;在本 文中提及的“单元”通常是指按照逻辑划分的功能性结构,该“单元”可以由纯硬件实现,或者,软硬件的结合实现。A "module" as referred to herein generally refers to a program or instruction stored in a memory that is capable of performing certain functions; "unit" as referred to herein generally refers to a functional structure that is logically divided, the "unit" It can be implemented by pure hardware or a combination of hardware and software.
在本文中提及的“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。"Multiple" as referred to herein means two or more. "and/or", describing the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that there are three cases where A exists separately, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists separately. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
首先对本文所涉及的若干个名词进行介绍。First, introduce several terms in this article.
1、许可频段:在得到通信行业的管理部门许可后才能使用的频谱资源。1. Permitted frequency band: The spectrum resource that can be used only after being approved by the management department of the communication industry.
2、免许可频段:是指在满足相关技术要求的前提下,不需要通信行业的管理部门的许可就能直接使用的频谱资源,运营商通过使用免许可频段传输数据可以实现网络容量的分流。2. Unlicensed frequency band: refers to the spectrum resources that can be directly used without the permission of the management department of the communication industry on the premise of meeting the relevant technical requirements. The operator can realize the network capacity diversion by transmitting data using the unlicensed frequency band.
其中,相关技术要求主要包括两类,第一类要求并不涉及具体的共存规范,主要是限制发射功率,即,接入网设备的发射功率和终端的发射功率需要限制在预设范围内,以避免干扰工作在相邻频段和共享频段的通信设备。第二类要求设定了具体的共存规范,该共存规范用于与无线电定位等其它无线电业务共存。共存规范至少包括发射功率控制(Transmit Power Control,TPC)、动态频率选择(Dynamic Frequency Selection,DFS)、信道占用带宽、先听后说(Listen Before Talk,LBT)等方面的规范。The related technical requirements mainly include two types. The first type of requirements does not involve a specific coexistence specification, and mainly limits the transmission power, that is, the transmission power of the access network device and the transmission power of the terminal need to be limited to a preset range. To avoid interference with communication equipment operating in adjacent and shared frequency bands. The second type of requirement sets a specific coexistence specification for coexistence with other radio services such as radiolocation. The coexistence specification includes at least a specification of Transmit Power Control (TPC), Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS), channel occupied bandwidth, and Listen Before Talk (LBT).
3、LBT:对于免许可频段,每个通信设备(接入网设备或终端)在某个信道上发送数据之前,需要先检测当前信道是否空闲,即检测附近的其它通信设备是否正在占用该信道来发送数据;如果在一段时间内检测到信道空闲,那么该通信设备就可以在当前信道上发送数据,但是,该通信设备在发送数据的时间长度是有限制的,在此限制的时间范围内,通信设备不需要再次执行检测当前信道是否空闲的过程;如果检测到信道被占用,那么该通信设备就无法在当前信道上传输数据。其中,检测当前信道是否空闲的过程也被称为空闲信道评测(Clear Channel Assessment,CCA),本实施例不对检测当前信道是否空闲的过程的具体名称作限定。3. LBT: For the unlicensed frequency band, before each communication device (access network device or terminal) sends data on a certain channel, it needs to detect whether the current channel is idle, that is, whether other nearby communication devices are occupying the channel. To transmit data; if the channel is detected to be idle for a period of time, the communication device can transmit data on the current channel, but the length of time during which the communication device transmits data is limited, within the limited time range The communication device does not need to perform the process of detecting whether the current channel is idle again; if it is detected that the channel is occupied, the communication device cannot transmit data on the current channel. The process of detecting whether the current channel is idle is also referred to as Clear Channel Assessment (CCA). This embodiment does not limit the specific name of the process of detecting whether the current channel is idle.
4、传输机会(Transmission Opportunity,TxOP):是指通信设备在通过空闲信道评估(Clear Channel Assessments,CCA)竞争到免许可频段的使用机会之后,不需要再通过CCA重新评估信道而在该免许可频段上连续使用的时间。TxOP内可以只包括下行持续时间中的时间单元,也可以只包括上行持续时间中的时间单元,还可以既包括下行持续时间中的时间单元又包括上行持续时间中的时间单元。其中,下行持续时间中的时间单元是指用于传输下行数据的时间单元,上行持续时间中的时间单元是指用于传输上行数据的时间单元。TxOP也可以称为信道占据期间(Channel Occupancy),或者TxOP也可以称为最大信道占用时长(Maximum Channel Occupancy Time,MCOT),本实施例对此不作限定。4. Transmission Opportunity (TxOP): refers to the communication device that does not need to re-evaluate the channel through the CCA after the opportunity to compete for the use of the unlicensed band through Clear Channel Assessments (CCA). The time of continuous use on the frequency band. The TxOP may include only the time unit in the downlink duration, or may only include the time unit in the uplink duration, and may include both the time unit in the downlink duration and the time unit in the uplink duration. The time unit in the downlink duration refers to a time unit for transmitting downlink data, and the time unit in the uplink duration refers to a time unit used for transmitting uplink data. The TxOP may also be referred to as a Channel Occupancy, or the TxOP may also be referred to as a Maximum Channel Occupancy Time (MCOT), which is not limited in this embodiment.
5、上行调度许可(Uplink Grant,UL grant):是指在接入网设备允许终端传输上行数据时,向终端发送的控制信息。UL grant包括用于控制终端发送上行数据所使用的上行传输资源和所使用传输方式的控制信息。5. Uplink Grant (UL grant): refers to the control information sent to the terminal when the access network device allows the terminal to transmit uplink data. The UL grant includes control information for controlling an uplink transmission resource used by the terminal to transmit uplink data and a transmission mode used.
6、无上行调度许可(UL grant free)传输:是指终端不需要接入网设备的上行调度许可,就可以从预配置(Pre-configured)或者预定义的资源池中,选择上行传输资源直接进行上行数据传输。可选地,该资源池包括用于在UL grant free传输过程中初传上行数据的第一资源池和/或用于在UL grant free传输过程中重传上行数据的第二资源池。可选地,第一资源 池和第二资源池可以是相同的。6. No uplink scheduling grant (UL grant free) transmission: refers to the uplink scheduling resource that the terminal does not need to access the network device, and can select the uplink transmission resource directly from the pre-configured or predefined resource pool. Perform uplink data transmission. Optionally, the resource pool includes a first resource pool for initial transmission of uplink data during a UL grant free transmission and/or a second resource pool for retransmitting uplink data during a UL grant free transmission. Alternatively, the first resource pool and the second resource pool may be the same.
7、许可频段辅助接入(Licensed Assisted Access,LAA)-长期演进技术(Long Term Evolution,LTE)***:是指将许可频段和免许可频段通过载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation,CA)或者非CA的方式联合在一起使用的LTE***。7. Licensed Assisted Access (LAA)-Long Term Evolution (LTE) system: means to pass licensed and unlicensed bands through Carrier Aggregation (CA) or non-CA. The LTE system used in conjunction.
可选地,当LAA-LTE***的使用场景为将许可频段和免许可频段通过CA联合使用的场景时,工作在许可频段上的小区作为主小区,工作在免许可频段上的小区作为辅小区,其中主小区和辅小区可以共站部署,也可以是非共站部署,主小区与辅小区之间有理想的回传路径。Optionally, when the usage scenario of the LAA-LTE system is a scenario in which the licensed frequency band and the unlicensed frequency band are jointly used by the CA, the cell working in the licensed frequency band is used as the primary cell, and the cell working in the unlicensed frequency band is used as the secondary cell. The primary cell and the secondary cell may be deployed in a common station or in a non-common station, and an ideal backhaul path between the primary cell and the secondary cell.
可选地,当LAA-LTE***的使用场景不是将许可频段和免许可频段通过CA联合使用的场景时,比如:双链接(Dual Connectivity,DC)场景时,工作在许可频段上的小区作为主小区,工作在免许可频段上的小区作为辅小区,主小区与辅小区之间没有理想的回传路径,比如:回传延迟较大。Optionally, when the usage scenario of the LAA-LTE system is not a scenario in which the licensed band and the unlicensed band are jointly used by the CA, such as a dual connectivity (DC) scenario, the cell working on the licensed band is used as the primary. In the cell, the cell working in the unlicensed band is used as the secondary cell, and there is no ideal backhaul path between the primary cell and the secondary cell. For example, the backhaul delay is large.
8、在免许可频段上的独立式LTE(Standalone LTE over Unlicensed spectrum,Standalone ULTE)***:是指独立部署的工作在免许可频段上的小区。此时,工作在免许可频段上的小区不需要通过工作在许可频段上的小区的辅助,可以提供独立接入功能。8. Standalone LTE over Unlicensed Spectrum (Standalone ULTE) system in the unlicensed band: refers to a cell that is deployed independently on the unlicensed band. At this time, the cell operating on the unlicensed band does not need to be assisted by the cell operating on the licensed band, and can provide an independent access function.
可选地,在本申请中,载波与小区视为等同的概念,即,终端接入一个载波和接入一个小区是等同的。Optionally, in the present application, the carrier and the cell are regarded as equivalent concepts, that is, the terminal accesses one carrier and accesses one cell is equivalent.
可选地,本申请提到的小区是接入网设备对应的小区,小区可以属于宏接入网设备,也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的接入网设备,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(Metro cell)、微小区(Micro cell)、微微小区(Pico cell)、毫微微小区(Femto cell)等,小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。Optionally, the cell mentioned in this application is a cell corresponding to the access network device, and the cell may belong to the macro access network device, or may belong to the access network device corresponding to the small cell, where the small cell may include : Metro cell, Micro cell, Pico cell, Femto cell, etc. The small cell has the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and is suitable for providing high rate. Data transfer service.
请参考图1,其示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的移动通信***的结构示意图。移动通信***可以是LTE***;也可以是LAA-LTE***,也可以是Standalone ULTE***,还可以是5G***,5G***又称新空口(New Radio,NR)***,本实施例对此不作限定。该移动通信***包括:接入网设备120和终端140。Please refer to FIG. 1 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a mobile communication system provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The mobile communication system may be an LTE system; it may be a LAA-LTE system, a Standalone ULTE system, or a 5G system, and the 5G system is also called a New Radio (NR) system, which is not limited in this embodiment. . The mobile communication system includes an access network device 120 and a terminal 140.
接入网设备120可以是基站,该基站可用于将接收到的无线帧与IP分组报文进行相互转换,还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如,基站可以是LTE中的演进型基站(evolutional Node B,eNB或e-NodeB),或者,5G***中采用集中分布式架构的基站。当接入网设备120采用集中分布式架构时,通常包括集中单元(central unit,CU)和至少两个分布单元(distributed unit,DU)。集中单元中设置有分组数据汇聚协议(Packet Data Convergence Protocol,PDCP)层、无线链路层控制协议(Radio Link Control,RLC)层、媒体访问控制(Media Access Control,MAC)层的协议栈;分布单元中设置有物理层(Physical,PHY)协议栈,本申请实施例对接入网设备120的具体实现方式不加以限定。可选地,接入网设备还可以包括家庭基站(Home eNB,HeNB)、中继(Relay)、微微基站Pico等。The access network device 120 can be a base station, and the base station can be used to convert the received radio frame with the IP packet message, and can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface. For example, the base station may be an evolved base station (eNB or e-NodeB) in LTE, or a base station employing a centralized distributed architecture in a 5G system. When the access network device 120 adopts a centralized distributed architecture, it generally includes a central unit (CU) and at least two distributed units (DUs). a centralized data unit is provided with a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer, a Radio Link Control (RLC) layer, and a Media Access Control (MAC) layer protocol stack; A physical layer (Physical, PHY) protocol stack is provided in the unit. The specific implementation manner of the access network device 120 in this embodiment of the present application is not limited. Optionally, the access network device may further include a home base station (Home eNB, HeNB), a relay, a pico base station Pico, and the like.
接入网设备120和终端140通过无线空口建立无线连接。可选地,该无线空口是基于5G标准的无线空口,比如该无线空口是新空口(New Radio,NR);或者,该无线空口也可以是基于5G的更下一代移动通信网络技术标准的无线空口;或者,该无线空口也可以是基于4G标准(LTE***)的无线空口。接入网设备120可以通过无线连接接收终端140发送 的上行数据。The access network device 120 and the terminal 140 establish a wireless connection through the wireless air interface. Optionally, the wireless air interface is a wireless air interface based on a 5G standard, for example, the wireless air interface is a New Radio (NR); or the wireless air interface may also be a wireless technology based on a 5G-based next-generation mobile communication network technology standard. The air interface; or the wireless air interface may also be a wireless air interface based on the 4G standard (LTE system). The access network device 120 can receive the uplink data transmitted by the terminal 140 through a wireless connection.
终端140可以是指与接入网设备120进行数据通信的设备。终端140可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,终端140可以是移动终端,如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端的计算机,例如,可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置。例如,订户单元(Subscriber Unit)、订户站(Subscriber Station),移动站(Mobile Station)、移动台(Mobile)、远程站(Remote Station)、接入点(Access Point)、远程终端(Remote Terminal)、接入终端(Access Terminal)、用户装置(User Terminal)、用户代理(User Agent)、终端(User Device)、或用户终端(UserEquipment,UE)。可选地,终端140还可以为中继(Relay)设备,本实施例对此不作限定。终端140可以通过与接入网设备120之间的无线连接,向接入网设备120发送上行数据。 Terminal 140 may refer to a device that is in data communication with access network device 120. The terminal 140 can communicate with one or more core networks via a Radio Access Network (RAN), which can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal. For example, it can be a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device. For example, Subscriber Unit, Subscriber Station, Mobile Station, Mobile, Remote Station, Access Point, Remote Terminal , Access Terminal, User Terminal, User Agent, User Device, or User Equipment (UE). Optionally, the terminal 140 may also be a relay device, which is not limited in this embodiment. The terminal 140 can transmit uplink data to the access network device 120 through a wireless connection with the access network device 120.
可选地,终端140向接入网设备120发送上行数据可以基于UL grant free传输,即,终端140从资源池中自行选择上行传输资源来传输上行数据;或者,基于UL grant传输,即,终端140向接入网设备发送调度请求(Scheduling Request,SR),接入网设备根据该SR向终端发送UL grant,或者说,终端140传输的上行数据对应的传输资源是接入网设备通过UL grant调度实现的;终端根据该UL grant中的控制信息来传输上行数据,本实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the sending, by the terminal 140, the uplink data to the access network device 120 may be based on the UL grant free transmission, that is, the terminal 140 selects the uplink transmission resource from the resource pool to transmit the uplink data; or, based on the UL grant transmission, ie, the terminal The sending of the scheduling request (SR) to the access network device, the access network device transmitting the UL grant to the terminal according to the SR, or the transmission resource corresponding to the uplink data transmitted by the terminal 140 is the access network device passing the UL grant The scheduling is implemented by the terminal, and the terminal transmits the uplink data according to the control information in the UL grant, which is not limited in this embodiment.
需要说明的是,在图1所示的移动通信***中,可以包括多个接入网设备120和/或多个终端140,图1中以示出一个接入网设备120和一个终端140来举例说明,但本实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that, in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1, multiple access network devices 120 and/or multiple terminals 140 may be included, and one access network device 120 and one terminal 140 are shown in FIG. For example, this embodiment does not limit this.
请参考图2,其示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的终端的结构示意图,该终端可以是图1所示的移动通信***中的终端140。本实施例以终端140为LTE***或5G***中的UE为例进行说明,该终端包括:处理器21、接收器22、发射器23、存储器24和总线25。Please refer to FIG. 2, which is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The terminal may be the terminal 140 in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1. This embodiment is described by taking the terminal 140 as an LTE system or a UE in a 5G system. The terminal includes a processor 21, a receiver 22, a transmitter 23, a memory 24, and a bus 25.
处理器21包括一个或者一个以上处理核心,处理器21通过运行软件程序以及模块,从而执行各种功能应用以及信息处理。The processor 21 includes one or more processing cores, and the processor 21 executes various functional applications and information processing by running software programs and modules.
接收器22和发射器23可以实现为一个通信组件,该通信组件可以是一块通信芯片,通信芯片中可以包括接收模块、发射模块和调制解调模块等,用于对信息进行调制和/或解调,并通过无线信号接收或发送该信息。The receiver 22 and the transmitter 23 can be implemented as a communication component. The communication component can be a communication chip. The communication chip can include a receiving module, a transmitting module, a modem module, etc., for modulating and/or decoding information. Adjust and receive or send this information via wireless signal.
存储器24通过总线25与处理器21相连。存储器24存储有终端必要的程序指令和数据。The memory 24 is connected to the processor 21 via a bus 25. The memory 24 stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal.
处理器21用于执行存储器24中的程序指令和数据以实现本申请各个方法实施例中各个步骤的功能。The processor 21 is operative to execute program instructions and data in the memory 24 to implement the functions of the various steps in the various method embodiments of the present application.
处理器21通过运行存储器24中的至少一个程序指令,控制接收器22来实现下述步骤402、步骤802,以及,各个步骤中隐含的终端侧的接收功能;处理器21通过运行存储器24中的至少一个程序指令,控制发射器23来实现步骤403、405以及各个步骤中隐含的终端侧发送功能。The processor 21 controls the receiver 22 to execute the following steps 402, 802, and the terminal-side receiving function implied in each step by running at least one program instruction in the memory 24; the processor 21 runs through the memory 24. At least one program instruction controls the transmitter 23 to implement steps 403, 405 and the terminal side transmission functions implied in the respective steps.
此外,存储器24可以由任何类型的易失性或非易失性存储设备或者它们的组合实现,如静态随时存取存储器(SRAM),电可擦除可编程只读存储器(EEPROM),可擦除可编程只读存储器(EPROM),可编程只读存储器(PROM),只读存储器(ROM),磁存储器, 快闪存储器,磁盘或光盘。Moreover, memory 24 can be implemented by any type of volatile or non-volatile memory device, or a combination thereof, such as static random access memory (SRAM), electrically erasable programmable read only memory (EEPROM), erasable In addition to Programmable Read Only Memory (EPROM), Programmable Read Only Memory (PROM), Read Only Memory (ROM), Magnetic Memory, Flash Memory, Disk or Optical Disk.
可以理解的是,图2仅仅示出了终端的简化设计。在其他的实施例中,终端可以包含任意数量的发射器,接收器,处理器,控制器,存储器,通信单元等,而所有可以实现本申请的终端都在本申请的保护范围之内。It will be understood that Figure 2 only shows a simplified design of the terminal. In other embodiments, the terminal may include any number of transmitters, receivers, processors, controllers, memories, communication units, etc., and all terminals that can implement the present application are within the scope of the present application.
请参考图3,其示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的接入网设备的结构示意图,该终端可以是图1所示的移动通信***中的接网设备120。本实施例以接入网设备120为LTE***中eNB,或者,5G***中的gNB为例进行说明,该接入网设备包括:处理器31、接收器32、发射器33、存储器34和总线35。Please refer to FIG. 3, which is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The terminal may be the network access device 120 in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1. In this embodiment, the access network device 120 is an eNB in an LTE system, or a gNB in a 5G system, where the access network device includes: a processor 31, a receiver 32, a transmitter 33, a memory 34, and a bus. 35.
处理器31包括一个或者一个以上处理核心,处理器31通过运行软件程序以及模块,从而执行各种功能应用以及信息处理。The processor 31 includes one or more processing cores, and the processor 31 executes various functional applications and information processing by running software programs and modules.
接收器32和发射器33可以实现为一个通信组件,该通信组件可以是一块通信芯片,通信芯片中可以包括接收模块、发射模块和调制解调模块等,用于对信息进行调制解调,并通过无线信号接收或发送该信息。The receiver 32 and the transmitter 33 can be implemented as a communication component, and the communication component can be a communication chip, and the communication chip can include a receiving module, a transmitting module, a modem module, etc., for modulating and demodulating information, and The information is received or transmitted via a wireless signal.
存储器34通过总线35与处理器31相连。存储器54存储有终端必要的程序指令和数据。The memory 34 is connected to the processor 31 via a bus 35. The memory 54 stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal.
处理器51用于执行存储器54中的程序指令和数据以实现本申请各个方法实施例中各个步骤的功能。The processor 51 is operative to execute program instructions and data in the memory 54 to implement the functions of the various steps in the various method embodiments of the present application.
处理器31通过运行存储器34中的至少一个程序指令,控制接收器32实现下述步骤404、406以及各个步骤中隐含的接入网设备侧的接收功能;处理器31通过运行存储器34中的至少一个程序指令,控制发射器33来实现步骤401、步骤801以及各个步骤中隐含的接入网设备侧的发送功能。The processor 31 controls the receiver 32 to implement the following steps 404, 406 and the receiving function of the access network device side implied in each step by running at least one program instruction in the memory 34; the processor 31 operates by running the memory 34. At least one program instruction controls the transmitter 33 to implement the transmission function of the access network device side implied in step 401, step 801 and each step.
此外,存储器34可以由任何类型的易失性或非易失性存储设备或者它们的组合实现,如静态随时存取存储器(SRAM),电可擦除可编程只读存储器(EEPROM),可擦除可编程只读存储器(EPROM),可编程只读存储器(PROM),只读存储器(ROM),磁存储器,快闪存储器,磁盘或光盘。Moreover, memory 34 can be implemented by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device, or a combination thereof, such as static random access memory (SRAM), electrically erasable programmable read only memory (EEPROM), erasable In addition to Programmable Read Only Memory (EPROM), Programmable Read Only Memory (PROM), Read Only Memory (ROM), Magnetic Memory, Flash Memory, Disk or Optical Disk.
可以理解的是,图3仅仅示出了接入网设备的简化设计。在其他的实施例中,接入网设备可以包含任意数量的发射器,接收器,处理器,控制器,存储器,通信单元等,而所有可以实现本申请的接入网设备都在本申请的保护范围之内。It will be appreciated that Figure 3 only shows a simplified design of the access network device. In other embodiments, the access network device can include any number of transmitters, receivers, processors, controllers, memories, communication units, etc., and all access network devices that can implement the present application are in the present application. Within the scope of protection.
请参考图4A,其示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的反馈信息传输方法的流程图,该方法用于图1所示的移动通信***中。该方法包括以下几个步骤。Please refer to FIG. 4A, which shows a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, which is used in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1. The method includes the following steps.
步骤401,接入网设备在第一时间单元上发送反馈信息。Step 401: The access network device sends feedback information on the first time unit.
第一时间单元的时间长度可以用传输时间间隔TTI的时间长度来表示,或者,在本申请实施例中,也可以理解,第一时间单元用TTI来表示。比如:一个第一时间单元的时间长度为1个TTI。TTI可以用毫秒(millisecond,ms)度量,也可以用正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)来度量,比如:1个TTI的时间长度是0.5ms,或者是7个符号、4个符号、3个符号或2个OFDM符号或1个OFDM符号等。由于5G***中引入了可变TTI机制,所以本实施例不限定TTI的具体长度。The length of time of the first time unit may be represented by the length of time of the transmission time interval TTI. Alternatively, in the embodiment of the present application, it is also understood that the first time unit is represented by TTI. For example, the length of a first time unit is 1 TTI. The TTI can be measured in milliseconds (ms) or Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM). For example, the length of a TTI is 0.5 ms, or 7 symbols, 4 Symbol, 3 symbols or 2 OFDM symbols or 1 OFDM symbol. Since a variable TTI mechanism is introduced in the 5G system, this embodiment does not limit the specific length of the TTI.
可选地,在本申请实施例中,一个时间单元可以理解为用于承载数据传输的最小单元,这里的数据包括控制数据和/或业务数据。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, a time unit may be understood as a minimum unit for carrying data transmission, where the data includes control data and/or service data.
需要补充说明的是,本申请实施例涉及的时间单元均适用于上述描述。It should be noted that the time units involved in the embodiments of the present application are all applicable to the above description.
接入网设备在需要调度终端发送上行数据时,发送反馈信息;和/或,接入网设备在需要反馈上行数据的接收状态时发送反馈信息。The access network device sends feedback information when the scheduling terminal needs to send uplink data; and/or, the access network device sends feedback information when it needs to feed back the receiving state of the uplink data.
可选地,反馈信息是UL grant包括的控制信息;或者,是与UL grant具有相同功能,但不同信令名称的其它信令包括的控制信息,例如调度上行数据传输的反馈信息。Optionally, the feedback information is control information included in the UL grant; or is control information that has the same function as the UL grant but other signaling with different signaling names, such as feedback information for scheduling uplink data transmission.
可选地,UL grant可以是LTE***中,通过下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)格式0、0A、0B、4、4A、4B传输的信令,也可以是通过5G***的下行控制信息格式传输的信令,当然,该下行控制信息也可以为其它类型的下行控制信息,本实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the UL grant may be the signaling transmitted by the downlink control information (DCI) format 0, 0A, 0B, 4, 4A, 4B in the LTE system, or may be the downlink control information of the 5G system. The signaling of the format transmission, of course, the downlink control information may also be other types of downlink control information, which is not limited in this embodiment.
下面对反馈信息进行介绍。The feedback information is described below.
反馈信息包括第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息。The feedback information includes first feedback information and second feedback information.
1)第一反馈信息用于调度终端通过第一HARQ进程发送上行数据。其中,通过第一HARQ进程发送的上行数据为通过第一HARQ进程初传的第二上行数据,或者,第一HARQ进程发送的上行数据为通过第一HARQ进程重传的第一上行数据。1) The first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to send uplink data by using the first HARQ process. The uplink data sent by the first HARQ process is the second uplink data that is initially transmitted by the first HARQ process, or the uplink data sent by the first HARQ process is the first uplink data that is retransmitted by the first HARQ process.
第一HARQ进程是终端支持的所有上行HARQ进程中的一个;或者,第一HARQ进程是终端支持的所有用于UL grant free传输的上行HARQ进程中的一个。The first HARQ process is one of all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal; or the first HARQ process is one of all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal for UL grant free transmission.
可选地,第一HARQ进程对应的一个索引号HPN#i,且终端通过该第一HARQ进程初传第一上行数据;和/或,终端通过该第一HARQ进程重传第一上行数据;和/或,终端通过该第一HARQ进程初传第二上行数据。其中,第二上行数据与第一上行数据不同。Optionally, the first HARQ process corresponds to an index number HPN#i, and the terminal first transmits the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process; and/or, the terminal retransmits the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process; And/or, the terminal first transmits the second uplink data by using the first HARQ process. The second uplink data is different from the first uplink data.
当接入网设备在第一时间单元之前接收到终端通过第一HARQ进程发送的第一上行数据,且确定出该第一上行数据的接收状态为确认接收状态ACK时,该第一反馈信息用于调度终端通过第一HARQ进程初传第二上行数据,即,通过第一HARQ进程第一次传输的第二上行数据。When the access network device receives the first uplink data that is sent by the terminal through the first HARQ process, and determines that the receiving state of the first uplink data is the acknowledged receiving state ACK, the first feedback information is used by the first network. And transmitting, by the first HARQ process, the second uplink data, that is, the second uplink data that is first transmitted by the first HARQ process.
当接入网设备在第一时间单元之前接收到终端通过第一HARQ进程发送的第一上行数据,且确定出第一上行数据的接收状态为非确认接收状态NACK时,第一反馈信息用于调度终端通过第一HARQ进程重传第一上行数据。When the access network device receives the first uplink data sent by the terminal through the first HARQ process before the first time unit, and determines that the receiving state of the first uplink data is the non-acknowledgment receiving state NACK, the first feedback information is used. The scheduling terminal retransmits the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process.
当接入网设备在第一时间单元之前未接收到终端通过第一HARQ进程发送的第一上行数据时,第一反馈信息用于调度终端通过第一HARQ进程初传第一上行数据。或者,也可以理解为第一反馈信息用于调度终端通过第一HARQ进程初传上行数据。When the access network device does not receive the first uplink data that is sent by the terminal through the first HARQ process, the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to initially transmit the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process. Alternatively, it can be understood that the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to initially transmit uplink data through the first HARQ process.
2)第二反馈信息为n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态,第二HARQ进程为所述终端的HARQ进程,n为正整数。2) The second feedback information is a reception state of n second HARQ processes, the second HARQ process is a HARQ process of the terminal, and n is a positive integer.
可选地,反馈信息为终端特定的控制信息,可以通过终端特定的C-RNTI进行加扰,终端根据该特定的C-RNTI,可以确定出第二反馈信息是该终端的n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态。Optionally, the feedback information is terminal-specific control information, and may be scrambled by the terminal-specific C-RNTI, and the terminal may determine, according to the specific C-RNTI, that the second feedback information is the n second HARQs of the terminal. The receiving status of the process.
可选地,n个第二HARQ进程用于供终端在其它时间单元上发送其它上行数据。Optionally, n second HARQ processes are used for the terminal to send other uplink data on other time units.
可选地,其它时间单元是指与第一时间单元不同的时间单元,或者,其它时间单元是 指与通过第一HARQ进程发送上行数据的时间单元不同;其它上行数据是指与通过第一HARQ进程发送的上行数据不同的上行数据。Optionally, the other time unit refers to a time unit different from the first time unit, or the other time unit refers to a time unit that sends uplink data by using the first HARQ process; other uplink data refers to and passes the first HARQ. The upstream data sent by the process has different uplink data.
在某些场景下,示意性地,在频分双工(Frequency Division Duplexing,FDD)场景下,其它时间单元与通过第一HARQ进程发送上行数据的时间单元可以是相同的,本实施例对此不作限定。In some scenarios, the time unit of the uplink data sent by the first HARQ process may be the same in the frequency division duplex (FDD) scenario. Not limited.
可选地,其他时间单元也可以是与第一时间单元相同的时间单元,即这种场景下,该终端可以具有在一个相同时间单元上传输多个HARQ进程的能力,此时,该终端还可以将是否支持在一个时间单元上传输多个HARQ进程的能力上报给接入网设备,以便于接入网设备可以确定其他时间单元是否需要与第一时间单元不同。Optionally, the other time unit may also be the same time unit as the first time unit, that is, in this scenario, the terminal may have the capability of transmitting multiple HARQ processes on one same time unit, and at this time, the terminal further The ability to support transmission of multiple HARQ processes on one time unit can be reported to the access network device so that the access network device can determine whether other time units need to be different from the first time unit.
其中,n个第二HARQ进程是终端支持的所有上行HARQ进程中的n个上行HARQ进程;或者,n个第二HARQ进程是终端支持的所有用于UL grant free传输的上行HARQ进程中的n个上行HARQ进程。所有用于UL grant free传输的上行HARQ进程的个数可以等于n。The n second HARQ processes are n uplink HARQ processes in all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal; or, the n second HARQ processes are all in the uplink HARQ process supported by the terminal for UL grant free transmission. An uplink HARQ process. The number of all uplink HARQ processes used for UL grant free transmission may be equal to n.
可选地,本实施例中,终端支持的所有上行HARQ进程的最大值为n+1,即,终端支持的所有上行HARQ进程包括:n个第二HARQ进程和第一HARQ进程;或者,终端支持的所有用于UL grant free传输的上行HARQ进程的最大值为n+1,即,终端支持的所有用于UL grant free传输的上行HARQ进程包括:n个第二HARQ进程和第一HARQ进程;或者,终端支持的所有用于UL grant free传输的上行HARQ进程的最大值为n,即终端支持的所有用于UL grant free传输的上行HARQ进程包括:n个第二HARQ进程。Optionally, in this embodiment, the maximum value of all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal is n+1, that is, all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal include: n second HARQ processes and a first HARQ process; or, the terminal The maximum value of all supported uplink HARQ processes for UL grant free transmission is n+1, that is, all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal for UL grant free transmission include: n second HARQ processes and first HARQ process Or, the maximum value of all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal for UL grant free transmission is n, that is, all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal for UL grant free transmission include: n second HARQ processes.
需要补充说明的是,终端支持的所有用于UL grant free传输的上行HARQ进程的最大值小于或等于终端支持的所有上行HARQ进程的最大值。It should be noted that the maximum value of all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal for UL grant free transmission is less than or equal to the maximum value of all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal.
可选地,n个第二HARQ进程中的每个第二HARQ进程分别对应一个进程号,不同的第二HARQ进程之间的进程号不同,且每个第二HARQ进程的进程号与第一HARQ进程的进程号不同。Optionally, each of the second HARQ processes in the n second HARQ processes corresponds to a process number, the process IDs in the different second HARQ processes are different, and the process ID of each second HARQ process is first. The process number of the HARQ process is different.
假设终端支持4个上行HARQ进程,这4个上行HARQ进程对应的进程号分别为0、1、2、3,其中,若第一HARQ进程的进程号为0,则第二HARQ进程的进程号为1、2、3。It is assumed that the terminal supports four uplink HARQ processes, and the process numbers corresponding to the four uplink HARQ processes are 0, 1, 2, and 3, respectively. If the process number of the first HARQ process is 0, the process number of the second HARQ process is It is 1, 2, and 3.
可选地,终端在第一时间单元接收反馈信息之前,由于终端可能未通过第二HARQ进程发送其它上行数据,即,接入网设备在向终端发送反馈信息时,可能还未接收到终端通过第二HARQ进程发送的其它上行数据,从而无法确定出这些其它上行数据的接收状态,此时,接入网设备将这些其它上行数据的接收状态设置为默认接收状态。本实施例不对默认接收状态作限定,示意性地,该默认接收状态为非确认接收状态NACK;或者,该默认接收状态为DTX。Optionally, before the terminal receives the feedback information, the terminal may not send the other uplink data by using the second HARQ process, that is, when the access network device sends the feedback information to the terminal, the terminal may not receive the terminal. The other uplink data sent by the second HARQ process cannot determine the receiving state of the other uplink data. At this time, the access network device sets the receiving state of the other uplink data to the default receiving state. This embodiment does not limit the default receiving state. Schematically, the default receiving state is a non-acknowledgment receiving state NACK; or the default receiving state is DTX.
在这种情况下,n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态,包括:终端通过第二HARQ进程发送其它上行数据时的接收状态(此时,第二HARQ进程是终端已使用的第二HARQ进程),和/或,终端未通过第二HARQ进程发送其它上行数据时的默认接收状态(此时,第二HARQ进程是终端未使用的第二HARQ进程)。In this case, the receiving state of the n second HARQ processes includes: a receiving state when the terminal sends other uplink data through the second HARQ process (in this case, the second HARQ process is the second HARQ process that the terminal has used) And/or a default receiving state when the terminal does not send other uplink data through the second HARQ process (in this case, the second HARQ process is a second HARQ process that is not used by the terminal).
由于接入网设备生成的第二反馈信息包括n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态,第二反馈信息的长度固定,因此,降低了终端对该第二反馈信息进行盲检的复杂度,节省了终端的开销。The second feedback information generated by the access network device includes the receiving state of the n second HARQ processes, and the length of the second feedback information is fixed. Therefore, the complexity of blindly checking the second feedback information by the terminal is reduced, thereby saving The overhead of the terminal.
当然,接入网设备生成的第二反馈信息也可以仅指示部分第二HARQ进程的接收状态。Certainly, the second feedback information generated by the access network device may also indicate only the receiving status of a part of the second HARQ process.
可选地,部分HARQ进程为接收状态为非确认状态NACK的第二HARQ进程;或者,部分HARQ进程为有效第二HARQ进程。其中,有效第二HARQ进程是指接入网设备在发送反馈信息之前,接收到的每个其它上行数据对应的第二HARQ进程。对于终端未使用的HARQ进程(即未使用该HARQ进程传输其它上行数据),可以理解为无效的第二HARQ进程。可以理解的是,为了能够使得终端设备识别该部分第二HARQ进程,第二反馈信息中可以包括部分第二HARQ进程对应的进程号。Optionally, the partial HARQ process is a second HARQ process that receives a non-acknowledgement state NACK; or, the partial HARQ process is a valid second HARQ process. The effective second HARQ process refers to the second HARQ process corresponding to each other uplink data received by the access network device before the feedback information is sent. For a HARQ process that is not used by the terminal (that is, no other uplink data is transmitted by using the HARQ process), it can be understood as an invalid second HARQ process. It can be understood that, in order to enable the terminal device to identify the part of the second HARQ process, the second feedback information may include a process number corresponding to a part of the second HARQ process.
可选地,第二反馈信息还用于指示终端通过第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态,此时,第二反馈信息包括n个上行HARQ进程和第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态。Optionally, the second feedback information is further used to indicate a receiving state that the terminal corresponds to by the first HARQ process. At this time, the second feedback information includes a receiving state corresponding to the n uplink HARQ processes and the first HARQ process.
参考图4B示出的接入网设备生成的反馈信息,该反馈信息由两部分组成:DCI group 1(第二反馈信息)和DCI group 2(第一反馈信息)。DCI group 1用于指示n+1个上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态;DCI group 2用于调度终端通过第一HARQ进程发送上行数据。其中,DCI表示下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information)Referring to the feedback information generated by the access network device shown in FIG. 4B, the feedback information is composed of two parts: DCI group 1 (second feedback information) and DCI group 2 (first feedback information). The DCI group 1 is used to indicate the receiving state corresponding to the n+1 uplink HARQ processes; the DCI group 2 is used to schedule the terminal to send the uplink data through the first HARQ process. Among them, DCI indicates Downlink Control Information.
下面对接收状态进行介绍。The reception status is described below.
接收状态包括确认接收状态ACK和非确认接收状态NACK。The reception status includes an acknowledgement reception status ACK and a non-acknowledgement reception status NACK.
1)确认接收状态ACK用于指示上行数据被接入网设备正确接收到。1) The acknowledgement reception status ACK is used to indicate that the uplink data is correctly received by the access network device.
2)非确认接收状态NACK包括未接收状态和/或未正确接收状态。未接收状态用于指示上行数据未被接入网设备接收到;未正确接收状态用于指示上行数据虽然被接入网设备接收到,但是接入网设备接收到的上行数据与终端发送的上行数据不同,即,接收到错误的上行数据。2) The non-acknowledged reception status NACK includes an unreceived state and/or an incorrectly received state. The unreceived state is used to indicate that the uplink data is not received by the access network device; the incorrectly received state is used to indicate that the uplink data is received by the access network device, but the uplink data received by the access network device and the uplink sent by the terminal The data is different, that is, the wrong upstream data is received.
步骤402,终端在第一时间单元上接收反馈信息。Step 402: The terminal receives feedback information on the first time unit.
由于接入网设备与终端之间存在一定的距离,因此,从绝对时间的角度来看,本实施例中接入网发送反馈信息的第一时间单元的位置,与终端接收反馈信息的第一时间单元的位置不同。换句话说,接入网设备发送反馈信息的时间单元与终端接收反馈信息的时间单元相比,有一定的延迟。The distance between the access network device and the terminal is a certain distance. Therefore, from the perspective of the absolute time, the location of the first time unit in which the access network sends the feedback information in the embodiment, and the first time the terminal receives the feedback information The location of the time unit is different. In other words, the time unit in which the access network device sends the feedback information has a certain delay compared to the time unit in which the terminal receives the feedback information.
结合图4C,终端在第三时间单元46发送反馈信息,接入网设备在第三时间单元48接收反馈信息,第三时间单元48与第三时间单元46之间存在一定的传输时延49。4C, the terminal transmits feedback information at the third time unit 46, the access network device receives the feedback information at the third time unit 48, and there is a certain transmission delay 49 between the third time unit 48 and the third time unit 46.
终端接收到反馈信息后,对该反馈信息进行解析获取第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息。After receiving the feedback information, the terminal parses the feedback information to obtain the first feedback information and the second feedback information.
步骤403,终端根据第一反馈信息,在第二时间单元上通过第一HARQ进程发送上行数据。Step 403: The terminal sends uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit according to the first feedback information.
可选地,第二时间单元和第一时间单元之间的时间间隔是预定义的;或者,是由接入网设备预配置的;或者,是由接入网设备动态通知的;或者是由终端动态通知给接入网设备的。Optionally, the time interval between the second time unit and the first time unit is predefined; or, is pre-configured by the access network device; or is dynamically notified by the access network device; or The terminal dynamically notifies the access network device.
若终端在第一时间单元之前通过第一HARQ进程向接入网设备发送了第一上行数据,则终端确定出是否需要重传第一上行数据,并根据第一反馈信息初传第二上行数据,或者重传第一上行数据。If the terminal sends the first uplink data to the access network device by using the first HARQ process, the terminal determines whether the first uplink data needs to be retransmitted, and first transmits the second uplink data according to the first feedback information. , or retransmit the first uplink data.
若终端在第一时间单元之前未通过第一HARQ进程向接入网设备发送上行数据,则终端根据第一反馈信息初传第一上行数据。If the terminal does not send the uplink data to the access network device by using the first HARQ process before the first time unit, the terminal first transmits the first uplink data according to the first feedback information.
步骤404,接入网设备在第二时间单元上,接收终端通过第一HARQ进程发送的上行 数据。Step 404: The access network device receives the uplink data sent by the terminal through the first HARQ process on the second time unit.
由于终端与接入网设备之间存在一定的距离,因此,终端发送上行数据的第二时间单元,与接入网设备接收上行数据的第二时间单元之间,存在一定的延迟。此处的相关解释与步骤402中第一时间单元的延迟的相关解释相同,本实施例在此不作赘述。Because there is a certain distance between the terminal and the access network device, there is a certain delay between the second time unit in which the terminal sends the uplink data and the second time unit in which the access network device receives the uplink data. The related explanation here is the same as the related explanation of the delay of the first time unit in step 402, and the present embodiment will not be described herein.
综上所述,本实施例提供的反馈信息传输方法,通过接入网设备将第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息联合发送至终端,使得终端接收到反馈信息后,既可以获知其它上行数据对应的接收状态,又能够获知重传第一上行数据或初传第二上行数据所需的资源;无需接入网设备将第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息分别发送至终端,从而使得终端只需要在接收反馈信息进行一次盲检,而不需要对第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息分别进行盲检,减少了终端盲检的次数。In summary, the feedback information transmission method provided in this embodiment is that the first feedback information and the second feedback information are jointly sent to the terminal through the access network device, so that after receiving the feedback information, the terminal can learn other uplink data correspondingly. The receiving state can be used to learn the resources required for retransmitting the first uplink data or the first uplink data; the first feedback information and the second feedback information are sent to the terminal without the access network device, so that the terminal only needs to be The blind feedback is performed by receiving the feedback information, and the first feedback information and the second feedback information are separately subjected to blind detection, thereby reducing the number of blind detections of the terminal.
同时,由于第二反馈信息包括n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态,因此,即使终端设备在接收包括第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息的反馈信息之前,漏检了第二HARQ进程对应的反馈信息,也可以通过包括第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息的反馈信息,确定第二HARQ进程对应的反馈信息,从而增加了第二HARQ进程反馈信息的鲁棒性,特别适用于对于传输可靠性有高要求的传输业务,例如URLLC。Meanwhile, since the second feedback information includes the reception status of the n second HARQ processes, the terminal device misses the feedback corresponding to the second HARQ process even before receiving the feedback information including the first feedback information and the second feedback information. The information may also be used to determine the feedback information corresponding to the second HARQ process by using the feedback information including the first feedback information and the second feedback information, thereby increasing the robustness of the second HARQ process feedback information, and is particularly suitable for transmission reliability. There are highly demanding transport services, such as URLLC.
另外,由于在LTE***中,第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息采用相互独立的DCI承载,每个独立的DCI都需要采用用户特定的识别码进行加扰,即在第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息之后,分别添加用户特定的识别码。其中,用户特定的识别码是指包括16个bit的小区无线网络临时标识(Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier,C-RNTI)。此时,接入网设备发送第一反馈信息消耗的资源至少为第一反馈信息的比特数+16bits;接入网设备发送第二反馈信息消耗的资源至少为第二反馈信息的比特数+16bits。而本实施例提供的反馈信息传输方法,通过将第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息联合反馈,使得接入网设备只需要在反馈信息之后添加特定的识别码,减少了一个识别码占用的信道资源,从而节省了信道的开销。In addition, since the first feedback information and the second feedback information are mutually independent DCI bearers in the LTE system, each independent DCI needs to be scrambled by using a user-specific identification code, that is, the first feedback information and the second After the feedback information, add a user-specific identification code. The user-specific identification code refers to a Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier (C-RNTI) including 16 bits. At this time, the resource consumed by the access network device to send the first feedback information is at least the number of bits of the first feedback information + 16 bits; the resource consumed by the access network device to send the second feedback information is at least the number of bits of the second feedback information + 16 bits. . In the feedback information transmission method provided by the embodiment, the first feedback information and the second feedback information are jointly fed back, so that the access network device only needs to add a specific identification code after the feedback information, thereby reducing the channel occupied by one identification code. Resources, which saves channel overhead.
另外,通过在第二反馈信息中携带多个第二HARQ进程的接收状态,提高了接入网设备反馈上行数据的接收状态的及时性。In addition, by carrying the receiving status of the multiple second HARQ processes in the second feedback information, the timeliness of the access network device feeding back the receiving status of the uplink data is improved.
另外,对于免许可频谱上的上行数据的传输,由于接入网设备在发送反馈信息之前,需要先执行LBT,在检测出信道空闲的情况下,才能利用该免许可频谱发送反馈信息,因此,通过在竞争到免许可频段资源之后,接入网设备一次性地将该终端对应的所有第二HARQ进程,或者,所有用于UL grant free的第二HARQ进程的接收状态进行反馈,保证了通过免许可频谱传输上行数据的场景下,接入网设备对该上行数据进行反馈的及时性,有助于免许可频谱上的上行数据的传输。In addition, for the transmission of the uplink data on the unlicensed spectrum, the access network device needs to perform the LBT before transmitting the feedback information, and the feedback information can be transmitted by using the unlicensed spectrum when the channel is detected to be idle. After the competition to the unlicensed band resource, the access network device feeds back all the second HARQ processes corresponding to the terminal, or all the receiving states of the second HARQ process for the UL grant free, to ensure the adoption. In the scenario where the uplink data is transmitted by the unlicensed spectrum, the timeliness of the feedback of the uplink data by the access network device helps to facilitate the transmission of uplink data on the licensed spectrum.
可选地,步骤401和404可单独实现为接入网设备侧的方法实施例;步骤402和403可单独实现为终端侧的方法实施例,本实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the steps 401 and 404 can be implemented as a method embodiment on the access network device side. The steps 402 and 403 can be implemented as a method on the terminal side.
可选地,不同的时间单元的时间长度可以相同,也可以不相同。第一时间单元和第二时间单元可以在相同的TTI内,也可以在不同的TTI内;第三时间单元和第一时间单元可以在相同的TTI内,也可以在不同的TTI内。Alternatively, the time lengths of different time units may be the same or different. The first time unit and the second time unit may be in the same TTI or in different TTIs; the third time unit and the first time unit may be in the same TTI or in different TTIs.
需要补充说明的是,在本申请实施例中,上行数据包括上行业务数据和/或上行控制数据,其中,上行数据包括本步骤中的第一上行数据和第二上行数据。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the uplink data includes uplink service data and/or uplink control data, where the uplink data includes the first uplink data and the second uplink data in this step.
在一种场景下,接入网设备与终端之间基于UL grant机制传输上行数据,且接入网设备首次调度终端通过第一HARQ进程发送上行数据。此时,终端需要获知发送该上行数据所需的上行传输资源,因此,接入网设备需要向终端发送第一反馈信息,以通知终端该上行传输资源。In one scenario, the access network device and the terminal transmit uplink data based on the UL grant mechanism, and the access network device first schedules the terminal to send uplink data through the first HARQ process. At this time, the terminal needs to know the uplink transmission resource required for sending the uplink data. Therefore, the access network device needs to send the first feedback information to the terminal to notify the terminal of the uplink transmission resource.
在这种场景下,接入网设备需要在终端通过第一HARQ进程发送第一上行数据之前,向终端发送传输该第一上行数据所需的上行传输资源。In this scenario, the access network device needs to send the uplink transmission resource required for transmitting the first uplink data to the terminal before the terminal sends the first uplink data through the first HARQ process.
在另一种场景下,接入网设备与终端之间基于UL grant free机制传输上行数据,此时,终端自行从资源池中选择上行传输资源,并使用该传输资源通过第一HARQ进程发送第一上行数据,接入网设备在接收到第一上行数据之后,可以通过第一反馈信息调度该终端重传第一上行数据,或者初传第二上行数据。In another scenario, the access network device and the terminal transmit uplink data based on the UL grant free mechanism. At this time, the terminal selects the uplink transmission resource from the resource pool and uses the transmission resource to send the first HARQ process. After receiving the first uplink data, the access network device may schedule the terminal to retransmit the first uplink data or first transmit the second uplink data by using the first feedback information.
在这种场景下,基于图4A所示的实施例,请参考图4D,其示出了本申请另一个示例性实施例提供的反馈信息传输方法的流程图,该方法用于图1所示的移动通信***中。在步骤401之前,该方法包括以下几个步骤。In this scenario, based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A, please refer to FIG. 4D, which shows a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by another exemplary embodiment of the present application, which is used in FIG. In a mobile communication system. Prior to step 401, the method includes the following steps.
步骤405,终端在第三时间单元上通过第一HARQ进程发送第一上行数据。Step 405: The terminal sends the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the third time unit.
第三时间单元位于第一时间单元之前。The third time unit is located before the first time unit.
第三时间单元可以是距离终端有传输第一上行数据的需求的时刻最近的时间单元。The third time unit may be the time unit closest to the time at which the terminal has the need to transmit the first uplink data.
由于考虑到当终端有传输第一上行数据的需求时,终端需要对该第一上行数据进行处理,比如:对第一上行数据进行编码、调制等,该处理过程需要一定的时间。此时,第三时间单元还可以是距离终端有传输第一上行数据的需求的时刻有一定时间延迟的时间单元。Considering that when the terminal needs to transmit the first uplink data, the terminal needs to process the first uplink data, for example, encoding, modulating, etc., the first uplink data, and the processing takes a certain time. At this time, the third time unit may also be a time unit having a certain time delay from the time when the terminal has a demand for transmitting the first uplink data.
可选地,第三时间单元是终端基于UL grant free传输机制所确定的时间单元。例如,通过预定义或者接入网设备预配置的方式,确定UL grant free传输资源所对应的时间位置,这里的时间位置可以通过时间单元来表示。可选地,当终端有传输第一上行数据的需求时,可以选择距离该需求时刻最近,且在该需求时刻之后的时间单元,作为第三时间单元。Optionally, the third time unit is a time unit determined by the terminal based on the UL grant free transmission mechanism. For example, the time position corresponding to the UL grant free transmission resource is determined by a predefined or pre-configured mode of the access network device, where the time position can be represented by a time unit. Optionally, when the terminal has a requirement for transmitting the first uplink data, a time unit that is closest to the required time and after the required time may be selected as the third time unit.
结合图4E,假设终端在第一个TTI42内有传输第一上行数据的需求,终端对该第一上行数据进行处理,在第三时间单元44(即第三个TTI)使用第一HARQ进程发送第一上行数据。4E, assuming that the terminal has a requirement to transmit the first uplink data in the first TTI 42, the terminal processes the first uplink data, and sends the first HARQ process in the third time unit 44 (ie, the third TTI). First uplink data.
其中,通过所述第一HARQ进程发送的上行数据包括第一上行数据和/或第二上行数据。The uplink data sent by the first HARQ process includes first uplink data and/or second uplink data.
需要说明的是,终端在第三时间单元上发送的第一上行数据可以是基于上行调度的,也可以是基于UL grant free的。It should be noted that the first uplink data sent by the terminal on the third time unit may be based on uplink scheduling, or may be based on UL grant free.
步骤406,接入网设备在第三时间单元上接收终端通过第一HARQ进程发送的第一上行数据。Step 406: The access network device receives, on the third time unit, the first uplink data that is sent by the terminal by using the first HARQ process.
由于接入网设备与终端之间存在一定的距离,因此,从绝对时间的角度来看,本实施例中终端发送第一上行数据的第三时间单元的位置,与接入网设备接收第一上行数据的第三时间单元的位置不同。换句话说,接入网设备接收该上行数据的时间单元与终端发送该上行数据的时间单元相比,有一定的延迟。The distance between the access network device and the terminal is a certain distance. Therefore, from the perspective of the absolute time, the terminal sends the location of the third time unit of the first uplink data, and the access network device receives the first. The location of the third time unit of the uplink data is different. In other words, the time unit in which the access network device receives the uplink data has a certain delay compared to the time unit in which the terminal transmits the uplink data.
接入网设备在接收到第一上行数据后,对接收到的第一上行数据进行处理,以恢复出终端发送的第一上行数据,比如:终端对第一上行数据进行解调、译码等处理。在处理过 程中,接入网设备会确定出第一上行数据的接收状态。After receiving the first uplink data, the access network device processes the received first uplink data to recover the first uplink data sent by the terminal, for example, the terminal demodulates, decodes, and the like the first uplink data. deal with. During processing, the access network device determines the reception status of the first uplink data.
可选地,接入网设备确定第一上行数据的接收状态的方式,包括但不限于:译码和/或循环冗余校验(Cyclic Redundancy Check,CRC)。Optionally, the manner in which the access network device determines the receiving status of the first uplink data includes, but is not limited to, decoding and/or Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC).
接入网设备确定出第一上行数据的接收状态后,需要向终端反馈该接收状态,即执行步骤401。After the access network device determines the receiving state of the first uplink data, the receiving state needs to be fed back to the terminal, that is, step 401 is performed.
此时,若接入网设备确定出第一上行数据的接收状态为确认接收状态ACK,则在步骤401中,接入网设备生成的第一反馈信息调度终端通过第一HARQ进程初传上行数据,例如第二上行数据;相应地,在步骤403中,终端根据第一反馈信息,在第二时间单元上通过第一HARQ进程初传第二上行数据;At this time, if the access network device determines that the receiving state of the first uplink data is the acknowledgment receiving state ACK, in step 401, the first feedback information generated by the access network device schedules the terminal to initially transmit the uplink data by using the first HARQ process. For example, in the step 403, the terminal first transmits the second uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit according to the first feedback information.
若接入网设备确定出第一上行数据的接收状态为非确认接收状态NACK,接入网设备生成的第一反馈信息调度终端通过第一HARQ进程重传第一上行数据;相应地,在步骤403中,终端根据第一反馈信息,在第二时间单元上通过第一HARQ进程重传第一上行数据。If the access network device determines that the receiving state of the first uplink data is the non-acknowledgment receiving state NACK, the first feedback information scheduling terminal generated by the access network device retransmits the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process; correspondingly, in the step 403. The terminal retransmits the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit according to the first feedback information.
在步骤403中,终端需要确定是重传第一上行数据还是初传第二上行数据。In step 403, the terminal needs to determine whether to retransmit the first uplink data or the first transmission of the second uplink data.
在一种情况下,当第二反馈信息包括第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态时,终端根据第二反馈信息中第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态,确定第一反馈信息用于调度终端重传第一上行数据,还是调度终端初传第二上行数据。In a case, when the second feedback information includes the receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process, the terminal determines, according to the receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process in the second feedback information, that the first feedback information is used for scheduling terminal retransmission. For uplink data, the scheduling terminal also transmits the second uplink data.
在另一种情况下,当第二反馈信息不包括第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态时,终端根据第一反馈信息中携带的指示信息,确定第一反馈信息用于调度终端重传第一上行数据,还是调度终端初传第二上行数据。或者,当第二反馈信息不包括第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态时,终端根据承载该反馈信息的下行信道中包括的其他控制信息,确定第一反馈信息用于调度终端重传第一上行数据,还是调度终端初传第二上行数据。In another case, when the second feedback information does not include the receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process, the terminal determines, according to the indication information carried in the first feedback information, that the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to retransmit the first uplink. Data, or the scheduling terminal first transmits the second uplink data. Or, when the second feedback information does not include the receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process, the terminal determines, according to other control information included in the downlink channel that carries the feedback information, that the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to retransmit the first uplink data. Or, the scheduling terminal first transmits the second uplink data.
其中,指示信息或者其他控制信息用于指示终端是否重传第一上行数据。The indication information or other control information is used to indicate whether the terminal retransmits the first uplink data.
当第一反馈信息中的指示信息指示终端重传第一上行数据时,则第一反馈信息用于调度终端在第三时间单元上重传第一上行数据。当第一反馈信息中的指示信息指示终端初传第二上行数据时,则第一反馈信息用于调度终端在第三时间单元上初传第二上行数据。When the indication information in the first feedback information indicates that the terminal retransmits the first uplink data, the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to retransmit the first uplink data on the third time unit. When the indication information in the first feedback information indicates that the terminal initially transmits the second uplink data, the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to initially transmit the second uplink data on the third time unit.
当第一反馈信息中包括第一资源池的配置信息时,终端根据该第一资源池的配置信息,从配置后的第一资源池中选择用于初传第二上行数据的上行传输资源,通过选择出的上行传输资源初传第二上行数据。When the first feedback information includes the configuration information of the first resource pool, the terminal selects an uplink transmission resource for initial transmission of the second uplink data from the configured first resource pool according to the configuration information of the first resource pool. The second uplink data is initially transmitted by selecting the uplink transmission resource.
当第一反馈信息中包括第二资源池的配置信息时,终端根据该第二资源池的配置信息,从配置后的第二资源池中选择用于重传第一上行数据的上行传输资源,通过选择出的上行传输资源重传第一上行数据。When the configuration information of the second resource pool is included in the first feedback information, the terminal selects an uplink transmission resource for retransmitting the first uplink data from the configured second resource pool according to the configuration information of the second resource pool. The first uplink data is retransmitted by the selected uplink transmission resource.
可选地,第一反馈信息包括第一HARQ进程的进程号,这样,终端能够确定该第一反馈信息用于调度第一HARQ进程对应的上行数据。Optionally, the first feedback information includes a process ID of the first HARQ process, so that the terminal can determine that the first feedback information is used to schedule uplink data corresponding to the first HARQ process.
可选地,第一反馈信息不包括第一HARQ进程的进程号,这样,终端在第一时间单元上接收到第一反馈信息时,能够根据第三时间单元与第一时间单元之间的时间间隔,确定出该第一反馈信息用于调度第一HARQ进程对应的上行数据,即,通过第三时间单元与第一时间单元之间的时间间隔隐式指示第一HARQ进程的进程号。Optionally, the first feedback information does not include the process ID of the first HARQ process, so that when the terminal receives the first feedback information on the first time unit, the terminal can be configured according to the time between the third time unit and the first time unit. The interval is determined by the first feedback information for scheduling the uplink data corresponding to the first HARQ process, that is, the process number of the first HARQ process is implicitly indicated by the time interval between the third time unit and the first time unit.
参考图4F,假设终端支持的所有上行HARQ进程的最大值为8,这8个上行HARQ进程的进程号分别为#0、#1、#2、#3、#4、#5、#6、#7。Referring to FIG. 4F, it is assumed that the maximum value of all uplink HARQ processes supported by the terminal is 8, and the process numbers of the eight uplink HARQ processes are #0, #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, respectively. #7.
若终端在第三时间单元使用HPN#2(对应第一HARQ进程)发送第一上行数据,则第二HARQ进程为剩余的上行HARQ进程,即,HPN#0、HPN#1、HPN#3-HPN#7对应的上行HARQ进程。其中,HPN的含义为进程号(HARQ Process Number)。If the terminal transmits the first uplink data in the third time unit using HPN#2 (corresponding to the first HARQ process), the second HARQ process is the remaining uplink HARQ process, that is, HPN#0, HPN#1, HPN#3- Upstream HARQ process corresponding to HPN#7. Among them, the meaning of HPN is the HARQ Process Number.
若接入网设备从接收到终端发送的第一上行数据开始,到反馈该第一上行数据的接收状态之间的时长为2个时间单元,则在图4F中,接入网设备在第8个时间单元生成的第二反馈信息至少可以包括5个上行HARQ进程对应的上行数据的接收状态(即HPN#0、HPN#1、HPN#3-HPN#5对应的其它上行数据的接收状态)。可选地,第二反馈信息还可以包括HPN#2对应的上行数据的接收状态。If the duration between the receiving of the first uplink data sent by the terminal and the receiving of the first uplink data is 2 time units, then in FIG. 4F, the access network device is in the 8th The second feedback information generated by the time units may include at least the receiving state of the uplink data corresponding to the five uplink HARQ processes (ie, the receiving states of other uplink data corresponding to HPN#0, HPN#1, HPN#3-HPN#5) . Optionally, the second feedback information may further include a receiving state of the uplink data corresponding to the HPN #2.
可选地,第二反馈信息还包括HPN#6和HPN#7对应的其它上行数据的接收状态。由于受限于处理时延,接入网设备生成的第二反馈信息中,HPN#6和HPN#7对应的其它上行数据的接收状态,并不能真实反映这两个第二HARQ进程的接收状态,此时,可以采用默认接收状态反映HPN#6和HPN#7的接收状态。Optionally, the second feedback information further includes receiving states of other uplink data corresponding to HPN #6 and HPN #7. Due to the processing delay, the receiving status of other uplink data corresponding to HPN #6 and HPN #7 in the second feedback information generated by the access network device does not truly reflect the receiving status of the two second HARQ processes. At this time, the reception state of HPN #6 and HPN #7 can be reflected by the default reception state.
其中,第一反馈信息用于调度终端通过第一HARQ进程重传第一上行数据或者初传第二上行数据。可选地,第一反馈信息还用于调度第二HARQ进程发送其它上行数据。The first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to retransmit the first uplink data or the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process. Optionally, the first feedback information is further used to schedule the second HARQ process to send other uplink data.
需要补充说明的是,图4F中所示的第一反馈信息用于调度第一HARQ进程HPN#2对应的上行数据,第二反馈信息为HPN#0、HPN#1、HPN#3、HPN#4、HPN#5、HPN#6、HPN#7对应的接收状态,且第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息均是在第一时间单元接收到的。图4F中与第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息相连的线条并不用于指示时间单元,而是用于指示相关的上行HARQ进程的进程号。It should be noted that the first feedback information shown in FIG. 4F is used to schedule uplink data corresponding to the first HARQ process HPN#2, and the second feedback information is HPN#0, HPN#1, HPN#3, HPN#. 4. The receiving state corresponding to HPN#5, HPN#6, and HPN#7, and the first feedback information and the second feedback information are all received in the first time unit. The line connecting the first feedback information and the second feedback information in FIG. 4F is not used to indicate the time unit, but is used to indicate the process number of the associated uplink HARQ process.
可选地,终端在通过第一HARQ进程发送第一上行数据之前,通过第二HARQ进程发送其它上行数据;和/或,终端在通过第一HARQ进程发送第一上行数据之后,通过第二HARQ进程发送其它上行数据,本实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the terminal sends other uplink data by using the second HARQ process before sending the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process; and/or, after the first uplink data is sent by the first HARQ process, the terminal passes the second HARQ. The process sends other uplink data, which is not limited in this embodiment.
结合图4A和图4D所述的实施例,下面对于第二反馈信息的特征进行详细介绍。In conjunction with the embodiment illustrated in Figures 4A and 4D, the features of the second feedback information are described in detail below.
在LTE***中,接入网设备向终端发送的第二UL grant中也会包括多个上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态,为了保证终端能够确认出每个接收状态对应哪一个上行数据,接入网设备会在第一UL grant中携带有新数据指示(New Date Indicator,NDI),该NDI用于指示每个上行HARQ进程对应的进程号,此时,终端能够根据该NDI确定出对应的上行HARQ进程,从而确定出对应的接收状态。In the LTE system, the second UL grant sent by the access network device to the terminal also includes the receiving status corresponding to the multiple uplink HARQ processes. To ensure that the terminal can confirm which uplink data is associated with each receiving state, the access network The device carries a new data indicator (NDI) in the first UL grant, where the NDI is used to indicate the process ID corresponding to each uplink HARQ process. At this time, the terminal can determine the corresponding uplink HARQ according to the NDI. Process to determine the corresponding receiving status.
而在接入网设备和终端之间基于UL grant free传输上行数据时,接入网设备不会向终端发送第一UL grant,终端自行选择上行传输资源来传输上行数据,此时,LTE***中确定上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态的方式不再适用。When the uplink data is transmitted between the access network device and the terminal based on the UL grant free, the access network device does not send the first UL grant to the terminal, and the terminal selects the uplink transmission resource to transmit the uplink data. At this time, in the LTE system. The manner of determining the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process is no longer applicable.
可选的,当第二反馈信息包括用于指示多个上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态时,为了保证终端能够确认出每个接收状态对应哪一个上行数据,第二反馈信息采用位图(bitmap)的形式指示接收状态。Optionally, when the second feedback information includes a receiving state corresponding to the multiple uplink HARQ processes, in order to ensure that the terminal can confirm which uplink data is associated with each receiving state, the second feedback information adopts a bitmap. The form indicates the receiving status.
其中,位图包括预设位数,且对于位图中的每一位来说,该位用于指示一个上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态,不同位用于指示对应的上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态。在这种情况下,由于采用bitmap的形式可以隐式指示每个接收状态对应的上行HARQ进程,从而可以隐式指示每个接收状态对应的上行数据,因此,第二反馈信息中可以不包括每个上行 HARQ进程的进程号。The bitmap includes a preset number of bits, and for each bit in the bitmap, the bit is used to indicate a receiving state corresponding to an uplink HARQ process, and different bits are used to indicate a receiving state corresponding to the corresponding uplink HARQ process. . In this case, the uplink HARQ process corresponding to each receiving state can be implicitly indicated in the form of a bitmap, so that the uplink data corresponding to each receiving state can be implicitly indicated. Therefore, the second feedback information may not include each The process ID of the upstream HARQ process.
示意性地,以位图中的每个比特(bit)的不同状态表示该bit对应的上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态。Illustratively, the reception state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process corresponding to the bit is represented by a different state of each bit in the bitmap.
若第二反馈信息为8个上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态(其中,包括第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态和第二HARQ进程的接收状态),则位图的位数为8bit,表示形式为X 1X 2X 3X 4X 5X 6X 7X 8If the second feedback information is the receiving state corresponding to the eight uplink HARQ processes (including the receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process and the receiving state of the second HARQ process), the bit number of the bitmap is 8 bits, and the representation is X. 1 X 2 X 3 X 4 X 5 X 6 X 7 X 8 .
其中,X i的取值为0或者1,用于指示第i个上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态,或者说用于指示进程号为#HPN(i-1)的上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态。0表示接收状态为确认接收状态ACK,1表示接收状态为非确认接收状态NACK。或者,1表示状态为ACK,0表示NACK。 Wherein, the value of X i is 0 or 1, for indicating the reception state of the uplink HARQ process corresponding to the i-th, or process ID for indicating the reception state #HPN (i-1) corresponding to the uplink HARQ process. 0 indicates that the reception status is the acknowledgment reception status ACK, and 1 indicates that the reception status is the non-acknowledgment reception status NACK. Alternatively, 1 indicates that the status is ACK and 0 indicates NACK.
若在图4F中,接入网设备确定HPN#0和HPN#1对应的上行数据的接收状态为确认接收状态ACK,HPN#2-HPN#5对应的上行数据的接收状态为非确认接收状态NACK,则X 1X 2X 3X 4X 5X 6X 7X 8的表示形式为11000000,其中,接入网设备未来得及处理HPN#6和HPN#7对应的上行数据,因此,HPN#6和HPN#7对应的上行数据的接收状态可以为默认接收状态NACK。 In FIG. 4F, the access network device determines that the reception status of the uplink data corresponding to HPN#0 and HPN#1 is the acknowledgement reception status ACK, and the reception status of the uplink data corresponding to HPN#2-HPN#5 is the non-acknowledgment reception status. NACK, then the representation of X 1 X 2 X 3 X 4 X 5 X 6 X 7 X 8 is 11000000, wherein the access network device can process the uplink data corresponding to HPN#6 and HPN#7 in the future, therefore, HPN# The reception status of the uplink data corresponding to HPN#7 may be the default reception status NACK.
可选地,位图的位数(bit数)等于第二反馈信息中的上行HARQ进程的数量;或者,位图的位数(bit数)大于第二反馈信息中的上行HARQ进程的数量。Optionally, the number of bits (bit number) of the bitmap is equal to the number of uplink HARQ processes in the second feedback information; or, the number of bits (bit number) of the bitmap is greater than the number of uplink HARQ processes in the second feedback information.
可选地,接入网设备不采用bitmap的形式指示接收状态,而是采用非bitmap的形式指示接收状态。Optionally, the access network device does not use a bitmap to indicate the receiving status, but uses a non-bitmap form to indicate the receiving status.
Figure PCTCN2018082383-appb-000001
对此不作限定。
Figure PCTCN2018082383-appb-000001
This is not limited.
不同的上行HARQ进程对应的bit组合不同,通过1bit表示每个上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态。这样,每个bit组合和该1bit组成每个上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态,从而得到第二反馈信息。其中,n+1为终端支持的上行HARQ进程的最大值,或者,n+1为终端支持的用于UL grant free传输的上行HARQ进程的最大值。The bit combinations corresponding to different uplink HARQ processes are different, and the receiving state corresponding to each uplink HARQ process is represented by 1 bit. In this way, each bit combination and the 1 bit constitute a receiving state corresponding to each uplink HARQ process, thereby obtaining second feedback information. Where n+1 is the maximum value of the uplink HARQ process supported by the terminal, or n+1 is the maximum value of the uplink HARQ process supported by the terminal for UL grant free transmission.
若终端支持的上行HARQ进程的最大值为8,则接入网设备通过log 28=3个bit表示每个上行HARQ进程。 If the maximum value of the uplink HARQ process supported by the terminal is 8, the access network device indicates each uplink HARQ process by using log 2 8=3 bits.
其中,000表示进程号为0的上行HARQ进程;001表示进程号为1的上行HARQ进程;010表示进程号为2的上行HARQ进程;011表示进程号为3的上行HARQ进程;100表示进程号为4的上行HARQ进程;101表示进程号为5的上行HARQ进程;110表示进程号为6的上行HARQ进程;111表示进程号为7的上行HARQ进程。Wherein, 000 represents an uplink HARQ process with process number 0; 001 represents an uplink HARQ process with process number 1; 010 represents an uplink HARQ process with process number 2; 011 represents an uplink HARQ process with process number 3; An uplink HARQ process of 4; 101 represents an uplink HARQ process with process number 5; 110 represents an uplink HARQ process with process number 6; and 111 represents an uplink HARQ process with process number 7.
接入网设备通过1个bit表示接收状态,其中,0表示接收状态为确认接收状态ACK,1表示接收状态为非确认接收状态NACK。The access network device indicates the reception status by one bit, where 0 indicates that the reception status is the acknowledgment reception status ACK, and 1 indicates that the reception status is the non-acknowledgment reception status NACK.
若在图4F中,接入网设备确定HPN#0和HPN#1对应的上行数据的接收状态为确认接收状态ACK,HPN#2-HPN#5对应的上行数据的接收状态为非确认接收状态NACK,则第二反馈信息为0001(表示进程号为0的上行HARQ进程的接收状态为确认接收状态ACK)、0011(表示进程号为1的上行HARQ进程的接收状态为确认接收状态ACK)、0100(表示 进程号为2的上行HARQ进程的接收状态为非确认接收状态NACK)、0110(表示进程号为3的上行HARQ进程的接收状态为非确认接收状态NACK)、1000(表示进程号为4的上行HARQ进程的接收状态为非确认接收状态NACK)、1010(表示进程号为5的上行HARQ进程的接收状态为非确认接收状态NACK)、1100(表示进程号为6的上行HARQ进程的接收状态为默认接收状态NACK)、1110(表示进程号为7的上行HARQ进程的接收状态为默认接收状态NACK)。In FIG. 4F, the access network device determines that the reception status of the uplink data corresponding to HPN#0 and HPN#1 is the acknowledgment reception status ACK, and the reception status of the uplink data corresponding to HPN#2-HPN#5 is the non-acknowledgment reception status. For the NACK, the second feedback information is 0001 (the receiving state of the uplink HARQ process with the process number 0 is the acknowledged receiving state ACK), and the 0011 (the receiving state of the uplink HARQ process indicating the process number 1 is the acknowledged receiving state ACK), 0100 (received that the receiving state of the uplink HARQ process with the process number 2 is the non-acknowledgment receiving state NACK), 0110 (the receiving state of the uplink HARQ process with the process number 3 is the non-acknowledged receiving state NACK), and 1000 (the process number is The reception state of the uplink HARQ process of 4 is the non-acknowledgment reception state NACK), 1010 (the reception state of the uplink HARQ process indicating the process number 5 is the non-acknowledgment reception state NACK), and 1100 (the uplink HARQ process indicating the process number of 6) The receiving state is the default receiving state NACK), 1110 (the receiving state of the uplink HARQ process indicating the process number 7 is the default receiving state NACK).
可选的,当第二反馈信息包括用于指示多个上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态时,为了保证终端能够确认出每个接收状态对应哪一个上行数据,第二反馈信息包括的多个接收状态还可以与该终端传输上行数据的时间位置有特定的对应关系。Optionally, when the second feedback information includes a receiving state corresponding to the multiple uplink HARQ processes, in order to ensure that the terminal can confirm which uplink data is received in each receiving state, the second feedback information includes multiple receiving states. It is also possible to have a specific correspondence with the time position at which the terminal transmits uplink data.
假设接入网设备在(#n)时间单元反馈一个上行HARQ进程对应的上行数据的接收状态,其中(#n)表示时间单元的序号,此时,第二反馈信息包括的该上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态可以对应(#n-x)时间单元和(#n-y)时间单元之间包括的时间单元集合,这里的时间单元集合可以包括(#n-x)时间单元和(#n-y)时间单元,其中x和y可以是接入网设备预配置的,或者是动态通知的,或者是终端通知给接入网设备的,或者也可以通过其他通知方式。It is assumed that the access network device feeds back the receiving state of the uplink data corresponding to an uplink HARQ process in the (#n) time unit, where (#n) represents the sequence number of the time unit, and at this time, the uplink HARQ process corresponding to the second feedback information corresponds to The reception state may correspond to a time unit set included between the (#nx) time unit and the (#ny) time unit, where the time unit set may include a (#nx) time unit and a (#ny) time unit, where x and y may be pre-configured by the access network device, or dynamically notified, or notified by the terminal to the access network device, or may be notified by other means.
假设x=6,y=2,并且接收状态采用1bit反馈,则接入网设备在(#n)时间单元传输的第二反馈信息包括5bits,分别为终端在(#n-6)、(#n-5)、(#n-4)、(#n-3)、(#n-2)时间单元传输的上行数据对应的接收状态。Assuming that x=6, y=2, and the receiving state adopts 1-bit feedback, the second feedback information transmitted by the access network device in the (#n) time unit includes 5 bits, respectively, the terminal is at (#n-6), (# The reception state corresponding to the uplink data transmitted by the time unit of n-5), (#n-4), (#n-3), and (#n-2).
可选地,若接入网设备在反馈第二反馈信息时,只接收到该终端在(#n-6)和(#n-4)时间单元发送的上行数据,且确定这两个上行数据对应的接收状态均为确认接收状态ACK,那么接入网设备可以只将5bits中对应这两个时间单元的bit信息置为ACK,剩余3bits信息采用默认接收状态NACK。在这种情况下,第二反馈信息也可以不包括上行HARQ进程的进程号。Optionally, if the access network device feeds back the second feedback information, only the uplink data sent by the terminal in the (#n-6) and (#n-4) time units is received, and the two uplink data are determined. The corresponding receiving state is the acknowledged receiving state ACK, and the access network device can only set the bit information corresponding to the two time units in 5 bits as ACK, and the remaining 3 bits information adopts the default receiving state NACK. In this case, the second feedback information may also not include the process number of the uplink HARQ process.
可选地,当终端和接入网设备之间通过多码字传输上行数据时,接入网设备生成的第二反馈信息针对每个码字进行反馈,此时,每个码字对应一个上行HARQ进程;或者,接入网设备生成的第二反馈信息针对同一个时间单元传输的多个码字进行联合反馈,此时,同一个时间单元传输的多个码字对应同一个上行HARQ进程。Optionally, when the uplink data is transmitted between the terminal and the access network device by using multiple codewords, the second feedback information generated by the access network device is fed back for each codeword. At this time, each codeword corresponds to one uplink. The second feedback information generated by the access network device is jointly fed back to multiple codewords transmitted by the same time unit. At this time, multiple codewords transmitted by the same time unit correspond to the same uplink HARQ process.
可选地,本申请中,第二反馈信息除了包括n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态,还包括时间指示信息,时间指示信息用于指示n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元。此时,在步骤402之前,终端在n个时间单元上通过n个第二HARQ进程发送上行数据,n个时间单元是用于供终端传输上行数据的时间单元,n个时间单元在时域上均位于第一时间单元之前。Optionally, in this application, the second feedback information includes time indication information, and the time indication information is used to indicate a time unit corresponding to the receiving state of the n second HARQ processes, in addition to the receiving state of the n second HARQ processes. At this time, before step 402, the terminal transmits uplink data through n second HARQ processes on n time units, where n time units are time units for the terminal to transmit uplink data, and n time units are in the time domain. Both are located before the first time unit.
可选地,n的值为1;或者,n的值大于等于2。本申请中以n的值大于等于2为例进行说明。Optionally, the value of n is 1; or, the value of n is greater than or equal to 2. In the present application, the value of n is greater than or equal to 2 as an example.
其中,终端在n个时间单元上通过n个第二HARQ进程发送上行数据是指:每个时间单元对应一个第二HARQ进程,终端在每个时间单元通过对应的第二HARQ进程发送上行数据。The sending, by the terminal, the uplink data by using the n second HARQ processes on the n time units means that each time unit corresponds to one second HARQ process, and the terminal sends the uplink data in each time unit through the corresponding second HARQ process.
可选地,n个时间单元在时域上连续;或者,n个时间单元在时域上不连续。Alternatively, n time units are consecutive in the time domain; or, n time units are discontinuous in the time domain.
参考图4G,终端在第j-5个时间单元上通过进程号为0的上行HARQ进程发送上行数据;在第j-4个时间单元上通过进程号为1的上行HARQ进程发送上行数据;第j-3个时间单元上通过进程号为2的上行HARQ进程发送上行数据;第j-2个时间单元上通过进程号为3的上行HARQ进程发送上行数据;在第j个时间单元上接收n个第二HARQ进程对应的接收状态和时间指示信息,即,第j个时间单元为第一时间单元。其中,每个上行HRAQ进程对应的时间单元在时域上连续。Referring to FIG. 4G, the terminal sends uplink data through the uplink HARQ process with the process number 0 on the jth-5th time unit; and sends the uplink data through the uplink HARQ process with the process number 1 on the j-4th time unit; Sending uplink data through the uplink HARQ process with process number 2 on j-3 time units; transmitting uplink data through the uplink HARQ process with process number 3 on the j-2th time unit; receiving n on the jth time unit The receiving state and time indication information corresponding to the second HARQ process, that is, the jth time unit is the first time unit. The time unit corresponding to each uplink HRAQ process is continuous in the time domain.
可选地,在申请中,终端通过HARQ进程号为i的上行HARQ进程发送上行数据,可以理解为,终端发送HARQ进程号为i的上行数据,其中i可以为不小于0的整数。Optionally, in the application, the terminal sends the uplink data by using the uplink HARQ process of the HARQ process number i. It can be understood that the terminal sends the uplink data of the HARQ process ID i, where i can be an integer not less than 0.
参考图4H,终端在第j-5个时间单元上通过进程号为1的上行HARQ进程发送上行数据;在第j-3个时间单元上通过进程号为2的上行HARQ进程发送上行数据;第j-1个时间单元上通过进程号为3的上行HARQ进程发送上行数据;在第j个时间单元上接收n个第二HARQ进程对应的接收状态和时间指示信息,即,第j个时间单元为第一时间单元。其中,每个上行HRAQ进程对应的时间单元在时域上不连续。Referring to FIG. 4H, the terminal sends uplink data through the uplink HARQ process with the process number 1 on the j-5th time unit; and sends the uplink data through the uplink HARQ process with the process number 2 on the j-3th time unit; The uplink data is sent by the uplink HARQ process with the process number 3 on the j-1 time units; the reception state and the time indication information corresponding to the n second HARQ processes are received on the jth time unit, that is, the jth time unit Is the first time unit. The time unit corresponding to each uplink HRAQ process is discontinuous in the time domain.
可选地,本申请中,时间指示信息通过显示指示方式指示每个上行HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元。即,第二反馈信息中包括时间指示信息对应的信息比特。Optionally, in this application, the time indication information indicates a time unit corresponding to the receiving state of each uplink HARQ process by using a display indication manner. That is, the second feedback information includes information bits corresponding to the time indication information.
可选地,本申请中,时间指示信息通过隐式指示方式指示每个上行HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元,此时,第二反馈信息中用于指示接收状态的信息比特还可以用于指示时间指示信息。Optionally, in this application, the time indication information indicates the time unit corresponding to the receiving state of each uplink HARQ process by using an implicit indication manner. At this time, the information bit used to indicate the receiving state in the second feedback information may also be used. Indicates time indication information.
每个上行HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元是指通过该上行HARQ进程发送上行数据的时间单元。比如:在第二反馈信息中包括3bit的接收状态,该3bit接收状态分别为图4H中HARQ进程号为1的上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态,该接收状态对应的时间单元为第j-5个时间单元、HARQ进程号为2的上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态,该接收状态对应的时间单元为第j-3个时间单元、HARQ进程号为3的上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态,该接收状态对应的时间单元为第j-1个时间单元。The time unit corresponding to the receiving state of each uplink HARQ process refers to a time unit for transmitting uplink data by the uplink HARQ process. For example, the second feedback information includes a 3 bit receiving state, where the 3 bit receiving state is a receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process of the HARQ process number 1 in FIG. 4H, and the time unit corresponding to the receiving state is the j-5th The receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process of the time unit and the HARQ process number is 2, and the time unit corresponding to the receiving state is the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process of the j-3th time unit and the HARQ process number 3, and the receiving state The corresponding time unit is the j-1th time unit.
可选地,当终端在第j个时间单元之前还通过第一HARQ进程发送了上行数据时,第二反馈信息还用于指示第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态,时间指示信息还用于指示第一HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元。比如:在图4H中,HARQ进程号为3的上行HARQ进程为第一HARQ进程,终端接收到的第二反馈信息包括该第一HARQ进程的接收状态和该接收状态对应的时间单元。Optionally, when the terminal sends the uplink data by using the first HARQ process before the jth time unit, the second feedback information is further used to indicate a receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process, and the time indication information is further used to indicate the The time unit corresponding to the receiving state of a HARQ process. For example, in FIG. 4H, the uplink HARQ process with the HARQ process number 3 is the first HARQ process, and the second feedback information received by the terminal includes the receiving state of the first HARQ process and the time unit corresponding to the receiving state.
可选地,第二反馈信息中的时间指示信息指示每个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元。比如:在图4H中,时间指示信息指示第j-5个时间单元、第j-3个时间单元和第j-1个时间单元。Optionally, the time indication information in the second feedback information indicates a time unit corresponding to a receiving state of each second HARQ process. For example, in FIG. 4H, the time indication information indicates the j-5th time unit, the j-3th time unit, and the j-1th time unit.
可选地,第二反馈信息中的时间指示信息指示时间范围,该时间范围包括n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元。换句话说,时间指示信息指示包括n个时间单元的时间范围。此时,终端在确定每个接收状态对应的上行HARQ进程时,从时间指示信息指示的时间范围中确定用于进行上行数据传输的时间单元,每个用于上行数据传输的时间单元对应一个接收状态和一个上行HARQ进程,根据该对应关系可以确定出每个接收状态对应的上行HARQ进程。Optionally, the time indication information in the second feedback information indicates a time range, where the time range includes a time unit corresponding to a receiving state of the n second HARQ processes. In other words, the time indication information indicates a time range including n time units. At this time, when determining the uplink HARQ process corresponding to each receiving state, the terminal determines a time unit for performing uplink data transmission from a time range indicated by the time indication information, and each time unit for uplink data transmission corresponds to one receiving. The state and an uplink HARQ process, according to the correspondence, can determine an uplink HARQ process corresponding to each receiving state.
比如:在图4H中,第j-5个时间单元对应HARQ进程号为1的上行HARQ进程,第 j-3个时间单元对应HARQ进程号为2的上行HARQ进程,第j-1个时间单元对应HARQ进程号为3的上行HARQ进程。若第二反馈信息中的接收状态为3bit,分别用于指示:ACK、NACK和ACK;第二反馈信息中时间指示信息指示的时间范围为[j-5,j-1],则从该时间范围中确定出的时域上最早的用于上行数据传输的时间单元(#j-5)对应第一个比特信息对应的接收状态ACK,该接收状态ACK为HARQ进程号为1的上行HARQ进程的接收状态;从该时间范围中确定出的第二个用于上行数据传输的时间单元(#j-3)对应第二个比特信息对应的接收状态NACK,该接收状态NACK为HARQ进程号为2的上行HARQ进程的接收状态;从该时间范围中确定出的第三个用于上行数据传输的时间单元(#j-1)对应第三个比特信息对应的接收状态ACK,该接收状态ACK为HARQ进程号为3的上行HARQ进程的接收状态。For example, in FIG. 4H, the j-5th time unit corresponds to an uplink HARQ process with a HARQ process number of 1, and the j-3th time unit corresponds to an uplink HARQ process with a HARQ process number of 2, and the j-1th time unit Corresponding to the uplink HARQ process with the HARQ process number 3. If the receiving status in the second feedback information is 3 bits, respectively, used to indicate: ACK, NACK, and ACK; and the time range indicated by the time indication information in the second feedback information is [j-5, j-1], then the time is from the time The time unit (#j-5) for the uplink data transmission in the time domain determined in the range corresponds to the reception status ACK corresponding to the first bit information, and the reception status ACK is the uplink HARQ process with the HARQ process number 1 a receiving state; a second time unit (#j-3) for the uplink data transmission determined from the time range corresponds to a receiving state NACK corresponding to the second bit information, and the receiving state NACK is a HARQ process number a receiving state of the uplink HARQ process of 2; a third time unit (#j-1) for uplink data transmission determined from the time range corresponds to a receiving state ACK corresponding to the third bit information, the receiving state ACK The receiving state of the uplink HARQ process with the HARQ process number of 3.
当时间指示信息指示包括n个时间单元的时间范围时,时间指示信息包括但不限于以下几种表示形式。When the time indication information indicates a time range including n time units, the time indication information includes, but is not limited to, the following representations.
第一种:时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间起点和时间终点。示意性地,在图4H中,时间范围为[j-5,j-1],时间指示信息包括(#j-5)时间单元和(#j-1)时间单元。The first type: the time indication information includes the time start and time end of the time range. Illustratively, in FIG. 4H, the time range is [j-5, j-1], and the time indication information includes (#j-5) time unit and (#j-1) time unit.
第二种:时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间起点和时间长度。示意性地,在图4H中,时间范围为[j-5,j-1],时间指示信息包括(#j-5)时间单元和时间长度5个时间单元。Second: The time indication information includes the time start and length of time of the time range. Illustratively, in FIG. 4H, the time range is [j-5, j-1], and the time indication information includes (#j-5) time units and time lengths of 5 time units.
第三种:时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间终点和时间长度。示意性地,在图4H中,时间范围为[j-5,j-1],时间指示信息包括(#j-1)时间单元和时间长度5个时间单元。Third: The time indication information includes the time end of the time range and the length of time. Illustratively, in FIG. 4H, the time range is [j-5, j-1], and the time indication information includes (#j-1) time unit and time length 5 time units.
第四种:时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间长度,时间范围的时间起点或时间终点是预配置的。比如:接入网设备预先为终端配置时间范围的时间起点为第一时间单元之前的第p个时间单元,p为正整数。又比如:接入网设备预先为终端配置时间范围的时间终点为第一时间单元之前的第q个时间单元,q为正整数。p大于q。可选地,接入网设备预先为终端配置的时间范围的时间终点为第一时间单元之前的一个时间单元或者第一时间单元。示意性地,在图4H中,时间范围为[j-5,j-1],时间指示信息包括时间长度5个时间单元,接入网设备为终端配置的时间范围的时间终点为第一时间单元之前的第一个时间单元。Fourth: The time indication information includes the length of time of the time range, and the time start or time end of the time range is pre-configured. For example, the time starting point of the access network device configuring the time range for the terminal is the pth time unit before the first time unit, and p is a positive integer. For another example, the time end point of the access network device pre-configuring the time range for the terminal is the qth time unit before the first time unit, and q is a positive integer. p is greater than q. Optionally, the time end of the time range configured by the access network device for the terminal is a time unit or a first time unit before the first time unit. Illustratively, in FIG. 4H, the time range is [j-5, j-1], the time indication information includes a time length of 5 time units, and the time end of the time range configured by the access network device for the terminal is the first time. The first time unit before the unit.
第五种:时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间起点或时间终点,时间范围的时间长度是预配置的。The fifth type: the time indication information includes a time start or a time end of the time range, and the time length of the time range is pre-configured.
可选地,接入网设备预先为终端配置的时间范围的时间长度与n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的比特数相关联。比如:当第二反馈信息中的比特数为3bit时,时间范围的时间长度内包括3个用于上行数据传输的时间单元。示意性地,在图4H中,时间范围为[j-5,j-1],时间指示信息包括时间终点(#j-1),接入网设备为终端配置的时间范围的时间长度与接收状态的比特数相关联,则时间长度为从时间终点(#j-1)开始向前依次确定出3个用于上行数据传输的时间单元,分别为时间单元(#j-1)、时间单元(#j-3)和时间单元(#j-5),时间范围的时间长度为5个时间单元。Optionally, the time length of the time range configured by the access network device for the terminal is associated with the number of bits corresponding to the receiving states of the n second HARQ processes. For example, when the number of bits in the second feedback information is 3 bits, the time unit of the time range includes three time units for uplink data transmission. Illustratively, in FIG. 4H, the time range is [j-5, j-1], the time indication information includes the time end point (#j-1), and the time length and reception time of the time range configured by the access network device for the terminal The number of bits of the state is associated, and the length of time is determined from the end of time (#j-1) to determine three time units for uplink data transmission, respectively, time unit (#j-1), time unit (#j-3) and time unit (#j-5), the time range of the time range is 5 time units.
可选地,时间指示信息所指示的时间范围对应的时间起点或时间终点是预定义的,时间范围的时间长度与n个HARQ进程的接收状态对应的比特数相关联。在这种实施方式下,可以认为,接入网设备在第一时间单元发送的反馈信息可以只包括n个HARQ进程的接收状态,此时这n个HARQ进程的接收状态对应的n个时间单元所在的时间范围的时间长度与用于表示n个HARQ进程的接收状态的bit数相关联,可以理解的是,此时,时间指示信 息指示的时间范围是由预定义的时间起点或时间终端和隐含关联的时间长度所确定的。亦即可以理解,第一时间单元的反馈信息包括接收状态而不包括显式的时间指示信息,或者可以理解为,时间指示信息与n个HARQ进程的接收状态共用了反馈信息中包括的控制字段,该控制字段由一个或多个bit组成。假设第一时间单元包括的反馈信息中包括X个bit,则这X个bit每个bit的具体取值可以表示对应的HARQ进程的接收状态,X个bit的个数即X可以表示这X个bit对应的HARQ进程所在的时间范围的时间长度。Optionally, the time start or the time end corresponding to the time range indicated by the time indication information is predefined, and the time length of the time range is associated with the number of bits corresponding to the receiving status of the n HARQ processes. In this embodiment, it may be considered that the feedback information sent by the access network device in the first time unit may include only the receiving state of the n HARQ processes, and the n time units corresponding to the receiving states of the n HARQ processes. The length of time of the time range is associated with the number of bits used to indicate the receiving status of the n HARQ processes. It can be understood that, at this time, the time range indicated by the time indication information is determined by a predefined time start or time terminal and The length of the implicit association is determined by the length of time. That is, it can be understood that the feedback information of the first time unit includes the receiving status without including the explicit time indication information, or it can be understood that the time indication information shares the control field included in the feedback information with the receiving status of the n HARQ processes. The control field consists of one or more bits. Assuming that the feedback information included in the first time unit includes X bits, the specific value of each bit of the X bits may indicate the receiving state of the corresponding HARQ process, and the number of X bits, that is, X may represent the X bits. The length of time in the time range in which the HARQ process corresponds to the bit.
可选地,在上述时间指示信息的各个表示形式中,时间起点和时间终点均是以第一时间单元为参考时间单元表示的,在实际实现时,也可以通过对应的时间单元的序号顺序表示,比如:第2个时间单元、第5个时间单元等,本实施例不对时间起点和时间终点的表示方式作限定。Optionally, in each representation form of the foregoing time indication information, both the time start point and the time end point are represented by the first time unit as a reference time unit, and may be represented by the sequence order of the corresponding time unit in actual implementation. For example, the second time unit, the fifth time unit, and the like, the present embodiment does not limit the representation of the time start point and the time end point.
可选地,在上述时间指示信息的各个表示形式中,时间长度通过时间单元的个数来表示,在实际实现时,时间长度也可以通过时长来表示,比如:1ms、2ms等来表示。Optionally, in each representation of the time indication information, the length of time is represented by the number of time units. In actual implementation, the length of time may also be represented by a duration, such as 1 ms, 2 ms, or the like.
可选地,在本申请中,时间范围的时间起点可以为该时间范围包括的某个时间单元的起始边界,时间范围的时间终点可以为该时间范围包括的某个时间单元的结束边界,为了便于描述,在本申请实施例中,可以简化描述为:时间范围的时间起点或者时间终点可以为该时间范围包括的某个时间单元。例如,在本申请中,下面两种描述是等价的。一种描述是:时间范围的时间起点为该时间范围包括的在时间上最早的时间单元的起始边界,时间范围的时间终点为该时间范围包括的在时间上最晚的时间单元的结束边界;另外一种等价的描述是:时间范围的时间起点为该时间范围包括的在时间上最早的时间单元,时间范围的时间终点为该时间范围包括的在时间上最晚的时间单元。Optionally, in the present application, the time start of the time range may be the start boundary of a certain time unit included in the time range, and the time end point of the time range may be the end boundary of a certain time unit included in the time range. For convenience of description, in the embodiment of the present application, the time start or the time end point described as the time range may be simplified as a certain time unit included in the time range. For example, in the present application, the following two descriptions are equivalent. A description is that the time start of the time range is the start boundary of the time unit that is the earliest in time, and the time end of the time range is the end boundary of the time unit that is the latest in the time range. Another equivalent description is that the time start of the time range is the time unit that is the earliest in time, and the time end of the time range is the time unit that is the latest in the time range.
可选地,在上述时间指示信息的各个表示形式中,都需要保证第二反馈信息中的接收状态的比特数与该时间指示信息指示的时间范围的时间长度相关联。通过第二反馈信息中的接收状态的比特数与时间指示信息指示的时间范围的时间长度相关联,使得终端能够直接确定出接收状态与时间单元之间的对应关系,节省了接入网设备的信令开销。Optionally, in each representation form of the foregoing time indication information, it is required to ensure that the number of bits of the receiving state in the second feedback information is associated with the length of time of the time range indicated by the time indication information. The number of bits of the receiving state in the second feedback information is associated with the time length of the time range indicated by the time indication information, so that the terminal can directly determine the correspondence between the receiving state and the time unit, thereby saving the access network device. Signaling overhead.
可选地,第二反馈信息中的接收状态的比特数还可以不与时间指示信息指示的时间范围的时间长度相关联,参考图4I,第二反馈信息中的接收状态的比特数为5bit,而时间指示信息指示的时间范围内包括7个用于上行数据传输的时间单元。此时,终端无法直接确定出这7个时间单元与5bit的接收状态之间的对应关系,需要接入网设备向终端发送额外的信令,来通知终端确定时间单元与接收状态之间的对应关系的方式;或者,通过预设的规则,使得终端可以确定时间单元与接收状态时间的对应关系的方式。例如,针对图4I,预设规则可以是,第二反馈信息中的接收状态对应时间指示信息指示的时间范围中包括的在时域位置上靠前的时间单元,例如本例中,5bit分别对应标号为1-5的时间单元。Optionally, the number of bits of the receiving state in the second feedback information may not be associated with the time length of the time range indicated by the time indication information. Referring to FIG. 4I, the number of bits in the receiving state in the second feedback information is 5 bits. The time range indicated by the time indication information includes 7 time units for uplink data transmission. At this time, the terminal cannot directly determine the correspondence between the 7 time units and the 5 bit receiving state, and the access network device needs to send additional signaling to the terminal to notify the terminal to determine the correspondence between the time unit and the receiving state. The manner of the relationship; or, by a preset rule, the manner in which the terminal can determine the correspondence between the time unit and the reception state time. For example, for FIG. 4I, the preset rule may be that the receiving state in the second feedback information corresponds to a time unit in the time domain position included in the time range indicated by the time indication information, for example, in this example, 5 bits respectively correspond to Time units numbered 1-5.
可选地,在本申请中,时间范围的时间起点是n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元,比如:在图4H中,时间范围的时间起点为时间单元(#j-5)。这样,节省了接入网设备的信令开销。Optionally, in the present application, the time start of the time range is the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units, for example, in FIG. 4H, the time start of the time range is the time unit (#j-5). . In this way, the signaling overhead of the access network device is saved.
可选地,在本申请中,时间终点是n个时间单元中在时域上最晚的时间单元。比如:在图4H中,时间范围的时间终点为时间单元(#j-1)。这样,节省了接入网设备的信令开销。Alternatively, in the present application, the time end point is the latest time unit in the time domain among the n time units. For example, in Figure 4H, the time end of the time range is the time unit (#j-1). In this way, the signaling overhead of the access network device is saved.
可选地,当时间范围的时间起点是n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元、且时间终点是n个时间单元中在时域上最晚的时间单元时,时间长度是n个时间单元中在时域上 最早的时间单元至在时域上最晚的时间单元之间的时长。Optionally, when the time start of the time range is the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units, and the time end point is the latest time unit in the time domain among the n time units, the time length is n The length of time between the earliest time unit in the time domain and the latest time unit in the time domain.
对于UL grant free场景下的上行数据的传输,由于终端不基于接入网设备的调度来传输上行数据,因此,接入网设备无法预先判断终端发送上行数据的时间位置。通常接入网设备通过盲检测,例如:检测参考信号是否存在来确定终端是否发送上行数据。此时,接入网设备可能会存在漏检的情况,即终端在预配置的资源上发送了上行数据,但接入网设备并没有检测到。此时,如果终端一直等待接入网设备反馈的上行数据的接收状态,则会存在一直等不到该接收状态的情况,从而导致增加上行数据的处理时延的问题。为了降低该处理时延,对于进行UL grant free数据传输的终端,接入网设备可以通过高层信令为该终端配置自动重传定时器,终端在发送上行数据之后,启动该自动重传定时器,如果在该自动重传定时器的定时时长到达时,终端还未接收到该上行数据的接收状态,则终端自动重传该上行数据。这样,终端不会一直等待该上行数据的接收状态,降低了上行数据的处理时延。For the transmission of the uplink data in the UL grant free scenario, since the terminal does not transmit the uplink data based on the scheduling of the access network device, the access network device cannot predetermine the time position at which the terminal sends the uplink data. Generally, the access network device determines whether the terminal sends uplink data by blind detection, for example, detecting whether a reference signal exists. At this time, the access network device may have a missed detection condition, that is, the terminal sends the uplink data on the pre-configured resource, but the access network device does not detect it. At this time, if the terminal waits for the receiving state of the uplink data fed back by the access network device, there is a case that the receiving state is not received, which causes a problem of increasing the processing delay of the uplink data. In order to reduce the processing delay, the access network device can configure an automatic retransmission timer for the terminal through the high layer signaling, and the terminal starts the automatic retransmission timer after transmitting the uplink data. If the terminal has not received the receiving status of the uplink data when the timing of the automatic retransmission timer arrives, the terminal automatically retransmits the uplink data. In this way, the terminal does not wait for the receiving state of the uplink data, and reduces the processing delay of the uplink data.
其中,终端通过上行HARQ进程发送上行数据之后,重传定时器用于触发终端通过该上行HARQ进程重传该上行数据,自动重传定时器的启动时刻位于该上行HARQ进程对应的时间单元之后。After the terminal sends the uplink data through the uplink HARQ process, the retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal to retransmit the uplink data by using the uplink HARQ process, and the start time of the automatic retransmission timer is after the time unit corresponding to the uplink HARQ process.
可选地,若终端在第k个时间单元上发送上行数据,自动重传定时器的启动时刻位于第k+1个时间单元,即终端在第k个时间单元发送上行数据之后,从第k+1个时间单元开始启动自动重传定时器,假设自动重传定时器可以用m个时间单元表示,则终端如果在第k+m个时间单元还没有接收到接入网设备对于该终端在第k个时间单元发送的上行数据的接收状态反馈,该终端可以在第k+m+1个时间单元自动重传在第k个时间单元发送的上行数据;或者,自动重传定时器的启动时刻位于第k+h个时间单元,h由接入网设备预先配置并发送给终端,或者h为标准协议规范的,或者h也可以为接入网设备通过动态信令例如物理层信令通知给终端。可选地,h用于指示反馈时延,其中,反馈时延为终端通过上行HARQ进程发送上行数据的时刻至接收到该上行HARQ进程的接收状态的时刻之间间隔的时长。进一步地,反馈时延为终端通过上行HARQ进程发送上行数据的时刻至接收到该上行HARQ进程的接收状态的时刻之间间隔的最小时长。例如,若终端在第k个时间单元上发送数据,如果终端在第k+h个时间单元上没有接收到接入网设备对于该终端在第k个时间单元发送的上行数据的接收状态反馈,该终端可以启动自动重传定时器用于计时。可选地,终端可以在第k+h个时间单元,或者第k+h+1个时间单元启动该自动重传定时器。如果自动重传定时器可以用m个时间单元表示,那么如果终端在第k+h+m个时间单元或者在第k+h+m+1个时间单元还没有接收到接入网设备对于该终端在第k个时间单元发送的上行数据的接收状态反馈,该终端可以在第k+h+m+1或者在第k+h+m+2个时间单元自动重传在第k个时间单元发送的上行数据。Optionally, if the terminal sends the uplink data on the kth time unit, the start time of the automatic retransmission timer is located in the k+1th time unit, that is, after the terminal sends the uplink data in the kth time unit, from the kth +1 time unit starts to start the automatic retransmission timer. If the automatic retransmission timer can be represented by m time units, the terminal does not receive the access network device for the terminal if it is not in the k+m time unit. The receiving status feedback of the uplink data sent by the kth time unit, the terminal may automatically retransmit the uplink data sent in the kth time unit in the k+m+1 time unit; or, the automatic retransmission timer is started. The time is located in the k+th time unit, h is pre-configured by the access network device and sent to the terminal, or h is a standard protocol specification, or h can also be notified by the access network device through dynamic signaling, for example, physical layer signaling. Give the terminal. Optionally, h is used to indicate a feedback delay, where the feedback delay is the duration of the interval between the time when the terminal sends the uplink data by the uplink HARQ process and the time when the receiving state of the uplink HARQ process is received. Further, the feedback delay is a minimum duration between the time when the terminal transmits the uplink data by the uplink HARQ process and the time when the receiving state of the uplink HARQ process is received. For example, if the terminal transmits data on the kth time unit, if the terminal does not receive the receiving state feedback of the uplink data sent by the access network device for the terminal in the kth time unit on the k+th time unit, The terminal can initiate an automatic retransmission timer for timing. Optionally, the terminal may start the automatic retransmission timer in the k+thth time unit or the k+h+1th time unit. If the automatic retransmission timer can be represented by m time units, if the terminal has not received the access network device in the k+h+m time units or in the k+h+m+1 time units, The receiving state feedback of the uplink data sent by the terminal in the kth time unit, the terminal may automatically retransmit in the kth time unit at the k+h+m+1 or at the k+h+m+2 time units The uplink data sent.
其中,反馈时延时根据终端与接入网设备之间的传输延迟、接入网设备解调上行数据的延迟和接入网设备调制第二反馈信息的延迟中的至少一种确定的。The feedback time delay is determined according to at least one of a transmission delay between the terminal and the access network device, a delay of the access network device demodulating the uplink data, and a delay of the access network device modulating the second feedback information.
由于在终端中配置有自动重传定时器,因此,在终端通过上行HARQ进程发送了上行数据后,为了保证终端在自动重传该上行数据之前能够接收到该上行数据对应的接收状态,即,保证终端接收到的接收状态的有效性,或者说保证接入网设备反馈接收状态的有效性, 在本申请中,时间范围包括子时间范围,子时间范围的时间长度小于或等于重传等待时长,重传等待时长包括自动重传定时器的定时时长。其中,子时间范围的时间起点为n个第二HARQ进程中满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程对应的时间单元,子时间范围的时间终点为第一时间单元或第一时间单元之前的时间单元。满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程是指n个第二HARQ进程中在时域上最早进行自动重传的第二HARQ进程。由于时间范围中的子时间范围的时间起点为满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程对应的时间单元,而子时间范围的时间长度小于该满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长,这样,可以保证在终端自动重传该满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程对应的上行数据之前接收到该上行数据的接收状态,保证了该接收状态的有效性。Since the automatic retransmission timer is configured in the terminal, after the terminal sends the uplink data through the uplink HARQ process, the terminal can receive the receiving state corresponding to the uplink data before automatically retransmitting the uplink data, that is, The validity of the receiving state received by the terminal is ensured, or the validity of the access network device is guaranteed to be fed back. In the present application, the time range includes the sub-time range, and the length of the sub-time range is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time. The retransmission waiting duration includes the timing duration of the automatic retransmission timer. The time start of the sub-time range is a time unit corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition in the n second HARQ processes, and the time end point of the sub-time range is the time unit before the first time unit or the first time unit . The second HARQ process that satisfies the preset condition refers to the second HARQ process that is the oldest automatic retransmission in the time domain in the n second HARQ processes. The time start of the sub-time range in the time range is a time unit corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the time length of the sub-time range is smaller than the automatic retransmission time corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition. The timing of the received data is ensured before the terminal automatically retransmits the uplink data corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the validity of the received state is ensured.
可选地,子时间范围的时间起点与时间范围的时间起点相同;和/或,子时间范围的时间终点与时间范围的时间终点相同。Optionally, the time start of the sub-time range is the same as the time start of the time range; and/or, the time end of the sub-time range is the same as the time end of the time range.
示意性地,在图4J中,终端在第k个时间单元上通过上行HARQ进程发送上行数据后,自动重传定时器的启动时刻位于第k+1个时间单元,且每个上行HARQ进程对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长相等均为3个时间单元;此时,为了保证上行HARQ进程0在重传上行数据之前接收到对应的接收状态,上行HARQ进程0的最晚反馈的时间单元为第4个时间单元,第4个时间单元位于第一时间单元之后,或者,第4个时间单元为第一时间单元。同理,上行HARQ进程1的最晚反馈的时间单元为第5个时间单元,第5个时间单元位于第一时间单元之后,或者,第5个时间单元为第一时间单元;上行HARQ进程3的最晚反馈的时间单元为第6个时间单元,第6个时间单元位于第一时间单元之后,或者,第6个时间单元为第一时间单元。Illustratively, in FIG. 4J, after the terminal sends the uplink data through the uplink HARQ process on the kth time unit, the start time of the automatic retransmission timer is located in the k+1th time unit, and each uplink HARQ process corresponds to The timing of the automatic retransmission timer is equal to three time units; in this case, in order to ensure that the uplink HARQ process 0 receives the corresponding reception state before retransmitting the uplink data, the time unit of the latest feedback of the uplink HARQ process 0 For the 4th time unit, the 4th time unit is located after the first time unit, or the 4th time unit is the first time unit. Similarly, the time unit of the latest feedback of the uplink HARQ process 1 is the 5th time unit, the 5th time unit is located after the first time unit, or the 5th time unit is the first time unit; the uplink HARQ process 3 The latest feedback time unit is the 6th time unit, the 6th time unit is located after the first time unit, or the 6th time unit is the first time unit.
下面根据子时间范围与时间范围之间的关系的不同,对时间范围进行介绍。The time range is described below based on the relationship between the sub-time range and the time range.
1、时间范围的时间起点为满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程对应的时间单元,时间终点为第一时间单元。子时间范围的时间起点与时间范围的时间起点相同,子时间范围的时间终点与时间范围的时间终点相同或不同。1. The time start of the time range is the time unit corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the time end point is the first time unit. The time start of the sub-time range is the same as the time start of the time range, and the time end of the sub-time range is the same as or different from the time end of the time range.
参考图4K,时间范围的时间长度等于满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程对应的自动重传计时器的定时时长,此时,终端可以在重传上行HARQ进程0对应的上行数据之前至少接收到上行HARQ进程0对应的接收状态,可选地,终端在重传上行HARQ进程0对应的上行数据之前还可以接收到上行HARQ进程1和2对应的接收状态。Referring to FIG. 4K, the time length of the time range is equal to the timing duration of the automatic retransmission timer corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition. At this time, the terminal may receive at least the uplink data corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 0. The receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 0, optionally, the terminal may also receive the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ processes 1 and 2 before retransmitting the uplink data corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 0.
2、时间范围的时间起点为满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程对应的时间单元,时间终点为第一时间单元之前的某个时间单元。子时间范围的时间起点与时间范围的时间起点相同,子时间范围的时间终点与时间范围的时间终点相同或不同。2. The time starting point of the time range is a time unit corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the time end point is a certain time unit before the first time unit. The time start of the sub-time range is the same as the time start of the time range, and the time end of the sub-time range is the same as or different from the time end of the time range.
参考图4L,时间范围小于满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程对应的自动重传计时器的定时时长,此时,终端可以在重传上行HARQ进程0对应的上行数据之前至少接收到上行HARQ进程0对应的接收状态,可选地,终端在重传上行HARQ进程0对应的上行数据之前还可以接收到上行HARQ进程1对应的接收状态。Referring to FIG. 4L, the time range is smaller than the timing of the automatic retransmission timer corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition. At this time, the terminal may receive at least the uplink HARQ process before retransmitting the uplink data corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 0. The receiving state corresponding to 0, optionally, the terminal may also receive the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 1 before retransmitting the uplink data corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 0.
3、时间范围的时间起点为满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程对应的时间单元之前的时间单元,时间终点为第一时间单元。子时间范围的时间起点与时间范围的时间起点不同,子时间范围的时间终点与时间范围的时间终点相同或不同。3. The time start of the time range is the time unit before the time unit corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the time end point is the first time unit. The time start of the sub-time range is different from the time start of the time range, and the time end of the sub-time range is the same as or different from the time end of the time range.
参考图4M,时间范围中的子时间范围小于满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程对应的自 动重传计时器的定时时长,终端可以在重传上行HARQ进程0对应的上行数据之前至少接收到上行HARQ进程0对应的接收状态,可选地,终端在重传上行HARQ进程0对应的上行数据之前还可以接收到上行HARQ进程1和2对应的接收状态。Referring to FIG. 4M, the sub-time range in the time range is smaller than the timing duration of the automatic retransmission timer corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the terminal may receive at least the uplink before retransmitting the uplink data corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 0. The receiving state corresponding to the HARQ process 0. Optionally, the terminal may also receive the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ processes 1 and 2 before retransmitting the uplink data corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 0.
4、时间范围的时间起点为满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程对应的时间单元之前的时间单元,时间终点为第一时间单元之前的时间单元。此时,子时间范围的时间起点与时间范围的时间起点不同,子时间范围的时间终点与时间范围的时间终点相同或不同。4. The time start of the time range is the time unit before the time unit corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the time end point is the time unit before the first time unit. At this time, the time start of the sub-time range is different from the time start of the time range, and the time end of the sub-time range is the same as or different from the time end of the time range.
参考图4N,时间范围中的子时间范围小于满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程对应的自动重传计时器的定时时长,此时,终端可以在重传上行HARQ进程0对应的上行数据之前至少接收到上行HARQ进程0对应的接收状态,可选地,终端在重传上行HARQ进程0对应的上行数据之前还可以接收到上行HARQ进程1对应的接收状态。Referring to FIG. 4N, the sub-time range in the time range is smaller than the timing of the automatic retransmission timer corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition. At this time, the terminal may retransmit at least the uplink data corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 0. The receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 0 is received. Optionally, the terminal may further receive the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 1 before retransmitting the uplink data corresponding to the uplink HARQ process 0.
示意性地,在图4O中,终端在第1个时间单元上通过HARQ进程号为0的上行HARQ进程发送上行数据后,等待1个时间单元后,启动该HARQ进程号为0的上行HARQ进程对应的自动重传定时器,即,自动重传定时器的启动时刻位于第3个时间单元,且该上行HARQ进程对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长相等均为3个时间单元;此时,为了保证HARQ进程号为0的上行HARQ进程在重传上行数据之前接收到对应的接收状态,HARQ进程号为0的上行HARQ进程的最晚反馈的时间单元为第5个时间单元,第5个时间单元位于第一时间单元之后,或者,第5个时间单元为第一时间单元。同理,HARQ进程号为1的上行HARQ进程的最晚反馈的时间单元为第6个时间单元,第6个时间单元位于第一时间单元之后,或者,第6个时间单元为第一时间单元;HARQ进程号为2的上行HARQ进程的最晚反馈的时间单元为第7个时间单元,第7个时间单元位于第一时间单元之后,或者,第7个时间单元为第一时间单元。Illustratively, in FIG. 4O, after the uplink data is sent by the uplink HARQ process with the HARQ process number 0 in the first time unit, the terminal waits for one time unit, and then starts the uplink HARQ process with the HARQ process number 0. The corresponding automatic retransmission timer, that is, the start time of the automatic retransmission timer is located in the third time unit, and the timing of the automatic retransmission timer corresponding to the uplink HARQ process is equal to three time units; In order to ensure that the uplink HARQ process with the HARQ process number of 0 receives the corresponding receiving state before retransmitting the uplink data, the time unit of the latest feedback of the uplink HARQ process with the HARQ process number 0 is the fifth time unit, the fifth time. The time unit is located after the first time unit, or the fifth time unit is the first time unit. Similarly, the time unit of the latest feedback of the uplink HARQ process with the HARQ process number 1 is the sixth time unit, the sixth time unit is located after the first time unit, or the sixth time unit is the first time unit. The time unit of the latest feedback of the uplink HARQ process with the HARQ process number 2 is the 7th time unit, the 7th time unit is located after the first time unit, or the 7th time unit is the first time unit.
在这种场景下,时间范围的时间长度与自动重传定时器的定时时长之间的关系参见图4K至图4N,此时,图4K至图4N中自动重传定时器的启动时刻向后移动一个时间单元。In this scenario, the relationship between the length of the time range and the timing of the automatic retransmission timer is shown in FIG. 4K to FIG. 4N. At this time, the start timing of the automatic retransmission timer in FIG. 4K to FIG. 4N is backward. Move a time unit.
可选地,本申请中,预设条件为以下条件中的至少一种:Optionally, in the present application, the preset condition is at least one of the following conditions:
对应的时间单元为n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元的第二HARQ进程;The corresponding time unit is a second HARQ process of the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units;
对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长最短的第二HARQ进程;The second HARQ process with the shortest duration of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer;
对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长大于预设长度的第二HARQ进程。The timing of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer is greater than the second HARQ process of the preset length.
示意性地,当各个上行HARQ进程对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长相等时,n个第二HARQ进程中,对应的时间单元为n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元的第二HARQ进程为满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程。由于接入网设备在第一时间单元发送的第二反馈信息中包括这n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态,因此,为了保证反馈接收状态的有效性,第一时间单元在时间上的时间位置不迟于这n个第二HARQ进程对应的n个自动重传时间单元中的最早的时间单元。由于各个上行HARQ进程对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长相等,因此满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程为在所述n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元对应的第二HARQ进程。Illustratively, when the timings of the automatic retransmission timers corresponding to the respective uplink HARQ processes are equal, in the n second HARQ processes, the corresponding time unit is the first of the n time units in the time domain. The second HARQ process is a second HARQ process that satisfies a preset condition. Since the access information of the n second HARQ processes is included in the second feedback information sent by the access network device in the first time unit, the time position of the first time unit in time is ensured in order to ensure the validity of the feedback receiving state. No later than the earliest time unit of the n automatic retransmission time units corresponding to the n second HARQ processes. The second HARQ process that meets the preset condition is the second HARQ process corresponding to the earliest time unit in the time domain in the n time units, because the timings of the automatic retransmission timers corresponding to the respective uplink HARQ processes are equal. .
示意性地,当各个上行HARQ进程对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长不相等时,n个第二HARQ进程中,最早重传上行数据的第二HARQ进程为满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程。其中,最早传输上行数据的第二HARQ进程是指:n个HARQ进程中,经历一个自动重传定时器的定时时长之后,在时间上最早的自动重传上行数据的第二HARQ进程。The second HARQ process that retransmits the uplink data in the n second HARQ processes is the second HARQ that meets the preset condition, when the timings of the automatic retransmission timers of the respective uplink HARQ processes are not equal. process. The second HARQ process that transmits the uplink data at the earliest is the second HARQ process that automatically retransmits the uplink data in the first time after experiencing the timing duration of an automatic retransmission timer in the n HARQ processes.
示意性地,当n个第二HARQ进程中,存在f个第二HARQ进程对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长小于或等于预设长度,f/n的值小于预设阈值时,终端将n个第二HARQ进程中,对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长大于预设长度的第二HARQ进程确定为满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程。The timing of the automatic retransmission timer corresponding to the fth second HARQ processes is less than or equal to the preset length, and the value of f/n is less than the preset threshold, the terminal will In the n second HARQ processes, the second automatic HARQ process whose timing duration is greater than the preset length is determined to be the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
示意性地,n个HARQ进程,经历各自对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长之后,会对应q个自动重传时间单元,其中q小于或等于n。其中,如果n个HARQ进程中每个HARQ进程经历各自对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长之后,对应的自动重传时间单元都不相同,则q等于n;或者,如果n个HARQ进程中,存在至少两个HARQ进程经历各自对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长之后,对应的自动重传时间单元相同,则q小于n。Schematically, after n timings of the respective automatic retransmission timers, the n HARQ processes correspond to q automatic retransmission time units, where q is less than or equal to n. If the corresponding automatic retransmission time unit is different after each HARQ process in the n HARQ processes experiences the timing of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer, q is equal to n; or, if n HARQ processes are in the process After there are at least two HARQ processes experiencing the timing duration of the respective automatic retransmission timers, the corresponding automatic retransmission time units are the same, then q is less than n.
为了保证接入网设备反馈的n个HARQ进程的接收状态的有效性,第一时间单元在时域上位于预设时间单元之前;或者,第一时间单元为预设时间单元。其中,预设时间单元在时域上的位置满足如下特征:n个HARQ进程中存在e个HARQ进程对应的自动重传时间单元在该预设时间单元之前。其中,e/n的比值是预先配置的;或者,e是预先配置的。In order to ensure the validity of the receiving state of the n HARQ processes fed back by the access network device, the first time unit is located before the preset time unit in the time domain; or the first time unit is the preset time unit. The position of the preset time unit in the time domain satisfies the following feature: the automatic retransmission time unit corresponding to the e HARQ processes in the n HARQ processes precedes the preset time unit. Wherein, the ratio of e/n is pre-configured; or, e is pre-configured.
在申请中,自动重传时间单元是终端通过一个HARQ进程发送完数据之后,经历一个自动重传定时器的定时时长之后对应的时间单元。示意性地,在图4J中的,HARQ进程号为0的自动重传时间单元为第5个时间单元。In the application, the automatic retransmission time unit is a time unit corresponding to the timing duration after an automatic retransmission timer is passed after the terminal transmits data through one HARQ process. Illustratively, in FIG. 4J, the automatic retransmission time unit with the HARQ process number of 0 is the fifth time unit.
需要说明的是,当终端基于UL grant free进行上行数据传输时,所使用的时间资源在时间上的分布可以是预配置的,例如可以是周期出现的。如果该周期不等于1,则终端基于UL grant free进行上行数据传输的时间单元是不连续的。另一方面,当接入网设备发送的反馈信息中包括时间指示信息时,为了简化设计,时间指示信息可以对应一个连续的时间范围,此时终端可以将该时间范围内包括的用于UL grant free的上行数据传输的时间单元对应的HARQ进程与接入网设备反馈信息中的接收状态相对应。It should be noted that when the terminal performs uplink data transmission based on the UL grant free, the time resource distribution used in the time may be pre-configured, for example, may occur periodically. If the period is not equal to 1, the time unit in which the terminal performs uplink data transmission based on the UL grant free is discontinuous. On the other hand, when the time information is included in the feedback information sent by the access network device, the time indication information may correspond to a continuous time range, and the terminal may include the UL grant in the time range. The HARQ process corresponding to the time unit of the free uplink data transmission corresponds to the reception state in the feedback information of the access network device.
需要补充说明的是,在本申请中,终端侧的时间单元的时间长度与接入网设备侧的时间单元的时间长度可以相同也可以不相同。如果不相同,终端可以按照本端时间单元的长度来理解第二反馈信息中的时间指示信息所指示的时间范围。It should be noted that, in the present application, the time length of the time unit on the terminal side may be the same as or different from the time length of the time unit on the access network device side. If not, the terminal can understand the time range indicated by the time indication information in the second feedback information according to the length of the local time unit.
可选地,对于每个接入网设备已经向终端反馈过接收状态的上行HARQ进程,若接入网设备在下一次反馈该上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态之前,确定出在本次反馈至下一次反馈之间,终端继续采用该上行HARQ进程传输上行数据,则接入网设备在本次反馈该上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态之后,可以将该上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态设置为默认接收状态,例如:NACK。若接入网设备在下一次反馈该上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态时,确定出该上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态为确认接收状态ACK,则将该上行HARQ进程对应的默认接收状态即NACK修改(替换)为ACK。Optionally, for each of the access network devices, the uplink HARQ process that has received the received status to the terminal, if the access network device feeds back the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process, determine the current feedback to the next time. Between the feedback, the terminal continues to use the uplink HARQ process to transmit the uplink data, and the access network device may set the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process to the default receiving state after the feedback state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process is fed back. For example: NACK. If the access network device determines the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process next time, and determines that the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process is the acknowledgment receiving state ACK, the default receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process is NACK modification (replacement) ) is ACK.
本实施例中,通过在本次反馈上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态之后,接入网设备将该上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态设置为默认接收状态,可以避免出现丢包的情况。In this embodiment, after the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process is fed back, the access network device sets the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process to the default receiving state, so that the packet loss situation can be avoided.
参考图5,其示出了接入网设备反馈默认接收状态的示意图。假设终端在第1个时间单元501通过HPN#2对应的上行HARQ进程发送第一上行数据502,在第3个时间单元503接收到接入网设备发送的反馈信息504,该反馈信息504指示第一上行数据502对应的接收状态为ACK。Referring to Figure 5, there is shown a schematic diagram of an access network device feeding back a default reception state. It is assumed that the terminal transmits the first uplink data 502 in the first time unit 501 through the uplink HARQ process corresponding to the HPN #2, and receives the feedback information 504 sent by the access network device in the third time unit 503, the feedback information 504 indicating the The receiving status corresponding to an uplink data 502 is ACK.
终端在接收到该反馈信息504之后,在第5个时间单元505继续通过HPN#2对应的上行HARQ进程发送第二上行数据506。终端在第7个时间单元508接收到接入网设备发送的反馈信息507,该反馈信息507指示第二上行数据506对应的接收状态。After receiving the feedback information 504, the terminal continues to transmit the second uplink data 506 through the uplink HARQ process corresponding to HPN#2 in the fifth time unit 505. The terminal receives the feedback information 507 sent by the access network device in the seventh time unit 508, and the feedback information 507 indicates the receiving status corresponding to the second uplink data 506.
在一种情况下,接入网设备在发送反馈信息504之后,不将HPN#2对应的接收状态设置为NACK。此时,如果接入网设备漏检测第二上行数据506(即没有检测到第二上行数据506),则反馈信息507指示的HPN#2对应的接收状态仍然为ACK。这种情况下,终端会误认为第二上行数据506被接入网设备正确接收,从而将第二上行数据506丢掉,即出现上行业务的丢包情况。In one case, the access network device does not set the reception status corresponding to HPN#2 to NACK after transmitting the feedback information 504. At this time, if the access network device leaks the second uplink data 506 (ie, the second uplink data 506 is not detected), the reception status corresponding to the HPN #2 indicated by the feedback information 507 is still ACK. In this case, the terminal may mistakenly think that the second uplink data 506 is correctly received by the access network device, so that the second uplink data 506 is lost, that is, the packet loss situation of the uplink service occurs.
而在本实施例中,接入网设备在发送反馈信息504之后,将HPN#2对应的接收状态设置为NACK。此时,如果接入网设备漏检测第二上行数据506,则反馈信息507指示的HPN#2对应的接收状态为NACK。这种情况下,终端确定第二上行数据506没有被接入网设备正确接收,从而重传第二上行数据506,避免了出现上行业务的丢包情况。In this embodiment, after the feedback network device sends the feedback information 504, the access state corresponding to the HPN #2 is set to NACK. At this time, if the access network device leaks the second uplink data 506, the reception status corresponding to the HPN #2 indicated by the feedback information 507 is NACK. In this case, the terminal determines that the second uplink data 506 is not correctly received by the access network device, so that the second uplink data 506 is retransmitted, thereby avoiding the packet loss situation of the uplink service.
另外,在本实施例中,若接入网设备正确接收到第二上行数据506,则会将NACK修改为ACK,并在第7个时间单元508上向终端发送反馈信息507,反馈信息507用于指示第二上行数据506的接收状态为ACK,相应地,终端会在第7个时间单元508上接收到该反馈信息507。In addition, in this embodiment, if the access network device correctly receives the second uplink data 506, the NACK is modified to ACK, and the feedback information 507 is sent to the terminal on the seventh time unit 508, and the feedback information 507 is used. The receiving state indicating that the second uplink data 506 is ACK, correspondingly, the terminal receives the feedback information 507 on the seventh time unit 508.
在图5中,第3个时间单元503可以看为“本次反馈”所在的时间单元,第7个时间单元508可以看为“下一次反馈”所在的时间单元。In FIG. 5, the third time unit 503 can be regarded as the time unit in which "this feedback" is located, and the seventh time unit 508 can be regarded as the time unit in which "next feedback" is located.
可选地,对于每个接入网设备已经向终端反馈过接收状态的上行HARQ进程,若接入网设备在下一次反馈该上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态之前,确定出在本次反馈至下一次反馈之间,终端不采用该上行HARQ进程传输上行数据,则接入网设备可以重复传输该上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态。Optionally, for each of the access network devices, the uplink HARQ process that has received the received status to the terminal, if the access network device feeds back the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process, determine the current feedback to the next time. Between the feedback, the terminal does not use the uplink HARQ process to transmit uplink data, and the access network device may repeatedly transmit the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process.
参考图6,其示出了接入网设备重复传输上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态的示意图。假设终端在第1个时间单元601通过HPN#2对应的上行HARQ进程发送第一上行数据602,在第3个时间单元603接收到接入网设备发送的反馈信息604,该反馈信息604指示第一上行数据602的接收状态为ACK。Referring to FIG. 6, there is shown a schematic diagram of a receiving state in which an access network device repeatedly transmits an uplink HARQ process. It is assumed that the terminal transmits the first uplink data 602 in the first time unit 601 through the uplink HARQ process corresponding to the HPN #2, and the third time unit 603 receives the feedback information 604 sent by the access network device, the feedback information 604 indicating the first The receiving status of an uplink data 602 is ACK.
在接入网设备侧,从第3个时间单元603到第5个时间单元605包括的时间单元都为下行时间单元(用于下行数据传输的时间单元)。如果接入网设备在第5个时间单元605仍然对HPN#2对应的接收状态进行反馈,则接入网设备在第5个时间单元发送的反馈信息606指示HPN#2对应的接收状态为ACK。此时,由于在第3个时间单元603(对应“本次反馈“所在的时间单元)和第5个时间单元605(对应“下一次反馈“所在的时间单元)之间,不存在上行时间单元(用于上行数据传输的时间单元),因此,接入网设备可以对HPN#2的接收状态继续重复反馈,而不需要考虑在第3个时间单元603反馈之后,将HPN#2对应的接收状态改为默认接收状态。这样可以提升反馈信息传输可靠性。On the access network device side, the time units included from the third time unit 603 to the fifth time unit 605 are all downlink time units (time units for downlink data transmission). If the access network device still feeds back the reception status corresponding to HPN#2 in the fifth time unit 605, the feedback information 606 sent by the access network device in the fifth time unit indicates that the reception status corresponding to HPN#2 is ACK. . At this time, since there is no uplink time unit between the third time unit 603 (corresponding to the time unit in which the current feedback is located) and the fifth time unit 605 (corresponding to the time unit in which the next feedback is located) (Time unit for uplink data transmission), therefore, the access network device can continue to repeat feedback on the reception status of HPN#2 without considering the reception corresponding to HPN#2 after the feedback of the third time unit 603 The status changes to the default receiving status. This can improve the reliability of feedback information transmission.
对于接入网设备确定终端是否采用与本次反馈的接收状态对应的上行HARQ进程继续传输上行数据的方式,本实施例不作限定。The manner in which the access network device determines whether the terminal uses the uplink HARQ process corresponding to the received state of the current feedback to continue to transmit the uplink data is not limited in this embodiment.
示意性地,接入网设备根据终端剩余的待传输的上行数据的数量,确定终端是否采用与本次反馈的接收状态对应的上行HARQ进程继续传输上行数据。或者,如果接入网设备 判断在本次反馈接收状态对应的时间单元和下次反馈接收状态对应的时间单元之间,没有上行时间单元可以供终端设备传输上行数据,那么,接入网设备可以确定终端在两次反馈接收状态对应的时间单元之间,不会使用本次反馈的接收状态对应的上行HARQ进程继续传输上行数据;相反地,如果接入网设备判断在本次反馈接收状态对应的时间单元和下次反馈接收状态对应的时间单元之间,有上行时间单元可以供终端设备传输上行数据,那么,接入网设备可以判断,该终端在两次反馈接收状态对应的时间单元之间,有可能使用本次反馈的接收状态对应的上行HARQ进程继续传输上行数据。又或者,如果与本次反馈的接收状态对应的上行HARQ进程传输的数据是基于接入网设备调度的,则接入网设备可以确定,在两次连续的调度该上行HARQ进程的时间单元范围内,该终端不会使用本次反馈的接收状态对应的上行HARQ进程继续传输上行数据。Illustratively, the access network device determines whether the terminal continues to transmit uplink data by using an uplink HARQ process corresponding to the received state of the current feedback according to the number of uplink data to be transmitted. Alternatively, if the access network device determines that there is no uplink time unit for the terminal device to transmit uplink data between the time unit corresponding to the current feedback receiving state and the time unit corresponding to the next feedback receiving state, the access network device may Determining that the terminal does not use the uplink HARQ process corresponding to the received state of the feedback to continue to transmit uplink data between the time units corresponding to the two feedback receiving states; conversely, if the access network device determines that the feedback receiving state corresponds to the current feedback state Between the time unit and the time unit corresponding to the next feedback receiving state, there is an uplink time unit for the terminal device to transmit the uplink data. Then, the access network device can determine that the terminal is in the time unit corresponding to the two feedback receiving states. In the meantime, it is possible to continue to transmit uplink data by using the uplink HARQ process corresponding to the reception status of this feedback. Or, if the data transmitted by the uplink HARQ process corresponding to the received state of the current feedback is scheduled based on the access network device, the access network device may determine that the time unit range of the uplink HARQ process is continuously scheduled twice. The terminal does not continue to transmit uplink data by using the uplink HARQ process corresponding to the received state of the feedback.
下面对第一反馈信息的相关特征进行详细介绍。The related features of the first feedback information are described in detail below.
可选地,第一反馈信息除了用于调度第一HARQ进程对应的第一上行数据之外,还用于调度n个第二HARQ进程中的m个第二HARQ进程发送上行数据,1≤m≤n,m为整数。Optionally, the first feedback information is used to schedule, in addition to the first uplink data corresponding to the first HARQ process, the m second HARQ processes in the n second HARQ processes to send uplink data, 1≤m ≤ n, m is an integer.
在第一种实现中,s=m,第一反馈信息还用于调度终端通过s个第二HARQ进程重传对应的其它上行数据。In the first implementation, s=m, the first feedback information is further used by the scheduling terminal to retransmit the corresponding other uplink data by using the s second HARQ processes.
在这种方式下,接入网设备在接收到第一上行数据,且向终端发送反馈信息之前,确定该s个第二HARQ进程的接收状态为非确认接收状态NACK,并通过第一反馈信息指示重传对应的其它上行数据所需的资源。In this manner, before receiving the first uplink data and sending the feedback information to the terminal, the access network device determines that the receiving state of the s second HARQ processes is a non-acknowledgment receiving state NACK, and passes the first feedback information. Indicates the resources required to retransmit the corresponding other uplink data.
需要补充说明的是,本申请实施例中,s个第二HARQ进程的接收状态为有效NACK。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the receiving state of the s second HARQ processes is a valid NACK.
其中,有效NACK是指:当默认接收状态为NACK时,除该默认接收状态NACK之外的NACK,即,除了接入网设备在由于处理时延而来不及处理部分第二HARQ进程时,所设置的这些第二HARQ进程对应的NACK。The valid NACK is: when the default receiving state is NACK, the NACK except the default receiving state NACK, that is, the access network device is set when the processing time delay is too late to process part of the second HARQ process. These second HARQ processes correspond to NACKs.
比如,在图4F中,HPN#6和HPN#7对应的NACK不是有效NACK,即,第一反馈信息不用于调度HPN#6和HPN#7对应的其它上行数据。For example, in FIG. 4F, the NACK corresponding to HPN #6 and HPN #7 is not a valid NACK, that is, the first feedback information is not used to schedule other uplink data corresponding to HPN #6 and HPN #7.
在第二种实现中,0<s<m,第一反馈信息既用于调度终端通过s个第二HARQ进程重传对应的其它上行数据,又用于调度终端通过m-s个第二HARQ进程初传对应的其它上行数据。In the second implementation, 0<s<m, the first feedback information is used for the scheduling terminal to retransmit the corresponding other uplink data by using the s second HARQ processes, and is used for scheduling the terminal to pass the ms second HARQ process. Pass the corresponding other uplink data.
在这种方式下,接入网设备在接收到第一上行数据,且向终端发送反馈信息之前,确定该s个第二HARQ进程的接收状态为非确认接收状态NACK,并通过第一反馈信息指示重传对应的其它上行数据所需的资源;确定该m-s个第二HARQ进程的接收状态为确认接收状态ACK,并通过第一反馈信息指示初传对应的其它上行数据所需的资源。In this manner, before receiving the first uplink data and sending the feedback information to the terminal, the access network device determines that the receiving state of the s second HARQ processes is a non-acknowledgment receiving state NACK, and passes the first feedback information. Determining resources required for retransmitting the corresponding other uplink data; determining that the receiving state of the ms second HARQ processes is an acknowledgment receiving state ACK, and indicating, by using the first feedback information, resources required for initial transmission of other uplink data.
比如:在图4F中,HPN#0、HPN#2-HPN#5为第二HARQ进程对应的进程号,接入网设备确定HPN#0对应的其它上行数据的接收状态为确认接收状态ACK,HPN#2-HPN#5对应的其它上行数据的接收状态为非确认接收状态NACK,则第一反馈信息既用于调度终端重传HPN#2-HPN#5对应的其它上行数据;又用于调度终端初传HPN#0对应的其它上行数据。For example, in FIG. 4F, HPN#0, HPN#2-HPN#5 are the process numbers corresponding to the second HARQ process, and the access network device determines that the receiving status of other uplink data corresponding to HPN#0 is the acknowledged receiving status ACK. The receiving state of the other uplink data corresponding to HPN#2-HPN#5 is the non-acknowledgment receiving state NACK, and the first feedback information is used for scheduling the terminal to retransmit other uplink data corresponding to HPN#2-HPN#5; The scheduling terminal first transmits other uplink data corresponding to HPN#0.
在第三种实现中,0≤s<m,第一反馈信息用于调度终端通过m-s个第二HARQ进程初传对应的其它上行数据。In a third implementation, 0 ≤ s < m, the first feedback information is used to schedule other uplink data corresponding to the terminal to be initially transmitted through the m-s second HARQ processes.
在这种方式下,接入网设备在接收到第一上行数据,且向终端发送反馈信息之前,确定该m-s个第二HARQ进程的接收状态为确认接收状态ACK,并通过第一反馈信息指示初传对应的其它上行数据所需的资源。In this manner, before receiving the first uplink data and sending the feedback information to the terminal, the access network device determines that the receiving status of the ms second HARQ processes is the acknowledged receiving status ACK, and indicates by using the first feedback information. The resources required for the initial data corresponding to the initial transmission.
比如:在图4F中,HPN#0、HPN#2-HPN#5为第二HARQ进程对应的进程号,接入网设备确定HPN#0对应的其它上行数据的接收状态为确认接收状态ACK,则第一反馈信息用于调度终端初传HPN#0对应的其它上行数据。For example, in FIG. 4F, HPN#0, HPN#2-HPN#5 are the process numbers corresponding to the second HARQ process, and the access network device determines that the receiving status of other uplink data corresponding to HPN#0 is the acknowledged receiving status ACK. Then, the first feedback information is used to schedule other uplink data corresponding to the initial transmission of HPN#0 by the terminal.
需要补充说明的是,在上述三种实现方式中,s的取值均为整数。It should be noted that, in the above three implementation manners, the values of s are all integers.
可选地,在上述三种实现方式中,m的取值小于n时,第一反馈信息不会包括第二反馈信息中所有的上行HARQ进程对应的调度信息。Optionally, in the foregoing three implementation manners, when the value of m is less than n, the first feedback information does not include scheduling information corresponding to all uplink HARQ processes in the second feedback information.
参考图7示出的接入网设备生成的反馈信息,该反馈信息由两部分组成:DCI group 1(第二反馈信息)和DCI group 2(第一反馈信息)。DCI group 1用于指示n+1个上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态;DCI group 2用于调度终端通过上行HARQ进程HPN#i~上行HARQ进程HPN#j发送的上行数据,其中,包括第一HARQ进程发送的上行数据。i和j不相等,且i和j均为整数。Referring to the feedback information generated by the access network device shown in FIG. 7, the feedback information is composed of two parts: DCI group 1 (second feedback information) and DCI group 2 (first feedback information). The DCI group 1 is used to indicate the receiving state corresponding to the n+1 uplink HARQ processes; the DCI group 2 is used to schedule the uplink data sent by the terminal through the uplink HARQ process HPN#i to the uplink HARQ process HPN#j, where the first HARQ is included. The upstream data sent by the process. i and j are not equal, and i and j are integers.
可选地,本申请实施例中,为了降低终端盲检反馈信息的复杂度,接入网设备对第一反馈信息的状态进行配置。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in order to reduce the complexity of the blind detection feedback information of the terminal, the access network device configures the state of the first feedback information.
其中,第一反馈信息的状态包括:只包括第一HARQ进程的调度信息、至少两个上行HARQ进程的调度信息(至少两个上行HARQ进程包括第一HARQ进程)。The state of the first feedback information includes: scheduling information including only the first HARQ process, and scheduling information of the at least two uplink HARQ processes (at least two uplink HARQ processes include the first HARQ process).
当第一反馈信息作用的上行HARQ进程个数不同时,第一反馈信息的大小也不同,因此为了降低由于第一反馈信息的大小不同,导致终端盲检复杂度提高的问题,在一种实现中,无论第一反馈信息作用的上行HARQ进程的个数是多少,对应的第一反馈信息的大小都相同;在另一种实现中,接入网设备采用高层配置的方式,配置第一反馈信息是针对第一HARQ进程,还是针对多个上行HARQ进程,此时,接入网设备还可以配置多个上行HARQ进程的个数。When the number of uplink HARQ processes applied by the first feedback information is different, the size of the first feedback information is also different. Therefore, in order to reduce the complexity of the blind detection of the terminal due to the difference in the size of the first feedback information, an implementation is implemented. In the other implementation, the access network device adopts a high-level configuration manner to configure the first feedback, regardless of the number of the uplink HARQ processes that the first feedback information is used. The information is for the first HARQ process or for multiple uplink HARQ processes. In this case, the access network device can also configure the number of multiple uplink HARQ processes.
在本申请实施例中,第一反馈信息包括时域资源配置信息和/或频域资源配置信息。In the embodiment of the present application, the first feedback information includes time domain resource configuration information and/or frequency domain resource configuration information.
时域资源配置信息至少包括:时域资源的大小和/或时域资源的位置。The time domain resource configuration information includes at least: a size of the time domain resource and/or a location of the time domain resource.
频域资源配置信息至少包括:频域资源的大小和/或频域资源的位置。The frequency domain resource configuration information includes at least: a size of the frequency domain resource and/or a location of the frequency domain resource.
假设第一上行数据对应的接收状态为确认接收状态ACK,那么,第一反馈信息至少可以用于该终端使用该第一HARQ进程初传第二上行数据。Assuming that the receiving state corresponding to the first uplink data is the acknowledgment receiving state ACK, the first feedback information may be used at least for the terminal to initially transmit the second uplink data by using the first HARQ process.
假设第一上行数据对应的接收状态为非确认接收状态NACK,那么,第一反馈信息至少可以用于该终端使用该第一HARQ进程重传第一上行数据。Assuming that the receiving state corresponding to the first uplink data is a non-acknowledgment receiving state NACK, the first feedback information may be used by the terminal to retransmit the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process.
可选地,第一反馈信息还可以包括其他用于指示上行调度传输的控制信息,例如:调制与编码策略(Modulation and Coding Scheme,MCS)、传输功率控制(Transmission Power Control,TPC)、重传上行数据所需的签名信息等,本实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the first feedback information may further include other control information for indicating uplink scheduling transmission, such as: Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS), Transmission Power Control (TPC), and retransmission. The signature information and the like required for the uplink data are not limited in this embodiment.
可选地,当第一反馈用于调度终端除了通过第一HARQ进程发送上行数据,还调度终端通过第二HARQ进程发送上行数据时,终端通过第一HARQ进程发送上行数据的频域资源和终端通过第二HARQ进程发送上行数据的频域资源可以相同,也可以不同,其中,频 域资源包括频域资源的大小和/或频域资源的位置。Optionally, when the first feedback is used by the scheduling terminal to send the uplink data by using the first HARQ process, and the scheduling terminal sends the uplink data by using the second HARQ process, the terminal sends the frequency domain resource and the terminal of the uplink data by using the first HARQ process. The frequency domain resources for transmitting uplink data by using the second HARQ process may be the same or different, and the frequency domain resources include the size of the frequency domain resources and/or the location of the frequency domain resources.
当终端通过第一HARQ进程发送上行数据的频域资源和终端通过第二HARQ进程发送上行数据的频域资源不同时,第一HARQ进程对应的频域资源与第二HARQ进程对应的频域资源可以具有预定义或者预配置的关系,或者二者之间的关系也可以是通过动态信令通知的。其中,预配置的关系可以通过无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令实现,或者其他方式,不作具体限定。The frequency domain resource corresponding to the first HARQ process and the frequency domain resource corresponding to the second HARQ process are different when the frequency domain resource of the uplink data is sent by the terminal and the frequency domain resource of the second HARQ process is different. There may be a predefined or pre-configured relationship, or the relationship between the two may also be notified by dynamic signaling. The pre-configured relationship may be implemented by using Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling, or other manners, and is not specifically limited.
同理,对于终端通过第一HARQ进程发送上行数据的时域资源和终端通过第二HARQ进程发送上行数据的时域资源之间的关系,也有相同说明。Similarly, the same applies to the relationship between the time domain resource in which the terminal transmits the uplink data through the first HARQ process and the time domain resource in which the terminal transmits the uplink data through the second HARQ process.
可选地,在本申请实施例中,反馈信息为终端特定的控制信息,可以通过终端特定的C-RNTI进行加扰,该反馈信息中第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息承载在同一个下行信道中,即,接入网设备通过该下行信道发送该反馈信息中第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the feedback information is the specific control information of the terminal, and may be scrambled by the specific C-RNTI of the terminal, where the first feedback information and the second feedback information are carried in the same downlink. In the channel, the access network device sends the first feedback information and the second feedback information in the feedback information through the downlink channel.
可选地,下行信道是物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH);或者,是增强物理下行控制信道(Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel,EPDCCH);或者,是物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH);或者,是5G***中的下行信道,本实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the downlink channel is a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH); or an Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (EPDCCH); or a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel) , PDSCH); or, is a downlink channel in the 5G system, which is not limited in this embodiment.
可选地,基于上述各个实施例,接入网设备可以配置终端是否接收反馈信息。请参考图8,其示出了本申请另一个示例性实施例提供的反馈信息传输方法的流程图,该方法用于图1所示的移动通信***中。在步骤402之前,该方法包括还以下几个步骤。Optionally, based on the foregoing various embodiments, the access network device may configure whether the terminal receives the feedback information. Please refer to FIG. 8 , which is a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by another exemplary embodiment of the present application, which is used in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1 . Prior to step 402, the method includes the following further steps.
步骤801,接入网设备向终端发送配置信息。Step 801: The access network device sends configuration information to the terminal.
配置信息用于指示终端在同一下行信道上接收第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息。即,接入网设备将第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息联合生成反馈信息。The configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal receives the first feedback information and the second feedback information on the same downlink channel. That is, the access network device combines the first feedback information and the second feedback information to generate feedback information.
可选地,配置信息通过无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令配置;或者,通过物理层信令配置;或者,通过MAC信令配置,本实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the configuration information is configured by radio resource control (RRC) signaling; or is configured by physical layer signaling; or is configured by using MAC signaling, which is not limited in this embodiment.
步骤802,终端接收配置信息。In step 802, the terminal receives the configuration information.
终端根据该配置信息确定通过下行信息接收反馈信息。The terminal determines, according to the configuration information, that the feedback information is received through the downlink information.
可选地,当配置信息用于指示终端在不同的下行信道上接收第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息时,终端在两个独立的下行信道上分别接收第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息。Optionally, when the configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal receives the first feedback information and the second feedback information on different downlink channels, the terminal respectively receives the first feedback information and the second feedback information on two independent downlink channels.
综上所述,本实施例提供给的反馈信息传输方法,通过接入网设备向终端发送配置信息,从而使得终端确定是否通过同一条下行信道接收反馈信息中的第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息,实现了接入网设备动态配置反馈信息的接收方式。In summary, the feedback information transmission method provided by the embodiment sends the configuration information to the terminal through the access network device, so that the terminal determines whether the first feedback information and the second feedback in the feedback information are received through the same downlink channel. The information realizes the receiving mode of the dynamic configuration feedback information of the access network device.
本实施例通过动态配置反馈信息的接收方式,既实现了尽可能地减少UE盲检测的次数,又实现了尽可能地保证不在同一个下行信道中引入过多的开销。例如,当第二反馈信息包括的有效信息比特数目小于第一阈值时,接入网设备可以设计同一个下行信道同时包括第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息,这样可以节省信令开销;另一方面,当第二反馈信息包括的有效信息比特数目大于第一阈值时,接入网设备可以设计不同的下行信道分别包括第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息,这样可以避免下行信道承载过多的负载(Payload)。In this embodiment, by dynamically configuring the receiving manner of the feedback information, the number of blind detections of the UE is reduced as much as possible, and the excessive overhead is not ensured in the same downlink channel as much as possible. For example, when the number of valid information bits included in the second feedback information is less than the first threshold, the access network device may design the same downlink channel to include both the first feedback information and the second feedback information, which may save signaling overhead; In an aspect, when the number of valid information bits included in the second feedback information is greater than the first threshold, the access network device may design different downlink channels to include the first feedback information and the second feedback information, respectively, so as to avoid excessive downlink channel bearer. Load (Payload).
可选地,步骤801可单独实现为接入网设备侧的方法实施例;步骤802可单独实现为 终端侧的方法实施例,本实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, step 801 can be implemented as a method embodiment on the access network device side. Step 802 can be implemented as a method on the terminal side. This embodiment is not limited.
可选地,接入网设备可以不向终端发送配置信息。此时,终端隐含判定是通过一条下行信道接收第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息,还是通过两条独立的下行信道接收第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息。Optionally, the access network device may not send configuration information to the terminal. At this time, the terminal implicitly determines whether the first feedback information and the second feedback information are received through one downlink channel, or the first feedback information and the second feedback information are received through two independent downlink channels.
示意性地,当第二反馈信息包括的有效信息比特数目小于第一阈值时,终端确定通过一条下行信道接收第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息,这样,接入网设备无需向终端发送配置信息,节省了下行信道的开销。反之,当第二反馈信息包括的有效信息比特数目大于或等于第一阈值时,终端确定通过两条独立的下行信道接收第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息。Illustratively, when the number of valid information bits included in the second feedback information is less than the first threshold, the terminal determines to receive the first feedback information and the second feedback information through a downlink channel, so that the access network device does not need to send configuration information to the terminal. , saving the overhead of the downlink channel. On the contrary, when the number of valid information bits included in the second feedback information is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the terminal determines to receive the first feedback information and the second feedback information through two independent downlink channels.
可选地,当上述各个实施例所述的上行数据传输过程所使用的时域资源和/或频域资源属于免许可频段时,第一时间单元、第二时间单元和第三时间单元所在的频段是免许可频段,第一时间单元、第二时间单元是一次TxOP中的上行持续时间(UL duration)所包括的时间单元。第三时间单元可以属于该次TxOP,也可以不属于该次TxOP,本实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, when the time domain resource and/or the frequency domain resource used by the uplink data transmission process in the foregoing embodiments are unlicensed, the first time unit, the second time unit, and the third time unit are located. The frequency band is an unlicensed frequency band, and the first time unit and the second time unit are time units included in the uplink duration (UL duration) in one TxOP. The third time unit may belong to the secondary TxOP or may not belong to the secondary TxOP, which is not limited in this embodiment.
本实施例中,UL duration可以是预配置的,也可以是接入网设备动态通知的,也可以是终端动态通知给接入网设备的,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In this embodiment, the UL duration may be pre-configured, or may be dynamically notified by the access network device, or may be dynamically notified to the access network device by the terminal, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
可选地,UL duration是接入网设备通过向终端发送无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令来配置的。Optionally, the UL duration is configured by the access network device by sending Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling to the terminal.
可选地,UL duration是接入网设备通过在免许可频段上的公共物理下行控制信道(Common Physical Downlink Control Channel,C-PDCCH)上向终端传输公共控制信息指示配置的。此时,终端通过免许可频段上的公共控制信息指示确定UL duration。其中,公共控制信息可以指示下行突发数据传输的结束位置。请参考图9A,C-PDCCH通知的UL duration包括第三时间单元92,该UL duration与该C-PDCCH所在的下行TTI94属于同一个TxOP96。Optionally, the UL duration is configured by the access network device by transmitting a common control information indication to the terminal on a Common Physical Downlink Control Channel (C-PDCCH) on the unlicensed frequency band. At this time, the terminal determines the UL duration through the common control information indication on the unlicensed band. The common control information may indicate an end position of the downlink burst data transmission. Referring to FIG. 9A, the UL duration notified by the C-PDCCH includes a third time unit 92 that belongs to the same TxOP 96 as the downlink TTI 94 where the C-PDCCH is located.
可选地,终端可以通过UL grant free在第三时间单元向接入网设备发送上行数据;也可以通过UL grant在第三时间单元向接入网设备发送上行数据,本申请对此不作限定。Optionally, the terminal may send the uplink data to the access network device in the third time unit by using the UL grant, and may send the uplink data to the access network device in the third time unit by using the UL grant, which is not limited in this application.
可选地,在上述各个实施例中提及的用于UL grant free传输的资源包括以下至少一项:基于UL grant free传输的上行数据所使用的时间资源、基于UL grant free传输的上行数据所使用的频率资源、基于UL grant free传输的上行数据所使用的签名信息。其中,签名信息包括以下至少一项:码本、码字、序列、交织图样、映射图样、解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal,DMRS)、前导(Preamble)、空间维度信息、功率维度信息。或者,更为一般地,用于UL grant free传输的资源包括基于UL grant free传输的上行数据所对应的任意资源,该资源包括时间上的资源、频率上的资源、空间域上的资源、码域资源、功率信息、用于辅助上行数据解调所需要的资源(例如参考信号、辅助实现时频同步的参考信号以及前导序列等)。Optionally, the resources for the UL grant free transmission mentioned in the foregoing various embodiments include at least one of the following: a time resource used for uplink data transmitted based on the UL grant free, and an uplink data based on the UL grant free transmission. The frequency resource used, the signature information used for uplink data transmitted based on UL grant free. The signature information includes at least one of the following: a codebook, a codeword, a sequence, an interleaving pattern, a mapping pattern, a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS), a preamble, a spatial dimension information, and a power dimension information. Or, more generally, the resource used for the UL grant free transmission includes any resource corresponding to the uplink data transmitted by the UL grant free, where the resource includes resources in time, resources in frequency, resources in the spatial domain, and code. Domain resources, power information, resources needed to assist in uplink data demodulation (eg, reference signals, reference signals that assist in implementing time-frequency synchronization, and preamble sequences, etc.).
可选地,在上述各个实施例中提及的重传上行数据所需的签名信息,可以包括以下至少一项:MCS,DMRS相关控制信息(示意性地,可以包括循环移位(Cyclic Shift,CS)和正交掩码(Orthogonal Cover Code,OCC))、码本、码字、序列、交织图样、映射图样、 解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal,DMRS)、前导(Preamble)、空间维度信息、功率维度信息。或者,更为一般地,重传上行数据所需的签名信息包括重传上行数据所对应的任意资源,该资源包括时间上的资源、频率上的资源、空间域上的资源、码域资源、功率信息、以及用于辅助重传上行数据解调所需要的资源,例如解调参考信号、辅助实现时频同步的参考信号以及前导序列中的一个或多个。Optionally, the signature information required for retransmitting the uplink data mentioned in the foregoing various embodiments may include at least one of the following: MCS, DMRS related control information (schematically, may include cyclic shift (Cyclic Shift, CS) and Orthogonal Cover Code (OCC)), codebook, codeword, sequence, interleaving pattern, mapping pattern, Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS), preamble, spatial dimension information , power dimension information. Or, more generally, the signature information required for retransmitting the uplink data includes any resource corresponding to the retransmission of the uplink data, where the resource includes resources in time, resources in the frequency, resources in the spatial domain, and code domain resources. Power information, and resources needed to assist in retransmission of uplink data demodulation, such as demodulation reference signals, reference signals that assist in implementing time-frequency synchronization, and one or more of the preamble sequences.
可选地,在上述各个实施例中提及的终端发送的上行数据,例如:包括终端在第三时间单元发送的上行数据,终端在第二时间单元发送的上行数据,可以对应1个传输块(Transmission Block,TB)或1个编码块(Code Block,CB),或者也可以对应多个TB或者多个CB,在此不作具体限定。Optionally, the uplink data sent by the terminal mentioned in each of the foregoing embodiments includes, for example, uplink data sent by the terminal in the third time unit, and the uplink data sent by the terminal in the second time unit may correspond to one transport block. (Transmission Block, TB) or one code block (CB), or may correspond to a plurality of TBs or a plurality of CBs, and is not specifically limited herein.
可选地,在上述各个实施例中提及的接收状态,除了可以包括ACK和/或NACK,还可以包括DTX。当接收状态包括ACK、NACK、DTX时,当采用位图形式指示接收状态时,可以使用2bit指示每个HARQ进程对应的接收状态。Alternatively, the reception status mentioned in the above various embodiments may include DTX in addition to ACK and/or NACK. When the reception status includes ACK, NACK, and DTX, when the reception status is indicated in the form of a bitmap, 2 bits may be used to indicate the reception status corresponding to each HARQ process.
可选地,在上述各个实施例中提及的n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态,包括:终端通过第二HARQ进程发送其它上行数据时的接收状态,和/或,终端未通过第二HARQ进程发送其它上行数据时的默认接收状态。当终端通过第二HARQ进程发送了其他上行数据,但由于数据接收处理时延以及其他问题,接入网设备在发送第二反馈信息时,无法反馈该第二HARQ进程发送的其他上行数据的接收状态时,可以使用默认接收状态对该第二HARQ进程对应的其他上行数据进行反馈。Optionally, the receiving states of the n second HARQ processes mentioned in the foregoing various embodiments include: a receiving state when the terminal sends other uplink data by using the second HARQ process, and/or, the terminal does not pass the second HARQ The default receiving status when the process sends other upstream data. When the terminal sends other uplink data through the second HARQ process, but the data receiving processing delay and other problems, the access network device cannot feed back the receiving of other uplink data sent by the second HARQ process when sending the second feedback information. In the state, the default receiving state may be used to feedback other uplink data corresponding to the second HARQ process.
可选地,在上述各个实施例中,第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息可以承载在UL grant中,其中,UL grant为调度上行数据传输的下行控制信息Downlink Control Information(DCI)。以LTE***为例,UL grant可以通过格式为DCI format 0、DCI format 4,DCI format 0A、DCI format 0B、DCI format 4A、DCI format 4B的下行控制信道发送,或者,也可以理解为:以DCI format 0、DCI format 4,DCI format 0A、DCI format 0B、DCI format 4A、DCI format 4B的下行控制信道发送的全部下行控制信息可以视为UL grant。为了简化设计,第二反馈信息可以复用UL grant中的某些冗余bit来指示n个第二HARQ进程;或者,n个第二HARQ进程和第一HARQ进程的接收状态。例如,当UL grant中包括的某些字段信息是半静态配置的,那么,这些字段信息可以用来指示上述接收状态;又例如,UL grant中的频率资源指示信息,也可以用来指示上述接收状态。或者,也可以在已有的UL grant中添加额外bit指示n个第二HARQ进程,或者n个第二HARQ进程和第一HARQ进程的接收状态。可选地,为了减少UE盲检测复杂度,可以在添加上述额外bit之后的UL grant中使用特定的一个或多个bit指示当前添加额外bit之后的UL grant是只用于调度上行数据(例如,只包括第一反馈信息),还是既用于调度上行数据,又包括第二反馈信息。进一步的,特定的一个或多个bit还用于指示添加额外bit之后的UL grant只包括第二反馈信息。Optionally, in the foregoing embodiments, the first feedback information and the second feedback information may be carried in a UL grant, where the UL grant is Downlink Control Information (DCI) for scheduling uplink data transmission. Taking the LTE system as an example, the UL grant can be sent through the downlink control channel in the format of DCI format 0, DCI format 4, DCI format 0A, DCI format 0B, DCI format 4A, and DCI format 4B, or can be understood as: DCI. All downlink control information sent by the downlink control channel of the format 0, the DCI format 4, the DCI format 0A, the DCI format 0B, the DCI format 4A, and the DCI format 4B may be regarded as a UL grant. In order to simplify the design, the second feedback information may multiplex some redundant bits in the UL grant to indicate n second HARQ processes; or, n second HARQ processes and reception states of the first HARQ process. For example, when some field information included in the UL grant is semi-statically configured, the field information may be used to indicate the foregoing receiving state; for example, the frequency resource indicating information in the UL grant may also be used to indicate the foregoing receiving. status. Alternatively, an extra bit may be added to the existing UL grant to indicate the n second HARQ processes, or the receiving states of the n second HARQ processes and the first HARQ process. Optionally, in order to reduce the blind detection complexity of the UE, a specific one or more bits may be used in the UL grant after adding the extra bit to indicate that the UL grant after adding the extra bit is used only for scheduling uplink data (for example, It includes only the first feedback information, and is used for both scheduling uplink data and second feedback information. Further, the specific one or more bits are further used to indicate that the UL grant after adding the extra bit only includes the second feedback information.
可选地,在上述各个实施例中,终端在第一下行信道中检测反馈信息(例如,通过UL grant检测反馈信息),进一步地,终端可以根据该反馈信息中包括的指示信息(例如,通过UL grant中包括的指示信息),确定该反馈信息的状态,该反馈信息的状态包括以下至少一种:反馈信息包括第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息;反馈信息只包括第一反馈信息(例如反馈信息只包括用于上行数据传输的调度信息,不包括以bitmap或者其他形式指示的第二HARQ进程的接收状态);反馈信息只包括第二反馈信息(例如只包括以bitmap或者其他形 式指示的第二HARQ进程的接收状态)。Optionally, in each of the foregoing embodiments, the terminal detects the feedback information in the first downlink channel (for example, the feedback information is detected by using the UL grant), and further, the terminal may be configured according to the indication information included in the feedback information (for example, The status of the feedback information is determined by the indication information included in the UL grant, and the status of the feedback information includes at least one of the following: the feedback information includes the first feedback information and the second feedback information; and the feedback information includes only the first feedback information ( For example, the feedback information includes only scheduling information for uplink data transmission, and does not include a receiving state of the second HARQ process indicated by a bitmap or other form; the feedback information includes only the second feedback information (for example, only includes a bitmap or other form indication) The receiving state of the second HARQ process).
可选地,在上述各个实施例中,终端可以在第二下行信道中检测反馈信息(例如,通过UL grant检测反馈信息),进一步地,终端可以根据该反馈信息中包括的指示信息(例如,通过UL grant中包括的指示信息),确定该反馈信息的状态,该反馈信息的状态可以只包括:反馈信息包括第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息,反馈信息只包括第一反馈信息。这尤其适用于,当第一反馈信息使用的比特数目较多时,如果该反馈信息只包括第二反馈信息,则会使得UL grant中冗余bit数目较多。这种情况下,终端可以在第三下行信道中检测包括第二反馈信息的控制信息,例如该控制信息中只包括以bitmap或者其他形式指示的第二HARQ进程的接收状态,又例如,该控制信息中不仅包括以bitmap或者其他形式指示的第二HARQ进程的接收状态,还包括其他一些控制信息,例如发射功率控制(Transmit Power Control,TPC)信息,MCS信息等,但不包括时域资源配置信息和/或频域资源配置信息。通过第二下行信道中传输的下行控制信息使用的传输格式与通过第三下行信道中传输的下行控制信息使用的传输格式不同。即终端需要至少两次盲检测才能检测到第二下行信道中承载的反馈信息和第三下行信道中承载的包括第二反馈信息的控制信息。Optionally, in the foregoing embodiments, the terminal may detect feedback information in the second downlink channel (for example, detecting feedback information by using a UL grant), and further, the terminal may be configured according to the indication information included in the feedback information (for example, The status of the feedback information is determined by the indication information included in the UL grant. The status of the feedback information may include: the feedback information includes the first feedback information and the second feedback information, and the feedback information includes only the first feedback information. This is especially applicable when the number of bits used by the first feedback information is large, and if the feedback information includes only the second feedback information, the number of redundant bits in the UL grant is increased. In this case, the terminal may detect the control information including the second feedback information in the third downlink channel, for example, the control information includes only the receiving state of the second HARQ process indicated by a bitmap or other form, and, for example, the control The information includes not only the receiving status of the second HARQ process indicated by a bitmap or other forms, but also some other control information, such as Transmit Power Control (TPC) information, MCS information, etc., but does not include time domain resource configuration. Information and/or frequency domain resource configuration information. The transmission format used by the downlink control information transmitted in the second downlink channel is different from the transmission format used by the downlink control information transmitted in the third downlink channel. That is, the terminal needs at least two blind detections to detect the feedback information carried in the second downlink channel and the control information including the second feedback information carried in the third downlink channel.
上述描述也适用于5G通信***,尽管承载上行控制信息的DCI format可能与LTE***不同,但适用于5G***中UL grant的设计。The above description also applies to the 5G communication system, although the DCI format carrying the uplink control information may be different from the LTE system, but is applicable to the design of the UL grant in the 5G system.
可选地,终端通过HARQ进程向接入网设备发送上行数据后,接入网设备可以仅向终端反馈该HARQ进程对应的接收状态和对应的时间指示信息。Optionally, after the terminal sends the uplink data to the access network device by using the HARQ process, the access network device may only feed back the receiving state and the corresponding time indication information corresponding to the HARQ process to the terminal.
参考图9B,其示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的反馈信息传输方法的流程图,该方法用于图1所示的移动通信***中。该方法包括以下几个步骤。Referring to FIG. 9B, there is shown a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, which is used in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1. The method includes the following steps.
步骤901,终端在n个时间单元上通过n个HARQ进程发送上行数据。Step 901: The terminal sends uplink data through n HARQ processes on n time units.
其中,每个时间单元对应一个HARQ进程,终端在每个时间单元通过对应的HARQ进程发送上行数据。Each time unit corresponds to one HARQ process, and the terminal sends uplink data in each time unit through a corresponding HARQ process.
可选地,n个时间单元在时域上连续;或者,n个时间单元在时域上不连续。Alternatively, n time units are consecutive in the time domain; or, n time units are discontinuous in the time domain.
步骤902,接入网设备在n个时间单元上接收终端通过n个HARQ进程发送的上行数据。Step 902: The access network device receives uplink data sent by the terminal through the n HARQ processes on the n time units.
其中,每个时间单元对应一个HARQ进程,接入网设备在每个时间单元接收对应的HARQ进程发送的上行数据。Each time unit corresponds to one HARQ process, and the access network device receives the uplink data sent by the corresponding HARQ process in each time unit.
接入网设备侧的n个时间单元与终端侧的n个时间单元一一对应。The n time units on the access network device side are in one-to-one correspondence with the n time units on the terminal side.
本步骤的相关描述参见步骤404,本实施例在此不作赘述。For the description of this step, refer to step 404, and the embodiment is not described herein.
步骤903,接入网设备在第一时间单元上发送反馈信息。Step 903: The access network device sends feedback information on the first time unit.
反馈信息包括n个HARQ进程的接收状态和时间指示信息,时间指示信息用于指示n个HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元,n个时间单元位于第一时间单元之前。The feedback information includes a receiving state and time indication information of the n HARQ processes, where the time indication information is used to indicate a time unit corresponding to the receiving state of the n HARQ processes, and the n time units are located before the first time unit.
可选地,n的值为1;或者,n的值大于等于2。本申请中以n的值大于等于2为例进行说明。Optionally, the value of n is 1; or, the value of n is greater than or equal to 2. In the present application, the value of n is greater than or equal to 2 as an example.
可选地,本申请中,时间指示信息通过显示指示方式指示每个上行HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元。即,反馈信息中包括时间指示信息对应的信息比特。Optionally, in this application, the time indication information indicates a time unit corresponding to the receiving state of each uplink HARQ process by using a display indication manner. That is, the feedback information includes information bits corresponding to the time indication information.
可选地,本申请中,时间指示信息通过隐式指示方式指示每个上行HARQ进程的接收 状态对应的时间单元,此时,第二反馈信息中用于指示接收状态的信息比特还可以用于指示时间指示信息。Optionally, in this application, the time indication information indicates the time unit corresponding to the receiving state of each uplink HARQ process by using an implicit indication manner. At this time, the information bit used to indicate the receiving state in the second feedback information may also be used. Indicates time indication information.
每个上行HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元是指通过该上行HARQ进程发送上行数据的时间单元。比如:在反馈信息中包括3bit的接收状态,该3bit接收状态分别为图4H中序列号为1的上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态,该接收状态对应的时间单元为第j-5个时间单元、序列号为2的上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态,该接收状态对应的时间单元为第j-3个时间单元、序列号为3的上行HARQ进程对应的接收状态,该接收状态对应的时间单元为第j-1个时间单元。The time unit corresponding to the receiving state of each uplink HARQ process refers to a time unit for transmitting uplink data by the uplink HARQ process. For example, the feedback information includes a 3-bit receiving state, where the 3-bit receiving state is a receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process with the sequence number 1 in FIG. 4H, and the time unit corresponding to the receiving state is the j-5th time unit. The receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process with sequence number 2, the time unit corresponding to the receiving state is the receiving state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process of the j-3th time unit and the sequence number 3, and the time unit corresponding to the receiving state is The j-1th time unit.
可选地,反馈信息中的时间指示信息指示包括n个时间单元对应的时间范围。Optionally, the time indication information in the feedback information indicates a time range corresponding to the n time units.
第一种:时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间起点和时间终点。示意性地,在图4H中,时间范围为[j-5,j-1],时间指示信息包括(#j-5)时间单元和(#j-1)时间单元。The first type: the time indication information includes the time start and time end of the time range. Illustratively, in FIG. 4H, the time range is [j-5, j-1], and the time indication information includes (#j-5) time unit and (#j-1) time unit.
第二种:时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间起点和时间长度。示意性地,在图4H中,时间范围为[j-5,j-1],时间指示信息包括(#j-5)时间单元和时间长度5个时间单元。Second: The time indication information includes the time start and length of time of the time range. Illustratively, in FIG. 4H, the time range is [j-5, j-1], and the time indication information includes (#j-5) time units and time lengths of 5 time units.
第三种:时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间终点和时间长度。示意性地,在图4H中,时间范围为[j-5,j-1],时间指示信息包括(#j-1)时间单元和时间长度5个时间单元。Third: The time indication information includes the time end of the time range and the length of time. Illustratively, in FIG. 4H, the time range is [j-5, j-1], and the time indication information includes (#j-1) time unit and time length 5 time units.
第四种:时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间长度,时间范围的时间起点或时间终点是预配置的。比如:接入网设备预先为终端配置时间范围的时间起点为第一时间单元之前的第p个时间单元,p为正整数。又比如:接入网设备预先为终端配置时间范围的时间终点为第一时间单元之前的第q个时间单元,q为正整数。p大于q。可选地,接入网设备预先为终端配置的时间范围的时间终点为第一时间单元之前的一个时间单元或者第一时间单元。示意性地,在图4H中,时间范围为[j-5,j-1],时间指示信息包括时间长度5个时间单元,接入网设备为终端配置的时间范围的时间终点为第一时间单元之前的第一个时间单元。Fourth: The time indication information includes the length of time of the time range, and the time start or time end of the time range is pre-configured. For example, the time starting point of the access network device configuring the time range for the terminal is the pth time unit before the first time unit, and p is a positive integer. For another example, the time end point of the access network device pre-configuring the time range for the terminal is the qth time unit before the first time unit, and q is a positive integer. p is greater than q. Optionally, the time end of the time range configured by the access network device for the terminal is a time unit or a first time unit before the first time unit. Illustratively, in FIG. 4H, the time range is [j-5, j-1], the time indication information includes a time length of 5 time units, and the time end of the time range configured by the access network device for the terminal is the first time. The first time unit before the unit.
第五种:时间指示信息包括时间范围的时间起点或时间终点,时间范围的时间长度是预配置的。The fifth type: the time indication information includes a time start or a time end of the time range, and the time length of the time range is pre-configured.
可选地,接入网设备预先为终端配置的时间范围的时间长度与n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的比特数相关联。比如:当第二反馈信息中的比特数为3bit时,时间范围的时间长度内包括3个用于上行数据传输的时间单元。示意性地,在图4H中,时间范围为[j-5,j-1],时间指示信息包括时间终点(#j-1),接入网设备为终端配置的时间范围的时间长度与接收状态的比特数相关联,则时间长度为从时间终点(#j-1)开始向前依次确定出3个用于上行数据传输的时间单元,分别为时间单元(#j-1)、时间单元(#j-3)和时间单元(#j-5),时间范围的时间长度为5个时间单元。Optionally, the time length of the time range configured by the access network device for the terminal is associated with the number of bits corresponding to the receiving states of the n second HARQ processes. For example, when the number of bits in the second feedback information is 3 bits, the time unit of the time range includes three time units for uplink data transmission. Illustratively, in FIG. 4H, the time range is [j-5, j-1], the time indication information includes the time end point (#j-1), and the time length and reception time of the time range configured by the access network device for the terminal The number of bits of the state is associated, and the length of time is determined from the end of time (#j-1) to determine three time units for uplink data transmission, respectively, time unit (#j-1), time unit (#j-3) and time unit (#j-5), the time range of the time range is 5 time units.
可选地,在上述时间指示信息的各个表示形式中,时间起点和时间终点均是以第一时间单元为参考时间单元表示的,在实际实现时,也可以通过对应的时间单元的序号顺序表示,比如:第2个时间单元、第5个时间单元等,本实施例不对时间起点和时间终点的表示方式作限定。Optionally, in each representation form of the foregoing time indication information, both the time start point and the time end point are represented by the first time unit as a reference time unit, and may be represented by the sequence order of the corresponding time unit in actual implementation. For example, the second time unit, the fifth time unit, and the like, the present embodiment does not limit the representation of the time start point and the time end point.
可选地,在上述时间指示信息的各个表示形式中,时间长度通过时间单元的个数来表示,在实际实现时,时间长度也可以通过时长来表示,比如:1ms、2ms等来表示。Optionally, in each representation of the time indication information, the length of time is represented by the number of time units. In actual implementation, the length of time may also be represented by a duration, such as 1 ms, 2 ms, or the like.
可选地,在本申请中,时间范围的时间起点可以为该时间范围包括的某个时间单元的起始边界,时间范围的时间终点可以为该时间范围包括的某个时间单元的结束边界,为了 便于描述,在本申请实施例中,可以简化描述为:时间范围的时间起点或者时间终点可以为该时间范围包括的某个时间单元。例如,在本申请中,下面两种描述是等价的。一种描述是:时间范围的时间起点为该时间范围包括的在时间上最早的时间单元的起始边界,时间范围的时间终点为该时间范围包括的在时间上最晚的时间单元的结束边界;另外一种等价的描述是:时间范围的时间起点为该时间范围包括的在时间上最早的时间单元,时间范围的时间终点为该时间范围包括的在时间上最晚的时间单元。上述等价描述方式也适用于时间范围的时间起点和时间终点为该时间范围内包括的其他时间单元的情况。Optionally, in the present application, the time start of the time range may be the start boundary of a certain time unit included in the time range, and the time end point of the time range may be the end boundary of a certain time unit included in the time range. For convenience of description, in the embodiment of the present application, the time start or the time end point described as the time range may be simplified as a certain time unit included in the time range. For example, in the present application, the following two descriptions are equivalent. A description is that the time start of the time range is the start boundary of the time unit that is the earliest in time, and the time end of the time range is the end boundary of the time unit that is the latest in the time range. Another equivalent description is that the time start of the time range is the time unit that is the earliest in time, and the time end of the time range is the time unit that is the latest in the time range. The above equivalent description also applies to the case where the time start and time end of the time range are other time units included in the time range.
可选地,在上述时间指示信息的各个表示形式中,都需要保证反馈信息中的接收状态的比特数与该时间指示信息指示的时间范围的时间长度相关联。通过第二反馈信息中的接收状态的比特数与时间指示信息指示的时间范围的时间长度相关联,使得终端能够直接确定出接收状态与时间单元之间的对应关系,节省了接入网设备的信令开销。Optionally, in each representation form of the foregoing time indication information, it is required to ensure that the number of bits of the reception status in the feedback information is associated with the time length of the time range indicated by the time indication information. The number of bits of the receiving state in the second feedback information is associated with the time length of the time range indicated by the time indication information, so that the terminal can directly determine the correspondence between the receiving state and the time unit, thereby saving the access network device. Signaling overhead.
可选地,反馈信息中的接收状态的比特数还可以不与时间指示信息指示的时间范围的时间长度相关联,参考图4I,第二反馈信息中的接收状态的比特数为5bit,而时间指示信息指示的时间范围内包括7个用于上行数据传输的时间单元。此时,终端无法直接确定出这7个时间单元与5bit的接收状态之间的对应关系,需要接入网设备向终端发送额外的信令,来通知终端确定时间单元与接收状态之间的对应关系的方式;或者,通过预设的规则,使得终端可以确定时间单元与接收状态时间的对应关系的方式。例如,针对图4I,预设规则可以是二反馈信息中的接收状态对应时间指示信息指示的时间范围中包括的在时域位置上靠前的时间单元,例如本例中,5bit分别对应标号为1-5的时间单元。Optionally, the number of bits of the receiving state in the feedback information may not be associated with the time length of the time range indicated by the time indication information. Referring to FIG. 4I, the number of bits of the receiving state in the second feedback information is 5 bits, and time The time range indicated by the indication information includes 7 time units for uplink data transmission. At this time, the terminal cannot directly determine the correspondence between the 7 time units and the 5 bit receiving state, and the access network device needs to send additional signaling to the terminal to notify the terminal to determine the correspondence between the time unit and the receiving state. The manner of the relationship; or, by a preset rule, the manner in which the terminal can determine the correspondence between the time unit and the reception state time. For example, for FIG. 4I, the preset rule may be a time unit in the time range indicated by the receiving state corresponding to the time indication information in the two feedback information, for example, in the example, the 5 bit corresponding label is Time unit of 1-5.
可选地,在本申请中,时间范围的时间起点是n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元,比如:在图4H中,时间范围的时间起点为时间单元(#j-5)。这样,终端无需检测时间起点之前的时间单元是否为用于上行数据传输的时间单元,节省了终端的资源。Optionally, in the present application, the time start of the time range is the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units, for example, in FIG. 4H, the time start of the time range is the time unit (#j-5). . In this way, the terminal does not need to detect whether the time unit before the start of the time is a time unit for uplink data transmission, which saves resources of the terminal.
可选地,在本申请中,时间范围的时间终点是n个时间单元中在时域上最晚的时间单元。比如:在图4H中,时间范围的时间终点为时间单元(#j-1)。这样,终端无需检测时间终点之后的时间单元是否为用于上行数据传输的时间单元,节省了终端的资源。Optionally, in the present application, the time end of the time range is the latest time unit in the time domain of the n time units. For example, in Figure 4H, the time end of the time range is the time unit (#j-1). In this way, the terminal does not need to detect whether the time unit after the time end point is a time unit for uplink data transmission, which saves resources of the terminal.
可选地,当时间范围的时间起点是n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元、且时间终点是n个时间单元中在时域上最晚的时间单元时,时间长度是n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元至在时域上最晚的时间单元之间的时长。Optionally, when the time start of the time range is the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units, and the time end point is the latest time unit in the time domain among the n time units, the time length is n The length of time between the earliest time unit in the time domain and the latest time unit in the time domain.
对于UL grant free场景下的上行数据的传输,由于在终端中配置有自动重传定时器,因此,在终端通过上行HARQ进程发送了上行数据后,为了保证终端在自动重传该上行数据之前能够接收到该上行数据对应的接收状态,即,保证终端接收到的接收状态的有效性,在本申请中,时间范围包括子时间范围,子时间范围的时间长度小于或等于重传等待时长,重传等待时长包括自动重传定时器的定时时长。其中,子时间范围的时间起点为n个HARQ进程中满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元,子时间范围的时间终点为第一时间单元或第一时间单元之前的时间单元。满足预设条件的HARQ进程是指n个HARQ进程中在时域上最早进行自动重传的HARQ进程。由于时间范围中的子时间范围的时间起点为满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元,而子时间范围的时间长度小于该满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长,这样,可以保证在终端自动重传该满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的上行数据之前接收到该上行数据的接收状态,保证了该接收状 态的有效性。For the transmission of the uplink data in the UL grant free scenario, since the automatic retransmission timer is configured in the terminal, after the terminal sends the uplink data through the uplink HARQ process, the terminal can ensure that the terminal can automatically retransmit the uplink data before Receiving the receiving state corresponding to the uplink data, that is, ensuring the validity of the receiving state received by the terminal. In the present application, the time range includes a sub-time range, and the length of the sub-time range is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time, and The transmission waiting duration includes the timing duration of the automatic retransmission timer. The time start of the sub-time range is a time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition in the n HARQ processes, and the time end point of the sub-time range is the time unit before the first time unit or the first time unit. The HARQ process that satisfies the preset condition refers to the HARQ process that is the oldest automatic retransmission in the time domain in the n HARQ processes. The time start of the sub-time range in the time range is the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the time length of the sub-time range is less than the time duration of the automatic retransmission timer corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition. In this way, it is ensured that the receiving state of the uplink data is received before the terminal automatically retransmits the uplink data corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the validity of the receiving state is ensured.
可选地,子时间范围的时间起点与时间范围的时间起点相同;和/或,子时间范围的时间终点与时间范围的时间终点相同。Optionally, the time start of the sub-time range is the same as the time start of the time range; and/or, the time end of the sub-time range is the same as the time end of the time range.
下面根据子时间范围与时间范围之间的关系的不同,对时间范围进行介绍。The time range is described below based on the relationship between the sub-time range and the time range.
1、时间范围的时间起点为满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元,时间终点为第一时间单元。子时间范围的时间起点与时间范围的时间起点相同,子时间范围的时间终点与时间范围的时间终点相同或不同。1. The time starting point of the time range is the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the time end point is the first time unit. The time start of the sub-time range is the same as the time start of the time range, and the time end of the sub-time range is the same as or different from the time end of the time range.
2、时间范围的时间起点为满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元,时间终点为第一时间单元之前的某个时间单元。子时间范围的时间起点与时间范围的时间起点相同,子时间范围的时间终点与时间范围的时间终点相同或不同。2. The time starting point of the time range is the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the time end point is a certain time unit before the first time unit. The time start of the sub-time range is the same as the time start of the time range, and the time end of the sub-time range is the same as or different from the time end of the time range.
3、时间范围的时间起点为满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元之前的时间单元,时间终点为第一时间单元。子时间范围的时间起点与时间范围的时间起点不同,子时间范围的时间终点与时间范围的时间终点相同或不同。3. The time starting point of the time range is the time unit before the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the time end point is the first time unit. The time start of the sub-time range is different from the time start of the time range, and the time end of the sub-time range is the same as or different from the time end of the time range.
4、时间范围的时间起点为满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程对应的时间单元之前的时间单元,时间终点为第一时间单元之前的时间单元。子时间范围的时间起点与时间范围的时间起点不同,子时间范围的时间终点与时间范围的时间终点相同或不同。4. The time start of the time range is the time unit before the time unit corresponding to the second HARQ process that meets the preset condition, and the time end point is the time unit before the first time unit. The time start of the sub-time range is different from the time start of the time range, and the time end of the sub-time range is the same as or different from the time end of the time range.
可选地,本申请中,预设条件为以下条件中的至少一种:对应的时间单元为n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元的HARQ进程;对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长最短的HARQ进程;对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长大于预设长度的HARQ进程。Optionally, in this application, the preset condition is at least one of the following conditions: the corresponding time unit is a HARQ process of the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units; the corresponding automatic retransmission timer The HARQ process with the shortest duration; the timing of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer is greater than the preset length of the HARQ process.
示意性地,当各个上行HARQ进程对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长相等时,终端将n个HARQ进程中,对应的时间单元为n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元的HARQ进程确定为满足预设条件的HARQ进程。The terminal time is the HARQ of the earliest time unit in the time domain in the n time units. The process determines the HARQ process as a preset condition.
示意性地,当各个上行HARQ进程对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长不相等时,终端将n个HARQ进程中,对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长最短的HARQ进程确定为满足预设条件的HARQ进程。The terminal determines that the HARQ process with the shortest duration of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer determines that the HARQ process with the shortest duration of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer is the preset in the n HARQ processes, when the timings of the automatic retransmission timers of the respective uplink HARQ processes are not equal. Conditional HARQ process.
示意性地,当n个HARQ进程中,存在f个HARQ进程对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长小于或等于预设长度,f/n的值小于预设阈值时,终端将n个HARQ进程中,对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长大于预设长度的HARQ进程确定为满足预设条件的HARQ进程。The timing of the automatic retransmission timer corresponding to the f HARQ processes is less than or equal to the preset length, and the value of the f/n is less than the preset threshold, the terminal will be n HARQ processes. The HARQ process in which the timing of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer is greater than the preset length is determined to be a HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
步骤904,终端在第一时间单元上接收反馈信息。In step 904, the terminal receives the feedback information on the first time unit.
本实施例的相关描述详见上述方法实施例中图4G至图4N对应的描述,本实施例在此不作赘述。For a detailed description of the present embodiment, refer to the description of FIG. 4G to FIG. 4N in the foregoing method embodiment, which is not described herein.
综上所述,本实施例通过在反馈信息中携带n个HARQ进程的接收状态和时间指示信息,使得终端能够根据该时间指示信息确定出接收状态对应的HARQ进程,无需接入网设备发送额外的信令通知终端接收状态与HARQ进程之间的对应关系,节省了接入网设备的信令开销。In summary, the present embodiment carries the receiving state and the time indication information of the n HARQ processes in the feedback information, so that the terminal can determine the HARQ process corresponding to the receiving state according to the time indication information, and does not need to send an additional network device. The signaling notifies the terminal to receive the correspondence between the state and the HARQ process, which saves the signaling overhead of the access network device.
可选地,步骤901和904可单独实现为终端侧的反馈信息接收方法;步骤902和903可单独实现为接入网设备侧的反馈信息发送方法,本实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the steps 901 and 904 can be separately implemented as the feedback information receiving method on the terminal side; the steps 902 and 903 can be separately implemented as the feedback information sending method on the access network device side, which is not limited in this embodiment.
可选地,本申请中,接入网设备生成的反馈信息包括n个HARQ进程对应的接收状态。为了保证终端能够确定出每个接收状态与HARQ进程之间的对应关系,本申请提供了位图 指示和时间单元指示两种方式来确定接收状态与HARQ进程之间的对应关系。在实际实现时,确定接收状态与HARQ进程之间的对应关系方式不限于本申请提供的两种方式。只需保证n个HARQ进程中满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元与第一时间单元之间的时间长度小于或等于重传等待时长即可。Optionally, in this application, the feedback information generated by the access network device includes a receiving state corresponding to the n HARQ processes. In order to ensure that the terminal can determine the correspondence between each receiving state and the HARQ process, the present application provides a bitmap indication and a time unit indication to determine the correspondence between the receiving state and the HARQ process. In actual implementation, the manner of determining the correspondence between the receiving state and the HARQ process is not limited to the two modes provided by the present application. It is only necessary to ensure that the length of time between the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process and the first time unit in the n HARQ processes is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time.
参考图9C,其示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的反馈信息传输方法的流程图,该方法用于图1所示的移动通信***中。该方法包括以下几个步骤。Referring to FIG. 9C, there is shown a flowchart of a feedback information transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, which is used in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1. The method includes the following steps.
步骤910,终端在n个时间单元上通过n个HARQ进程发送上行数据,n为正整数。Step 910: The terminal sends uplink data through n HARQ processes on n time units, where n is a positive integer.
本步骤的相关描述详见步骤901,本实施例在此不作赘述。For details about this step, refer to step 901. This embodiment is not described here.
步骤920,接入网设备在n个时间单元上接收终端通过n个HARQ进程发送的上行数据。Step 920: The access network device receives the uplink data sent by the terminal through the n HARQ processes on the n time units.
本步骤的相关描述详见步骤902,本实施例在此不作赘述。For details about this step, refer to step 902. This embodiment is not described here.
步骤930,接入网设备在第一时间单元上发送反馈信息。In step 930, the access network device sends feedback information on the first time unit.
其中,n个时间单元位于第一时间单元之前。Where n time units are located before the first time unit.
反馈信息包括n个HARQ进程的接收状态。n个HARQ进程中满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元与第一时间单元之间的时间长度小于或等于重传等待时长,重传等待时长包括自动重传定时器的定时时长,自动重传定时器用于触发终端重传通过满足预设条件的HARQ进程发送的上行数据,自动重传定时器的启动时刻位于满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元之后。The feedback information includes the reception status of n HARQ processes. The length of time between the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process and the first time unit in the n HARQ processes is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time, and the retransmission waiting time includes the time duration of the automatic retransmission timer. The transmission timer is used to trigger the terminal to retransmit the uplink data that is sent by the HARQ process that meets the preset condition. The startup time of the automatic retransmission timer is after the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
本步骤的相关描述详见步骤903,本实施例在此不作赘述。For details about this step, refer to step 903. This embodiment is not described here.
步骤940,终端在第一时间单元上接收反馈信息。In step 940, the terminal receives the feedback information on the first time unit.
本步骤的相关描述详见步骤904,本实施例在此不作赘述。For details about this step, refer to step 904. This embodiment is not described herein.
综上所述,本实施例提供的反馈信息传输方法,通过设置n个HARQ进程中满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元与第一时间单元之间的时间长度小于或等于重传等待时长,保证了接入网设备反馈的接收状态的有效性。In summary, the feedback information transmission method provided in this embodiment is configured to set the length of time between the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition in the n HARQ processes and the first time unit is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time. The validity of the receiving status fed back by the access network device is guaranteed.
请参考图10,其示出了本申请一个实施例提供的反馈信息传输装置的框图。该反馈信息传输装置可以通过软件、硬件或者两者的结合实现成为图1所示的移动通信***中的终端140或者接入网设备120的全部或者一部分。本实施例以终端140为LTE***或5G***中的UE为例进行说明,本实施例以接入网设备120为LTE***中eNB,或者,5G***中的gNB为例进行说明。该反馈信息接收装置可以包括:发送单元1010、接收单元1030。Please refer to FIG. 10, which is a block diagram of a feedback information transmission apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application. The feedback information transmission device can be implemented as all or part of the terminal 140 or the access network device 120 in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1 by software, hardware or a combination of both. This embodiment is described by taking the terminal 140 as the UE in the LTE system or the 5G system as an example. In this embodiment, the access network device 120 is an eNB in the LTE system, or the gNB in the 5G system is taken as an example for description. The feedback information receiving apparatus may include: a transmitting unit 1010 and a receiving unit 1030.
当反馈信息传输装置实现为移动通信***中的终端140时,When the feedback information transmission device is implemented as the terminal 140 in the mobile communication system,
发送单元1010,用于实现上述步骤403、405、901、910以及各个步骤中隐含的终端侧的发送功能。The sending unit 1010 is configured to implement the foregoing steps 403, 405, 901, and 910 and the terminal side transmitting function implied in each step.
接收单元1020,用于实现上述步骤402、802、904、940的功能以及各个步骤中隐含的终端侧的接收功能。The receiving unit 1020 is configured to implement the functions of the foregoing steps 402, 802, 904, and 940 and the receiving function of the terminal side implied in each step.
相关细节可结合参考图4A、图4D、图8、图9B和图9C所述的方法实施例。Related details may be combined with the method embodiments described with reference to Figures 4A, 4D, 8, 9B, and 9C.
可选地,接收单元1020可由终端中的接收器来实现;发送单元1010可由终端中的发射器来实现。Alternatively, the receiving unit 1020 can be implemented by a receiver in the terminal; the transmitting unit 1010 can be implemented by a transmitter in the terminal.
当反馈信息传输装置实现为移动通信***中的接入网设备120时,When the feedback information transmission device is implemented as the access network device 120 in the mobile communication system,
发送单元1010,用于实现上述步骤401、801、903、930以及各个步骤中隐含的接入网 设备侧的发送功能。The sending unit 1010 is configured to implement the foregoing steps 401, 801, 903, and 930 and the sending function of the access network device side implied in each step.
接收单元1020,用于实现上述步骤404、406、902、920的功能以及各个步骤中隐含的接入网设备侧的接收功能。The receiving unit 1020 is configured to implement the functions of the foregoing steps 404, 406, 902, and 920 and the receiving function of the access network device side implied in each step.
相关细节可结合参考图4A、图4D、图8、图9B和图9C所述的方法实施例。Related details may be combined with the method embodiments described with reference to Figures 4A, 4D, 8, 9B, and 9C.
可选地,接收单元1020可由接入网设备中的接收器来实现;发送单元1010可由接入网设备中的发射器来实现。Alternatively, the receiving unit 1020 can be implemented by a receiver in the access network device; the transmitting unit 1010 can be implemented by a transmitter in the access network device.
本领域普通技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the device and the unit described above may refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,可以仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个***,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。In the embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit may be only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined. Or it can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。The foregoing is only a specific embodiment of the present application, but the scope of protection of the present application is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. It should be covered by the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the scope of protection of the present application should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims (81)

  1. 一种反馈信息接收方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A feedback information receiving method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    终端在第一时间单元上接收反馈信息,所述反馈信息包括通过同一下行信道发送的第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息;The terminal receives feedback information on the first time unit, where the feedback information includes first feedback information and second feedback information that are sent through the same downlink channel;
    所述终端根据所述第一反馈信息,在第二时间单元上通过第一混合自动重传HARQ进程发送所述上行数据;The terminal sends the uplink data by using a first hybrid automatic retransmission HARQ process on the second time unit according to the first feedback information;
    其中,所述第二反馈信息为n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态,所述第二HARQ进程为所述终端的HARQ进程,所述n为正整数;所述第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元之后。The second feedback information is a receiving state of n second HARQ processes, the second HARQ process is a HARQ process of the terminal, and the n is a positive integer; the second time unit is located in the first After a time unit.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端在第一时间单元上接收反馈信息之前,还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the terminal further comprises: before receiving the feedback information on the first time unit, the terminal further comprising:
    所述终端在第三时间单元上通过所述第一HARQ进程发送第一上行数据;Transmitting, by the terminal, the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the third time unit;
    所述第三时间单元位于所述第一时间单元之前。The third time unit is located before the first time unit.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端根据所述第一反馈信息,在第二时间单元上通过所述第一HARQ进程发送所述上行数据,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the terminal sends the uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit according to the first feedback information, including:
    所述终端根据所述第一反馈信息,在所述第二时间单元上通过所述第一HARQ进程重传所述第一上行数据;The terminal retransmits the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit according to the first feedback information;
    或者,or,
    所述终端根据所述第一反馈信息,在所述第二时间单元上通过所述第一HARQ进程初传第二上行数据;The terminal initially transmits the second uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit according to the first feedback information;
    其中,通过所述第一HARQ进程发送的所述上行数据包括所述第一上行数据和/或所述第二上行数据。The uplink data sent by the first HARQ process includes the first uplink data and/or the second uplink data.
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收状态包括确认接收状态ACK和非确认接收状态NACK;The method according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the receiving state comprises an acknowledgement reception state ACK and a non-acknowledgement reception state NACK;
    所述第二反馈信息还用于指示所述第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态;The second feedback information is further used to indicate a receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process;
    当所述第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态为所述确认接收状态时,所述第一反馈信息用于调度所述终端通过所述第一HARQ进程在所述第二时间单元上初传第二上行数据;When the receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process is the acknowledgment receiving state, the first feedback information is used to schedule the terminal to first transmit the second time on the second time unit by using the first HARQ process. Uplink data
    当所述第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态为所述非确认接收状态时,所述第一反馈信息用于调度所述终端通过所述第一HARQ进程在所述第二时间单元上重传所述第一上行数据。When the receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process is the non-acknowledgment receiving state, the first feedback information is used to schedule the terminal to retransmit the second time unit by using the first HARQ process. The first uplink data is described.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态,包括:所述终端通过所述第二HARQ进程发送其它上行数据时的接收状态,和/或,所述终端未通过所述第二HARQ进程发送所述其它上行数据时的默认接收状态。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the receiving state of the n second HARQ processes includes: a receiving state when the terminal sends other uplink data by using the second HARQ process, And/or a default receiving state when the terminal does not send the other uplink data by using the second HARQ process.
  6. 根据权利要求1至5任一所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that
    所述终端支持的上行HARQ进程的最大值为n+1;The maximum value of the uplink HARQ process supported by the terminal is n+1;
    或者,or,
    所述终端支持的用于辅助无上行调度许可UL grant free传输的上行HARQ进程的最大值为n+1。The maximum value of the uplink HARQ process supported by the terminal for assisting the UL grant free transmission without the uplink scheduling grant is n+1.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6任一所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein
    所述第一反馈信息还用于调度所述终端通过所述n个第二HARQ进程中的m个第二HARQ进程发送上行数据,1≤m≤n,所述m为整数。The first feedback information is further used to schedule the terminal to send uplink data by using m second HARQ processes in the n second HARQ processes, where 1≤m≤n, where m is an integer.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 7 wherein:
    所述第一反馈信息用于调度所述终端通过s个第二HARQ进程重传对应的其它上行数据;The first feedback information is used to schedule the terminal to retransmit the corresponding other uplink data by using the s second HARQ processes;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一反馈信息用于调度所述终端通过m-s个第二HARQ进程初传对应的其它上行数据;The first feedback information is used to schedule other uplink data corresponding to the initial transmission of the terminal by the m-s second HARQ processes;
    其中,所述s为不小于零的整数,且s≤m。Wherein s is an integer not less than zero, and s ≤ m.
  9. 根据权利要求1至8任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端接收配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示所述终端在所述下行信道上接收所述第一反馈信息和所述第二反馈信息。The terminal receives configuration information, where the configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal receives the first feedback information and the second feedback information on the downlink channel.
  10. 根据权利要求1至9任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一反馈信息包括时域资源配置信息和/或频域资源配置信息。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the first feedback information comprises time domain resource configuration information and/or frequency domain resource configuration information.
  11. 根据权利要求1至10任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二反馈信息采用位图的形式表示。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, characterized in that said second feedback information is represented in the form of a bitmap.
  12. 根据权利要求1至11任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二反馈信息还包括时间指示信息,所述时间指示信息用于指示所述n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the second feedback information further includes time indication information, where the time indication information is used to indicate a receiving state of the n second HARQ processes. Time unit.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端在第一时间单元上接收反馈信息之前,还包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein before the terminal receives the feedback information on the first time unit, the terminal further includes:
    所述终端在n个时间单元上通过所述n个第二HARQ进程发送上行数据,所述n个时间单元在时域上均位于所述第一时间单元之前。The terminal sends uplink data by using the n second HARQ processes on the n time units, where the n time units are located before the first time unit in the time domain.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二反馈信息还用于指示所述第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态,所述时间指示信息还用于指示所述第一HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元。The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the second feedback information is further used to indicate a receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process, and the time indication information is further used to indicate the first HARQ. The time unit corresponding to the receiving state of the process.
  15. 根据权利要求12至14任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时间指示信息指示包括所述n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元的时间范围。The method according to any one of claims 12 to 14, wherein the time indication information indicates a time range of a time unit corresponding to a reception state of the n second HARQ processes.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 15 wherein:
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间起点和时间终点;或者,The time indication information includes a time start point and a time end point of the time range; or
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间起点和时间长度;或者,The time indication information includes a time start and a length of time of the time range; or
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间终点和时间长度;或者,The time indication information includes a time end point and a length of time of the time range; or
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间长度,所述时间范围的时间起点或时间终点是预配置的;或者,The time indication information includes a length of time of the time range, and a time start or a time end of the time range is pre-configured; or
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间起点或时间终点,所述时间范围的时间长度是预配置的。The time indication information includes a time start or a time end of the time range, and the time length of the time range is pre-configured.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 16 wherein:
    所述时间起点是所述n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元;和/或,The time start point is the earliest time unit in the time domain of the n time units; and/or,
    所述时间终点是所述n个时间单元中在时域上最晚的时间单元;和/或,The end of time is the latest time unit in the time domain of the n time units; and/or,
    所述时间长度是所述n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元至在时域上最晚的时间单元之间的时长。The length of time is the length of time between the earliest time unit in the time domain and the latest time unit in the time domain of the n time units.
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时间长度与所述n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的比特数相关联。The method according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the length of time is associated with a number of bits corresponding to a reception state of the n second HARQ processes.
  19. 根据权利要求12至18任一所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 12 to 18, wherein
    所述时间范围包括子时间范围,所述子时间范围的时间起点为所述n个第二HARQ进程中满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程对应的时间单元,所述子时间范围的时间终点为第一时间单元或所述第一时间单元之前的时间单元,The time range includes a sub-time range, where a time start of the sub-time range is a time unit corresponding to a second HARQ process that meets a preset condition in the n second HARQ processes, and a time end point of the sub-time range is a first time unit or a time unit before the first time unit,
    所述子时间范围的时间长度小于或等于重传等待时长,所述重传等待时长包括自动重传定时器的定时时长,所述自动重传定时器用于触发所述终端重传通过所述满足预设条件的HARQ进程发送的上行数据,所述自动重传定时器的启动时刻位于所述满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元之后。The time length of the sub-time range is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time length, and the retransmission waiting time length includes a timing duration of the automatic retransmission timer, where the automatic retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal retransmission to pass the satisfaction. The uplink data sent by the HARQ process of the preset condition, where the start time of the automatic retransmission timer is located after the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述重传等待时长还包括反馈时延,其中,所述反馈时延为所述终端通过所述满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程发送上行数据的时刻至接收到所述满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程的接收状态的时刻之间间隔的时长。The method according to claim 19, wherein the retransmission waiting time further includes a feedback delay, wherein the feedback delay is that the terminal sends an uplink by using the second HARQ process that meets a preset condition. The length of time between the time of the data and the time when the reception state of the second HARQ process satisfying the preset condition is received.
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设条件为以下条件中的至少一种:The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the preset condition is at least one of the following conditions:
    对应的时间单元为所述n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元的第二HARQ进程;Corresponding time unit is a second HARQ process of the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units;
    对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长最短的第二HARQ进程;The second HARQ process with the shortest duration of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer;
    对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长大于预设长度的第二HARQ进程;Corresponding automatic retransmission timer has a timing duration greater than a preset length of the second HARQ process;
    在时域上最早重传上行数据的HARQ进程。The HARQ process that retransmits the upstream data at the earliest in the time domain.
  22. 根据权利要求12至21任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述n大于或等于2。The method according to any one of claims 12 to 21, wherein said n is greater than or equal to two.
  23. 一种反馈信息接收方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A feedback information receiving method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    终端在n个时间单元上通过n个混合自动重传HARQ进程发送上行数据,所述n为正整数;The terminal sends uplink data by n hybrid automatic retransmission HARQ processes on n time units, where n is a positive integer;
    所述终端在第一时间单元上接收反馈信息,所述反馈信息包括所述n个HARQ进程的接收状态和时间指示信息,所述时间指示信息用于指示所述n个HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元,所述n个时间单元位于所述第一时间单元之前。The terminal receives the feedback information on the first time unit, where the feedback information includes the receiving state and the time indication information of the n HARQ processes, where the time indication information is used to indicate that the receiving states of the n HARQ processes correspond to Time unit, the n time units being located before the first time unit.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时间指示信息指示包括所述n个时间单元对应的时间范围。The method according to claim 23, wherein the time indication information indicates a time range corresponding to the n time units.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 24 wherein
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间起点和时间终点;或者,The time indication information includes a time start point and a time end point of the time range; or
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间起点和时间长度;或者,The time indication information includes a time start and a length of time of the time range; or
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间终点和时间长度;或者,The time indication information includes a time end point and a length of time of the time range; or
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间长度,所述时间范围的时间起点或时间终点是预配置的;或者,The time indication information includes a length of time of the time range, and a time start or a time end of the time range is pre-configured; or
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间起点或时间终点,所述时间范围的时间长度是预配置的。The time indication information includes a time start or a time end of the time range, and the time length of the time range is pre-configured.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 25 wherein:
    所述时间起点是所述n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元;和/或,The time start point is the earliest time unit in the time domain of the n time units; and/or,
    所述时间终点是所述n个时间单元中在时域上最晚的时间单元;和/或,The end of time is the latest time unit in the time domain of the n time units; and/or,
    所述时间长度是所述n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元至在时域上最晚的时间单元之间的时长。The length of time is the length of time between the earliest time unit in the time domain and the latest time unit in the time domain of the n time units.
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时间长度与所述n个HARQ进程的接收状态对应的比特数相关联。The method according to claim 25 or 26, wherein the length of time is associated with a number of bits corresponding to a reception state of the n HARQ processes.
  28. 根据权利要求24至27任一所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 24 to 27, wherein
    所述时间范围包括子时间范围,所述子时间范围的时间起点为所述n个HARQ进程中满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元,所述子时间范围的时间终点为第一时间单元或所述第一时间单元之前的时间单元,The time range includes a sub-time range, where a time start of the sub-time range is a time unit corresponding to a HARQ process that meets a preset condition in the n HARQ processes, and a time end point of the sub-time range is a first time unit Or the time unit before the first time unit,
    所述子时间范围的时间长度小于或等于重传等待时长,所述重传等待时长包括自动重传定时器的定时时长,所述自动重传定时器用于触发所述终端重传通过所述满足预设条件的HARQ进程发送的上行数据,所述自动重传定时器的启动时刻位于所述满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元之后。The time length of the sub-time range is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time length, and the retransmission waiting time length includes a timing duration of the automatic retransmission timer, where the automatic retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal retransmission to pass the satisfaction. The uplink data sent by the HARQ process of the preset condition, where the start time of the automatic retransmission timer is located after the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述重传等待时长还包括反馈时延,其中,所述反馈时延为所述终端通过所述满足预设条件的HARQ进程发送上行数据的时刻至接收到所述满足预设条件的HARQ进程的接收状态的时刻之间间隔的时长。The method according to claim 28, wherein the retransmission waiting time further comprises a feedback delay, wherein the feedback delay is that the terminal sends uplink data by using the HARQ process that meets a preset condition. The time interval from the time to the time when the reception state of the HARQ process satisfying the preset condition is received.
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设条件为以下条件中的至少一种:The method according to claim 28 or 29, wherein the preset condition is at least one of the following conditions:
    对应的时间单元为所述n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元的HARQ进程;The corresponding time unit is an HARQ process of the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units;
    对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长最短的HARQ进程;The HARQ process with the shortest duration of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer;
    对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长大于预设长度的HARQ进程;The timing of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer is greater than the preset length of the HARQ process;
    在时域上最早重传上行数据的HARQ进程。The HARQ process that retransmits the upstream data at the earliest in the time domain.
  31. 根据权利要求23至30任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述n大于或等于2。A method according to any one of claims 23 to 30, wherein said n is greater than or equal to two.
  32. 根据权利要求23至31任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述反馈信息包括第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息用于指示终端在第二时间单元上通过第一HARQ进程发送上行数据,所述第二反馈信息包括所述n个HARQ进程的接收状态和所述时间指示信息。The method according to any one of claims 23 to 31, wherein the feedback information comprises first feedback information and second feedback information, the first feedback information is used to indicate that the terminal passes the second time unit A HARQ process sends uplink data, where the second feedback information includes a receiving state of the n HARQ processes and the time indication information.
  33. 一种反馈信息接收方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A feedback information receiving method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    终端在n个时间单元上通过n个混合自动重传HARQ进程发送上行数据,所述n为正整数;The terminal sends uplink data by n hybrid automatic retransmission HARQ processes on n time units, where n is a positive integer;
    所述终端在第一时间单元上接收反馈信息,所述反馈信息包括所述n个HARQ进程的接收状态,所述n个HARQ进程中满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元与所述第一时间单元之间的时间长度小于或等于重传等待时长,所述重传等待时长包括自动重传定时器的定时时长,所述自动重传定时器用于触发所述终端重传通过满足预设条件的HARQ进程发送的上行数据。The terminal receives the feedback information on the first time unit, where the feedback information includes the receiving state of the n HARQ processes, and the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition in the n HARQ processes and the first The time length between the time units is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time length, and the retransmission waiting time length includes the timing duration of the automatic retransmission timer, where the automatic retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal retransmission to satisfy the preset. Uplink data sent by the conditional HARQ process.
  34. 一种反馈信息发送方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for transmitting feedback information, characterized in that the method comprises:
    所述接入网设备在第一时间单元上发送反馈信息,所述反馈信息包括通过同一下行信道发送的第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息用于调度终端通过第一HARQ进程发送上行数据;所述第二反馈信息为n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态,所述第二HARQ进程为所述终端的HARQ进程,所述n为正整数;The access network device sends feedback information on the first time unit, where the feedback information includes first feedback information and second feedback information that are sent by using the same downlink channel, where the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to pass the first The HARQ process sends uplink data; the second feedback information is a receiving state of n second HARQ processes, the second HARQ process is a HARQ process of the terminal, and the n is a positive integer;
    所述接入网设备在第二时间单元上,接收所述终端通过所述第一HARQ进程发送的所述上行数据;Receiving, by the access network device, the uplink data that is sent by the terminal by using the first HARQ process, on a second time unit;
    所述第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元之后。The second time unit is located after the first time unit.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备在第一时间单元上发送反馈信息之前,还包括:The method according to claim 34, wherein before the sending the feedback information on the first time unit, the access network device further includes:
    所述接入网设备在第三时间单元上,接收所述终端通过所述第一HARQ进程发送的第一 上行数据;Receiving, by the access network device, the first uplink data sent by the terminal by using the first HARQ process, on the third time unit;
    所述第三时间单元位于所述第一时间单元之前。The third time unit is located before the first time unit.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备在第二时间单元上,接收所述终端通过所述第一HARQ进程发送的所述上行数据,包括:The method according to claim 35, wherein the access network device receives the uplink data sent by the terminal through the first HARQ process on a second time unit, including:
    所述接入网设备在所述第二时间单元上,接收所述终端通过所述第一HARQ进程重传的所述第一上行数据;Receiving, by the access network device, the first uplink data that is retransmitted by the terminal by using the first HARQ process, on the second time unit;
    或者,or,
    所述接入网设备在所述第二时间单元上,接收所述终端通过所述第一HARQ进程初传的第二上行数据;Receiving, by the access network device, the second uplink data that is initially transmitted by the terminal by using the first HARQ process, on the second time unit;
    其中,通过所述第一HARQ进程发送的所述上行数据包括所述第一上行数据和/或所述第二上行数据。The uplink data sent by the first HARQ process includes the first uplink data and/or the second uplink data.
  37. 根据权利要35或36所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收状态包括确认接收状态ACK和非确认接收状态NACK;The method according to claim 35 or 36, wherein the receiving state comprises an acknowledgement reception state ACK and a non-acknowledgement reception state NACK;
    所述第二反馈信息还用于指示所述第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态;The second feedback information is further used to indicate a receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process;
    当所述第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态为所述确认接收状态时,所述第一反馈信息用于调度所述终端通过所述第一HARQ进程在所述第二时间单元上初传第二上行数据;When the receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process is the acknowledgment receiving state, the first feedback information is used to schedule the terminal to first transmit the second time on the second time unit by using the first HARQ process. Uplink data
    当所述第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态为所述非确认接收状态时,所述第一反馈信息用于调度所述终端通过所述第一HARQ进程在所述第二时间单元上重传所述第一上行数据。When the receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process is the non-acknowledgment receiving state, the first feedback information is used to schedule the terminal to retransmit the second time unit by using the first HARQ process. The first uplink data is described.
  38. 根据权利要34至37任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态,包括:所述终端通过所述第二HARQ进程发送其它上行数据时的接收状态,和/或,所述终端未通过所述第二HARQ进程发送所述其它上行数据时的默认接收状态。The method according to any one of claims 34 to 37, wherein the receiving state of the n second HARQ processes comprises: a receiving state when the terminal sends other uplink data by using the second HARQ process, And/or a default receiving state when the terminal does not send the other uplink data by using the second HARQ process.
  39. 根据权利要求34至38任一所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 34 to 38, wherein
    所述终端支持的上行HARQ进程的最大值为n+1;The maximum value of the uplink HARQ process supported by the terminal is n+1;
    或者,or,
    所述终端支持的用于辅助无上行调度许可UL grant free传输的上行HARQ进程的最大值为n+1。The maximum value of the uplink HARQ process supported by the terminal for assisting the UL grant free transmission without the uplink scheduling grant is n+1.
  40. 根据权利要求34至39任一所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 34 to 39, wherein
    所述第一反馈信息还用于调度所述终端通过所述n个第二HARQ进程中的m个第二HARQ进程发送所述第二上行数据,1≤m≤n,所述m为整数。The first feedback information is further used to schedule the terminal to send the second uplink data by using m second HARQ processes in the n second HARQ processes, where 1≤m≤n, where m is an integer.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 40 wherein:
    所述第一反馈信息用于调度所述终端通过s个第二HARQ进程重传对应的其它上行数据;The first feedback information is used to schedule the terminal to retransmit the corresponding other uplink data by using the s second HARQ processes;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一反馈信息用于调度所述终端通过m-s个第二HARQ进程初传对应的其它上行数据;The first feedback information is used to schedule other uplink data corresponding to the initial transmission of the terminal by the m-s second HARQ processes;
    其中,所述s为不小于零的整数,且s≤m。Wherein s is an integer not less than zero, and s ≤ m.
  42. 根据权利要求34至41任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 34 to 41, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述接入网设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示所述终端在所述下行信道上接收所述第一反馈信息和所述第二反馈信息。The access network device sends configuration information, where the configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal receives the first feedback information and the second feedback information on the downlink channel.
  43. 根据权利要求34至42任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一反馈信息包括时域资源配置信息和/或频域资源配置信息。The method according to any one of claims 34 to 42, wherein the first feedback information comprises time domain resource configuration information and/or frequency domain resource configuration information.
  44. 根据权利要求34至43任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二反馈信息采用位图的形式表示。The method according to any one of claims 34 to 43, wherein said second feedback information is represented in the form of a bitmap.
  45. 根据权利要求34至44任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二反馈信息还包括时间指示信息,所述时间指示信息用于指示所述n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元。The method according to any one of claims 34 to 44, wherein the second feedback information further includes time indication information, where the time indication information is used to indicate a receiving state of the n second HARQ processes. Time unit.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备在第一时间单元上发送反馈信息之前,还包括:The method according to claim 45, wherein before the sending the feedback information on the first time unit, the access network device further includes:
    所述接入网设备在n个时间单元上接收所述终端通过所述n个第二HARQ进程发送的上行数据,所述n个时间单元在时域上均位于所述第一时间单元之前。The access network device receives, on n time units, uplink data that is sent by the terminal by using the n second HARQ processes, where the n time units are located before the first time unit in the time domain.
  47. 根据权利要求45或46所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二反馈信息还用于指示所述第一HARQ进程对应的接收状态,所述时间指示信息还用于指示所述第一HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元。The method according to claim 45 or 46, wherein the second feedback information is further used to indicate a receiving state corresponding to the first HARQ process, and the time indication information is further used to indicate the first HARQ. The time unit corresponding to the receiving state of the process.
  48. 根据权利要求45至47任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时间指示信息指示包括所述n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元的时间范围。The method according to any one of claims 45 to 47, wherein the time indication information indicates a time range of a time unit corresponding to a reception state of the n second HARQ processes.
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 48, wherein
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间起点和时间终点;或者,The time indication information includes a time start point and a time end point of the time range; or
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间起点和时间长度;或者,The time indication information includes a time start and a length of time of the time range; or
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间终点和时间长度;或者,The time indication information includes a time end point and a length of time of the time range; or
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间长度,所述时间范围的时间起点或时间终点是预配置的;或者,The time indication information includes a length of time of the time range, and a time start or a time end of the time range is pre-configured; or
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间起点或时间终点,所述时间范围的时间长度是预配置的。The time indication information includes a time start or a time end of the time range, and the time length of the time range is pre-configured.
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 49, wherein
    所述时间起点是所述n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元;和/或,The time start point is the earliest time unit in the time domain of the n time units; and/or,
    所述时间终点是所述n个时间单元中在时域上最晚的时间单元;和/或,The end of time is the latest time unit in the time domain of the n time units; and/or,
    所述时间长度是所述n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元至在时域上最晚的时间单元之间的时长。The length of time is the length of time between the earliest time unit in the time domain and the latest time unit in the time domain of the n time units.
  51. 根据权利要求49或50所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时间长度与所述n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的比特数相关联。The method according to claim 49 or 50, wherein the length of time is associated with a number of bits corresponding to a reception state of the n second HARQ processes.
  52. 根据权利要求48至51任一所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 48 to 51, wherein
    所述时间范围包括子时间范围,所述子时间范围的时间起点为所述n个第二HARQ进程中满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程对应的时间单元,所述子时间范围的时间终点为第一时间单元或所述第一时间单元之前的时间单元,The time range includes a sub-time range, where a time start of the sub-time range is a time unit corresponding to a second HARQ process that meets a preset condition in the n second HARQ processes, and a time end point of the sub-time range is a first time unit or a time unit before the first time unit,
    所述子时间范围的时间长度小于或等于重传等待时长,所述重传等待时长包括自动重传定时器的定时时长,所述自动重传定时器用于触发所述终端重传通过所述满足预设条件的HARQ进程发送的上行数据,所述自动重传定时器的启动时刻位于所述满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元之后。The time length of the sub-time range is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time length, and the retransmission waiting time length includes a timing duration of the automatic retransmission timer, where the automatic retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal retransmission to pass the satisfaction. The uplink data sent by the HARQ process of the preset condition, where the start time of the automatic retransmission timer is located after the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的方法,其特征在于,所述重传等待时长还包括反馈时延,其中,所述反馈时延为所述终端通过所述满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程发送上行数据的时刻至接收到所述满足预设条件的第二HARQ进程的接收状态的时刻之间间隔的时长。The method according to claim 52, wherein the retransmission waiting time further includes a feedback delay, wherein the feedback delay is that the terminal sends an uplink by using the second HARQ process that meets a preset condition. The length of time between the time of the data and the time when the reception state of the second HARQ process satisfying the preset condition is received.
  54. 根据权利要求52或53所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设条件为以下条件中的至少一种:The method according to claim 52 or 53, wherein the preset condition is at least one of the following conditions:
    对应的时间单元为所述n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元的第二HARQ进程;Corresponding time unit is a second HARQ process of the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units;
    对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长最短的第二HARQ进程;The second HARQ process with the shortest duration of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer;
    对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长大于预设长度的第二HARQ进程;Corresponding automatic retransmission timer has a timing duration greater than a preset length of the second HARQ process;
    在时域上最早重传上行数据的HARQ进程。The HARQ process that retransmits the upstream data at the earliest in the time domain.
  55. 根据权利要求45至54任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述n大于或等于2。A method according to any one of claims 45 to 54, wherein said n is greater than or equal to two.
  56. 一种反馈信息发送方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for transmitting feedback information, characterized in that the method comprises:
    接入网设备在n个时间单元上接收终端通过n个混合自动重传HARQ进程发送的上行数据,所述n为正整数;The access network device receives the uplink data sent by the terminal through the n hybrid automatic retransmission HARQ processes on the n time units, where n is a positive integer;
    所述接入网设备在第一时间单元上发送反馈信息,所述反馈信息包括所述n个HARQ进程的接收状态和时间指示信息,所述时间指示信息用于指示所述n个HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元,所述n个时间单元位于所述第一时间单元之前。The access network device sends feedback information on the first time unit, where the feedback information includes the receiving status and time indication information of the n HARQ processes, where the time indication information is used to indicate the n HARQ processes. Receiving a time unit corresponding to the state, the n time units being located before the first time unit.
  57. 根据权利要求56所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时间指示信息指示包括所述n个时 间单元对应的时间范围。The method according to claim 56, wherein said time indication information indicates a time range corresponding to said n time units.
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 57, wherein
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间起点和时间终点;或者,The time indication information includes a time start point and a time end point of the time range; or
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间起点和时间长度;或者,The time indication information includes a time start and a length of time of the time range; or
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间终点和时间长度;或者,The time indication information includes a time end point and a length of time of the time range; or
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间长度,所述时间范围的时间起点或时间终点是预配置的;或者,The time indication information includes a length of time of the time range, and a time start or a time end of the time range is pre-configured; or
    所述时间指示信息包括所述时间范围的时间起点或时间终点,所述时间范围的时间长度是预配置的。The time indication information includes a time start or a time end of the time range, and the time length of the time range is pre-configured.
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 58 wherein:
    所述时间起点是所述n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元;和/或,The time start point is the earliest time unit in the time domain of the n time units; and/or,
    所述时间终点是所述n个时间单元中在时域上最晚的时间单元;和/或,The end of time is the latest time unit in the time domain of the n time units; and/or,
    所述时间长度是所述n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元至在时域上最晚的时间单元之间的时长。The length of time is the length of time between the earliest time unit in the time domain and the latest time unit in the time domain of the n time units.
  60. 根据权利要求58或59所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时间长度与所述n个HARQ进程的接收状态对应的比特数相关联。The method according to claim 58 or 59, wherein the length of time is associated with a number of bits corresponding to a reception state of the n HARQ processes.
  61. 根据权利要求57至60任一所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 57 to 60, wherein
    所述时间范围包括子时间范围,所述子时间范围的时间起点为所述n个HARQ进程中满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元,所述子时间范围的时间终点为第一时间单元或所述第一时间单元之前的时间单元,The time range includes a sub-time range, where a time start of the sub-time range is a time unit corresponding to a HARQ process that meets a preset condition in the n HARQ processes, and a time end point of the sub-time range is a first time unit Or the time unit before the first time unit,
    所述子时间范围的时间长度小于或等于重传等待时长,所述重传等待时长包括自动重传定时器的定时时长,所述自动重传定时器用于触发所述终端重传通过所述满足预设条件的HARQ进程发送的上行数据,所述自动重传定时器的启动时刻位于所述满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元之后。The time length of the sub-time range is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time length, and the retransmission waiting time length includes a timing duration of the automatic retransmission timer, where the automatic retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal retransmission to pass the satisfaction. The uplink data sent by the HARQ process of the preset condition, where the start time of the automatic retransmission timer is located after the time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  62. 根据权利要求61所述的方法,其特征在于,所述重传等待时长还包括反馈时延,其中,所述反馈时延为所述终端通过所述满足预设条件的HARQ进程发送上行数据的时刻至接收到所述满足预设条件的HARQ进程的接收状态的时刻之间间隔的时长。The method according to claim 61, wherein the retransmission waiting time further includes a feedback delay, wherein the feedback delay is that the terminal sends uplink data by using the HARQ process that meets a preset condition. The time interval from the time to the time when the reception state of the HARQ process satisfying the preset condition is received.
  63. 根据权利要61或62所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设条件为以下条件中的至少一种:The method of claim 61 or 62, wherein the predetermined condition is at least one of the following conditions:
    对应的时间单元为所述n个时间单元中在时域上最早的时间单元的HARQ进程;The corresponding time unit is an HARQ process of the earliest time unit in the time domain among the n time units;
    对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长最短的HARQ进程;The HARQ process with the shortest duration of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer;
    对应的自动重传定时器的定时时长大于预设长度的HARQ进程;The timing of the corresponding automatic retransmission timer is greater than the preset length of the HARQ process;
    在时域上最早重传上行数据的HARQ进程。The HARQ process that retransmits the upstream data at the earliest in the time domain.
  64. 根据权利要求56至63任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述n大于或等于2。A method according to any one of claims 56 to 63, wherein said n is greater than or equal to two.
  65. 根据权利要求56至64任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述反馈信息包括第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息用于指示终端在第二时间单元上通过第一HARQ进程发送上行数据,所述第二反馈信息包括所述n个HARQ进程的接收状态和所述时间指示信息。The method according to any one of claims 56 to 64, wherein the feedback information comprises first feedback information and second feedback information, the first feedback information is used to indicate that the terminal passes the second time unit A HARQ process sends uplink data, where the second feedback information includes a receiving state of the n HARQ processes and the time indication information.
  66. 一种反馈信息发送方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for transmitting feedback information, characterized in that the method comprises:
    接入网设备在n个时间单元上接收终端通过n个混合自动重传HARQ进程发送上行数据,所述n为正整数;The access network device sends uplink data to the terminal through n hybrid automatic retransmission HARQ processes on n time units, where n is a positive integer;
    所述接入网设备在第一时间单元上发送反馈信息,所述反馈信息包括所述n个HARQ进程的接收状态,所述n个HARQ进程中满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元与所述第一时间单元之间的时间长度小于或等于重传等待时长,所述重传等待时长包括自动重传定时器的定时时长,所述自动重传定时器用于触发所述终端重传通过满足预设条件的HARQ进程发送的上行数据。The access network device sends feedback information on the first time unit, where the feedback information includes a receiving state of the n HARQ processes, and a time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition in the n HARQ processes The time length between the first time units is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time length, and the retransmission waiting time length includes a timing duration of the automatic retransmission timer, where the automatic retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal to retransmit The uplink data sent by the HARQ process that meets the preset condition.
  67. 一种反馈信息接收装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A feedback information receiving device, characterized in that the device comprises:
    接收单元,用于在第一时间单元上接收反馈信息,所述反馈信息包括通过同一下行信道发送的第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息;a receiving unit, configured to receive feedback information on the first time unit, where the feedback information includes first feedback information and second feedback information that are sent by using the same downlink channel;
    发送单元,用于根据所述第一反馈信息,在第二时间单元上通过第一HARQ进程发送所述上行数据;a sending unit, configured to send the uplink data by using a first HARQ process on the second time unit according to the first feedback information;
    其中,所述第二反馈信息为n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态,所述第二HARQ进程为所述终端的HARQ进程,所述n为正整数;所述第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元之后。The second feedback information is a receiving state of n second HARQ processes, the second HARQ process is a HARQ process of the terminal, and the n is a positive integer; the second time unit is located in the first After a time unit.
  68. 根据权利要求67所述的装置,其特征在于,发送单元,还用于:The device according to claim 67, wherein the sending unit is further configured to:
    在第三时间单元上通过所述第一HARQ进程发送第一上行数据;Transmitting the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the third time unit;
    所述第三时间单元位于所述第一时间单元之前。The third time unit is located before the first time unit.
  69. 根据权利要求68所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发送单元,还用于:The method according to claim 68, wherein the sending unit is further configured to:
    根据所述第一反馈信息,在所述第二时间单元上通过所述第一HARQ进程重传所述第一上行数据;Retransmitting the first uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit according to the first feedback information;
    或者,or,
    根据所述第一反馈信息,在所述第二时间单元上通过所述第一HARQ进程初传第二上行数据;And transmitting, according to the first feedback information, the second uplink data by using the first HARQ process on the second time unit;
    其中,通过所述第一HARQ进程发送的所述上行数据包括所述第一上行数据和/或所述第二上行数据。The uplink data sent by the first HARQ process includes the first uplink data and/or the second uplink data.
  70. 根据权利要求67至69任一所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收单元,还用于:The device according to any one of claims 67 to 69, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to:
    接收配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示所述终端在所述下行信道上接收所述第一反馈信息和所述第二反馈信息。And receiving the configuration information, where the configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal receives the first feedback information and the second feedback information on the downlink channel.
  71. 根据权利要求67至70任一所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二反馈信息还包括时间指示信息,所述时间指示信息用于指示所述n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元。The device according to any one of claims 67 to 70, wherein the second feedback information further includes time indication information, where the time indication information is used to indicate a receiving state of the n second HARQ processes. Time unit.
  72. 根据权利要求71所述的装置,其特征在于,所述时间指示信息指示包括所述n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元的时间范围。The apparatus according to claim 71, wherein the time indication information indicates a time range including a time unit corresponding to a reception state of the n second HARQ processes.
  73. 一种反馈信息接收装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A feedback information receiving device, characterized in that the device comprises:
    发送单元,用于在n个时间单元上通过n个混合自动重传HARQ进程发送上行数据,所述n为正整数;a sending unit, configured to send uplink data by n hybrid automatic retransmission HARQ processes on n time units, where n is a positive integer;
    接收单元,用于在第一时间单元上接收反馈信息,所述反馈信息包括所述n个HARQ进程的接收状态和时间指示信息,所述时间指示信息用于指示所述n个HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元,所述n个时间单元位于所述第一时间单元之前。a receiving unit, configured to receive feedback information on a first time unit, where the feedback information includes a receiving state and time indication information of the n HARQ processes, where the time indication information is used to indicate receiving of the n HARQ processes A time unit corresponding to the state, the n time units being located before the first time unit.
  74. 一种反馈信息接收装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A feedback information receiving device, characterized in that the device comprises:
    发送单元,用于在n个时间单元上通过n个混合自动重传HARQ进程发送上行数据,所述n为正整数;a sending unit, configured to send uplink data by n hybrid automatic retransmission HARQ processes on n time units, where n is a positive integer;
    接收单元,用于在第一时间单元上接收反馈信息,所述反馈信息包括所述n个HARQ进程的接收状态,所述n个HARQ进程中满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元与所述第一时间单元之间的时间长度小于或等于重传等待时长,所述重传等待时长包括自动重传定时器的定时时长,所述自动重传定时器用于触发终端重传通过满足预设条件的HARQ进程发送的上行数据。a receiving unit, configured to receive feedback information on a first time unit, where the feedback information includes a receiving state of the n HARQ processes, and a time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets a preset condition in the n HARQ processes The time length between the first time units is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time length, and the retransmission waiting time length includes a timing duration of the automatic retransmission timer, where the automatic retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal retransmission by satisfying the preset. Uplink data sent by the conditional HARQ process.
  75. 一种反馈信息发送装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A feedback information transmitting apparatus, characterized in that the apparatus comprises:
    发送单元,用于在第一时间单元上发送反馈信息,所述反馈信息包括通过同一下行信道第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息用于调度终端通过第一HARQ进程发送上行数据;所述第二反馈信息为n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态,所述第二HARQ进程为所述终端的HARQ进程,所述n为正整数;a sending unit, configured to send feedback information on the first time unit, where the feedback information includes first feedback information and second feedback information through the same downlink channel, where the first feedback information is used by the scheduling terminal to send by using the first HARQ process Upstream data; the second feedback information is a receiving state of n second HARQ processes, the second HARQ process is a HARQ process of the terminal, and the n is a positive integer;
    接收单元,用于在第二时间单元上,接收所述终端通过所述第一HARQ进程发送的所述上行数据;a receiving unit, configured to receive, on the second time unit, the uplink data that is sent by the terminal by using the first HARQ process;
    所述第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元之后。The second time unit is located after the first time unit.
  76. 根据权利要求75所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收单元,还用于:The device according to claim 75, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to:
    在第三时间单元上,接收所述终端通过所述第一HARQ进程发送的第一上行数据;Receiving, by the third time unit, first uplink data that is sent by the terminal by using the first HARQ process;
    所述第三时间单元位于所述第一时间单元之前。The third time unit is located before the first time unit.
  77. 根据权利要求75或76所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元,还用于:The device according to claim 75 or 76, wherein the sending unit is further configured to:
    发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示所述终端在所述下行信道上接收所述第一反馈信息和所述第二反馈信息。Sending configuration information, where the configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal receives the first feedback information and the second feedback information on the downlink channel.
  78. 根据权利要求75至77任一所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二反馈信息还包括时间指示信息,所述时间指示信息用于指示所述n个第二HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元。The device according to any one of claims 75 to 77, wherein the second feedback information further includes time indication information, where the time indication information is used to indicate a receiving state of the n second HARQ processes. Time unit.
  79. 一种反馈信息发送装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A feedback information transmitting apparatus, characterized in that the apparatus comprises:
    接收单元,用于在n个时间单元上接收终端通过n个混合自动重传HARQ进程发送的上行数据,所述n为正整数;a receiving unit, configured to receive uplink data sent by the terminal through the n hybrid automatic retransmission HARQ processes on the n time units, where n is a positive integer;
    发送单元,用于在第一时间单元上发送反馈信息,所述反馈信息包括所述n个HARQ进程的接收状态和时间指示信息,所述时间指示信息用于指示所述n个HARQ进程的接收状态对应的时间单元,所述n个时间单元位于所述第一时间单元之前。a sending unit, configured to send, by using a first time unit, feedback information, where the feedback information includes a receiving state and time indication information of the n HARQ processes, where the time indication information is used to indicate receiving of the n HARQ processes A time unit corresponding to the state, the n time units being located before the first time unit.
  80. 一种反馈信息发送装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A feedback information transmitting apparatus, characterized in that the apparatus comprises:
    接收单元,用于在n个时间单元上接收终端通过n个混合自动重传HARQ进程发送上行数据,所述n为正整数;a receiving unit, configured to send uplink data by the n hybrid automatic retransmission HARQ processes on the n time units, where n is a positive integer;
    发送单元,用于在第一时间单元上发送反馈信息,所述反馈信息包括所述n个HARQ进程的接收状态,所述n个HARQ进程中满足预设条件的HARQ进程对应的时间单元与所述第一时间单元之间的时间长度小于或等于重传等待时长,所述重传等待时长包括自动重传定时器的定时时长,所述自动重传定时器用于触发所述终端重传通过满足预设条件的HARQ进程发送的上行数据。a sending unit, configured to send the feedback information on the first time unit, where the feedback information includes a receiving state of the n HARQ processes, and a time unit corresponding to the HARQ process that meets the preset condition in the n HARQ processes The time length between the first time units is less than or equal to the retransmission waiting time length, and the retransmission waiting time length includes a timing duration of the automatic retransmission timer, where the automatic retransmission timer is used to trigger the terminal retransmission to satisfy The uplink data sent by the HARQ process of the preset condition.
  81. 一种反馈信息***,其特征在于,所述***包括终端和接入网设备,A feedback information system, characterized in that the system comprises a terminal and an access network device,
    所述终端是权利要求67至72任一所述的反馈信息接收装置;或者,是权利要求73所述的反馈信息接收装置;或者,是权利要求74所述的反馈信息接收装置;The terminal is the feedback information receiving device according to any one of claims 67 to 72; or the feedback information receiving device according to claim 73; or the feedback information receiving device according to claim 74;
    所述接入网设备是权利要求75至78任一所述的反馈信息发送装置;或者,是权利要求79所述的反馈信息发送装置;或者,是权利要求80所述的反馈信息发送装置。The access network device is the feedback information transmitting device according to any one of claims 75 to 78; or the feedback information transmitting device according to claim 79; or the feedback information transmitting device according to claim 80.
PCT/CN2018/082383 2017-04-18 2018-04-09 Receiving method and transmitting method of feedback information, apparatus, and system WO2018192383A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710254780 2017-04-18
CN201710254780.6 2017-04-18
CN201710807400.7 2017-09-08
CN201710807400.7A CN108737036B (en) 2017-04-18 2017-09-08 Feedback information receiving method, sending method, device and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018192383A1 true WO2018192383A1 (en) 2018-10-25

Family

ID=63856176

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/082383 WO2018192383A1 (en) 2017-04-18 2018-04-09 Receiving method and transmitting method of feedback information, apparatus, and system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2018192383A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101192896A (en) * 2006-11-20 2008-06-04 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Error indicative processing method, transmission device, receiving device and system
US20130242889A1 (en) * 2012-03-16 2013-09-19 Alexey Khoryaev Physical uplink shared channel (pusch) transmission time interval (tti) bundling
CN106330410A (en) * 2015-06-16 2017-01-11 ***通信集团公司 Uplink information processing method and device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101192896A (en) * 2006-11-20 2008-06-04 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Error indicative processing method, transmission device, receiving device and system
US20130242889A1 (en) * 2012-03-16 2013-09-19 Alexey Khoryaev Physical uplink shared channel (pusch) transmission time interval (tti) bundling
CN106330410A (en) * 2015-06-16 2017-01-11 ***通信集团公司 Uplink information processing method and device

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ERICSSON: "HARQ Feedback Transmission Schemes for NR", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 #97 R2-1700847, 17 February 2017 (2017-02-17), XP051211628 *
NOKIA NETWORKS: "HARQ ACK/NACK for PUSCH", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG1 MEETING #82 RL-153831, 28 August 2015 (2015-08-28), XP051001270 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11778599B2 (en) Method and apparatus of handling time gap for sidelink hybrid automatic request (HARQ) in network scheduling mode in a wireless communication system
US11595991B2 (en) Method for indicating the allocated resources for a HARQ message in a random access procedure for a low-complexity, narrowband terminal
CN110352582B (en) Uplink signal transmitting or receiving method in wireless communication system and apparatus thereof
CN110447198B (en) Downlink and uplink transmissions for high reliability low latency communication systems
CN110140396B (en) Wireless communication device, wireless communication method, and storage medium
US8934417B2 (en) Resource allocation in wireless communication systems
CN108347309B (en) Feedback information receiving method, sending method, device and system
WO2019072074A1 (en) Harq-ack feedback codebook sending method, apparatus and device
US20120269140A1 (en) Downlink control signaling for coordinated multipoint transmission
EP3603256B1 (en) Network node and method in a wireless communications network
WO2014176972A1 (en) Data transmitting method and device in d2d communication
JP2011508511A (en) Method and apparatus in a mobile communication network
US20220312389A1 (en) Method and apparatus of handling periodic sidelink resources and discontinuous reception for sidelink communication in a wireless communication system
CN108737036B (en) Feedback information receiving method, sending method, device and system
WO2018201959A1 (en) Method and apparatus for uplink data transmission
US20220039148A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transport block generation with ul spatial multiplexing in a wireless communication system
US11705992B2 (en) Infrastructure equipment, wireless telecommunications system and method
WO2019096058A1 (en) Method for transmitting control information, terminal device, and network device
WO2012097724A1 (en) Semi-persistent scheduling method, user equipment, and network device
CN113796032B (en) Method and equipment for determining semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook
JP2023541032A (en) Physical sidelink feedback channel transmission/reception method and device in wireless communication system
WO2021236055A1 (en) Efficient uplink hybrid automatic repeat request feedback for point to multipoint transmissions
CN113748738A (en) Communication device, infrastructure equipment and method
US9768936B2 (en) Message transmission in an unlicensed spectrum
WO2018192383A1 (en) Receiving method and transmitting method of feedback information, apparatus, and system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18787134

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18787134

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1